2006 – 2007

Graduate Catalog

Winthrop University Rock Hill, South Carolina Volume 93

Effective August 16, 2006 through August 15, 2007

The Web Catalog is available at: www.winthrop.edu/graduate-studies

WINTHROP UNIVERSITY

PROFILE

Location: Rock Hill, South Carolina Geographic center of the two Carolinas 20 miles south of Charlotte, North Carolina 42 buildings on 425-acre campus

Faculty: 542 faculty (full- and part-time)

Students: 6480 (Fall 2005) 21 percent graduate 1234 graduate students

Academic Year: Two semesters Optional summer terms

Office Hours: 8:30 a.m. to 5 p.m. Monday-Friday

Telephone: 803/323-2204 Graduate Studies Office 800/411-7041 Fax: 803/323-2292 Internet: [email protected] Web: http://www.winthrop.edu/graduate-studies

Address: 701 Oakland Avenue, Rock Hill, SC 29733

Purpose of Catalog

The purpose of this catalog is to present detailed information regarding Winthrop’s graduate curricula and to provide a general description of its various academic units. The information and educational requirements represent a flexible program that may be altered where such alterations are thought to be in the mutual interest of the university and its students.

The provisions of the catalog do not constitute any offer of a contract which may be accepted by students through registration and enrollment in the university. The university reserves the right to change without notice any fee, provision, offering or requirement in this catalog and to determine whether a student has satisfactorily met requirements for admission or graduation. The most current program requirements are posted on our website at: www.winthrop.edu/graduate-studies.

Student Responsibility

Each academic unit establishes requirements that must be met prior to a degree being granted. It is important that the student become familiar with these requirements and complete them within the prescribed deadlines. Advisors, department heads and deans are available to offer assistance, but the ultimate responsibility rests with the student.

Winthrop University offers equal opportunity in its employment, admissions, and educational activities.

2

Table of Contents

Winthrop University Calendar 4

General Information 8

Academic Support and Facilities 10

Student Services and Support Facilities 13

Graduate Admissions 17

Fees 23

Financial Assistance 26

Academic Regulations 29

Degree Requirements 37

Academic Programs College of Arts and Sciences 41

College of Business Administration 56

Richard W. Riley College of Education 62

College of Visual and Performing Arts 79

Courses of Study 88

Officials 159

Faculty 162

Faculty Awards 170

Index 172

3

Winthrop University Calendar 2006 - 2008

Fall Semester 2006

August 21-25, Monday – Friday Schedule change period August 21, Monday, 4 p.m. Convocation and Blue Line

August 22, Tuesday Fall 2006 classes begin Open Registration Graduate Orientation

August 25, Friday Last day of Fall 2006 semester registration Last day to change course or course section Last day to audit courses

September 8, Friday Last day to elect S/U option

September 11, Monday Last day to submit Application for Graduation without paying late fee

September 12, Tuesday Graduate Studies Open House

October 10, Tuesday, 10 a.m. - 1 p.m. Graduate and Professional School Day McBryde Hall

October 11, Wednesday Programs of Study due in Graduate Studies

October 13 - 16, Friday – Monday Fall Break

October 18, Wednesday Advising for Spring 2007 begins

October 20, Friday Last day to withdraw from a fall class. An N grade will be assigned. No class withdrawals will be permitted after this date except by extenuating circumstances.

November 1, Wednesday Early Registration for Spring 2007 begins

November 7, Tuesday Election day, university closed

November 22 - 26,Wednesday – Sunday Thanksgiving Holidays November 23 - 24, Thursday – Friday Offices closed

November 27, Monday, 9 a.m. Submit to Graduate Studies Theses, Results of Comprehensive Examinations, Portfolios and Recitals

December 4, Monday Last day of Fall 2006 classes

December 5, Tuesday Study Day

December 5 – 12, Tuesday – Tuesday Final Examinations

December 14, Thursday, 7 p.m. Commencement

December 25 - January 1* Holiday Break (offices closed)

*The university will be closed on December 22 if the governor declares Christmas Eve a holiday.

4

Spring Semester 2007

January 8, Monday Spring 2007 Classes Begin Open Registration Graduate Orientation

January 8-12, Monday – Friday Schedule change period January 12, Friday Last day of Spring 2007 semester registration Last day to audit courses

January 15, Monday Martin Luther King Jr. Holiday Offices closed

January 18, Thursday Last day to elect S/U option

January 23, Tuesday Last day to submit Application for Graduation without paying late fee

February 19, Monday Programs of Study due in Graduate Studies

March 6, Tuesday, 5:30 - 7 p.m. Graduate and New Start Open House Johnson Hall Lobby

March 7, Wednesday Last day to withdraw from a spring class. An N grade will be assigned. No class withdrawals will be permitted after this date except by extenuating circumstances.

March 12-18, Monday – Sunday Spring Break March 15 - 16, Thursday – Friday Offices closed

March 21, Wednesday Advising for Fall 2007 begins

April 4, Wednesday Early Registration for Summer and Fall 2007 begins

April 9, Monday, 9 a.m. Submit to Graduate Studies Theses, Results of Comprehensive Examinations, Portfolios and Recitals

April 23, Monday Last day of Spring 2007 classes

April 24, Tuesday Study Day

April 24 - May 1, Tuesday – Tuesday Final examinations

May 3, Thursday, 7 p.m. Graduate Commencement

Summer Session 2007 May 14 - June 1 Session A Maymester June 4, Monday Submit Application for August Graduation June 4, Monday Programs of Study due in Graduate Studies June 4 - August 3 Session B June 4 - July 3 Session C July 9 - August 8 Session D July 20, Friday, 9 a.m. Submit to Graduate Studies Theses, Results of Comprehensive Examinations, Portfolios and Recitals

July 4,Wednesday Holiday

Winthrop University courses are scheduled throughout the day and evening beginning at 8 a.m. and ending at 9:15 p.m. Many of the courses offered in the evening are graduate professional courses. Students are encouraged to refer to the current semester's online Schedule of Courses (http://www.winthrop.edu/recandreg/course/schedule.htm) for additional information.

Summer School Winthrop University's summer school is composed of an intensive 3-week Maymester, two 4 1/2- week sessions and a 9- week session that allows students to take advantage of many summer opportunities. The summer program reflects the same educational goals as those of the regular academic year. Winthrop summer sessions also provide special advantages in allowing both current and new students an opportunity to accelerate their work toward a degree or to pursue academic directions they have been unable to explore during the regular school year.

5

Fall Semester 2007 (Subject to Change)

August 20, Monday Open Registration Graduate Orientation August 20, Monday, 4 p.m. Convocation and Blue Line

August 20 - 24 Monday – Friday Schedule change period

August 21, Tuesday Fall 2007 classes begin

August 24, Friday Last day of Fall 2007 semester registration Last day to audit courses

September 4, Tuesday, 5:30 – 7 p.m. Graduate and New Start Open House, Johnson Hall Lobby

September 10, Monday Last day to submit Application for Graduation without paying late fee

September 18, Tuesday, 10 a.m. - 1 p.m. Graduate and Professional School Day McBryde Hall

October 3, Wednesday Programs of Studies due in Graduate Studies

October 15 - 16, Monday – Tuesday Fall Break

October 17,Wednesday Advising for Spring 2008 begins

October 19, Friday Last day to withdraw from a fall class. An N grade will be assigned. No class withdrawals will be permitted after this date except by extenuating circumstances.

November 7, Wednesday Early Registration for Spring 2008 begins

November 21 - 25, Wednesday – Sunday Thanksgiving Holidays November 22 - 23, Wednesday – Friday Offices closed

November 26, Monday, 9 a.m. Submit to Graduate Studies Theses, Results of Comprehensive Examinations, Portfolios and Recitals

December 3, Monday Last day of Fall 2007 classes

December 4, Tuesday Study Day

December 4 - 11, Tuesday-Tuesday Final Examinations

December 13, Thursday, 7 p.m. Commencement

December 25 – January 1, Holiday Break (offices closed)

*The university will be closed December 24 if the governor declares Christmas Eve a holiday.

6

Spring Semester 2008 (Subject to Change)

January 14, Monday Open Registration Graduate Orientation

January 14, Monday Spring 2008 classes begin

January 14 - 18, Monday – Friday Schedule change period

January 18, Friday Last day of Spring 2008 semester registration Last day to audit courses

January 21, Monday Martin Luther King Jr. Holiday Offices closed

January 28, Monday Last day to submit Application for Graduation without paying late fee

February 18, Monday Programs of Study due in Graduate Studies

March 12, Wednesday Last day to withdraw from a spring class. An N grade will be assigned. No class withdrawals will be permitted after this date except by extenuating circumstances.

March 17 - 21, Monday – Friday Spring Break March 21, Friday Offices closed

April 2, Wednesday Advising for Summer and Fall 2008 begins

April 9, Wednesday Early Registration for Summer and Fall 2008 begins

April 9, Wednesday, 9 a.m. Submit to Graduate Studies Theses, Results of Comprehensive Examinations, Portfolios and Recitals

April 28, Monday Last day of Spring 2008 courses

April 29, Tuesday Study Day

April 29 – May 6, Tuesday - Tuesday Final examinations

May 8, Thursday, 7 p.m. Commencement

Summer Session 2008 (Subject to Change)

May 19 – June 6 Session A Maymester June 2 Submit Application for August Graduation June 2 Programs of Study due in Graduate Studies June 9 - August 8 Session B June 9- July 10 Session C July 14 - August 13 Session D July 18, Friday, 9 a.m. Submit to Graduate Studies Theses, Results of Comprehensive Examinations, Portfolios and Recitals

July 4, Friday Holiday (offices closed)

Winthrop University courses are scheduled throughout the day and evening beginning at 8 a.m. and ending at 9:15 p.m. Many of the courses offered in the evening are graduate professional courses. Students are encouraged to refer to the current semester's online Schedule of Courses http://www.winthrop.edu/recandreg/course/schedule.htm) for additional information.

Summer School Winthrop University's summer school is composed of an intensive 3-week Maymester, two 4 1/2- week sessions and a 9- week session that allows students to take advantage of many summer opportunities. The summer program reflects the same educational goals as those of the regular academic year. Winthrop summer sessions also provide special advantages in allowing both current and new students an opportunity to accelerate their work toward a degree or to pursue academic directions they have been unable to explore during the regular school year.

7

General Information

General Information

About The University degree programs are available in the College of Arts and Sciences, the College of Business History Administration, the Richard W. Riley College of Education and the College of Visual and Winthrop’s history dates to 1886 when 21 Performing Arts. Within the four colleges more students gathered in a borrowed one-room than 80 undergraduate and 40 graduate programs building in Columbia, S.C. David Bancroft of study are offered through concentrations and Johnson, a dedicated and gifted superintendent options. of schools, headed up the fledgling institution, whose mission was the education of teachers. Winthrop’s academic programs are measured Winthrop has changed dramatically since moving by national standards of quality. Each academic to its permanent Rock Hill home in 1895, growing program that can be nationally accredited through from a single classroom to a comprehensive a professional specialized organization has university of distinction. Winthrop’s historic earned that distinction. The documents of campus is a setting of exceptional beauty, as is accreditation reside in the Office of Academic its recreational area known as The Farm. Today, Affairs. The following is a listing of the specialized nearly 6,500 students take courses in arts and organizations that Winthrop University is affiliated sciences, education, business administration and with: visual and performing arts, all of which are supported by Winthrop’s newest academic Accrediting Council on Education in Journalism division, University College. and Mass Communication (ACEJMC) American Chemical Society Association to Advance Collegiate Schools of Institutional Focus Business (AACSB International) Certified Financial Planner Board (CFS) Nationally recognized for its quality and value, Commission on Accreditation for Dietetics Winthrop is a learning community that embodies Education (CADE) the characteristics essential to being one of the Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health best universities of its kind: a carefully selected Education Programs (CAAHEP) student body of high academic achievement and Computing Accreditation Commission of the cultural diversity; a national caliber curriculum of Accreditation Board for Engineering and the arts, sciences and professions; a residential Technology, Inc. (CAC/ABET) educational experience emphasizing personal Council for Accreditation of Counseling and identity and close relationships; and values that Related Educational Programs (CACREP) emphasize deep learning, quality teaching and Council for Interior Design Accreditation (CID) engaged public service. Winthrop students have Council on Social Work Education (CSWE) the opportunity to develop their individual National Association of the Education of Young capacities to become leaders in their professions Children (NAEYC) and communities through a variety of highly National Association of School Psychologists personalized, engaging and progressively (NASP) developmental academic and co-curricular National Association of Schools of Art and Design programs predicated on national standards of (NASAD) excellence. The Winthrop Experience is one that National Association of Schools of Dance (NASD) prepares students to live, learn and lead for a National Association of Schools of Music (NASM) lifetime. National Association of Schools of Theatre (NAST) National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE) Accreditation Sport Management Program Review Council (SMPRC) Winthrop University is accredited by the Commission on Colleges of the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools to award bachelor’s, master’s and specialist degrees. A total of 38 undergraduate and 24 graduate

8 General Information

Faculty Union board has earned national acclaim for its programming efforts. The Winthrop Eagles are championship caliber and compete in NCAA Winthrop’s selective faculty recruitment process Division I. Scholar-athletes at Winthrop compete ensures that students learn from an outstanding in men’s and women’s basketball, tennis, golf, faculty known for its focus on learning and indoor/outdoor track, cross-country and soccer; student engagement. A student-to-faculty ratio women’s softball and volleyball; and men’s of 14:1 fosters personal contact and close baseball. relationships. All classes are taught by faculty and classroom instruction is further enriched by the expertise of distinguished visiting scholars, Alumni artists and practitioners. Upon graduation, Winthrop students continue Campus their education in prestigious graduate and professional programs or enter a wide variety of

positions in business, education, medicine, the Approximately 20 minutes from Charlotte is arts, government or law. Winthrop’s exceptionally Winthrop’s tree-lined campus, which loyal alumni currently total more than 41,000 encompasses a rich architectural blend of neo- worldwide. Georgian buildings and is included in the

National Register of Historic Places. Behind its stately façade is a community of learners who engage in their educational pursuits in spacious academic facilities, enhanced with SMART technology, and in laboratories and performance venues suitably equipped for rising professionals. The campus’ computing infrastructure provides a state-of-the-art learning environment, including high-speed Internet access from all campus buildings and residence hall rooms and wireless access at select locations.

One-half of Winthrop’s students live on campus, only a short walk from classrooms, dining locations, art galleries, Dacus Library and Dinkins Student Center. A large, attractive recreational area surrounds Winthrop Lake and includes a 6,100-seat coliseum, a 2,000-seat ballpark, softball, track, soccer and tennis complexes, a 9-hole golf course, an 18-hole disc golf course and numerous recreational athletic fields.

Student Life

A vibrant, highly residential student life program provides opportunities and services to foster student development along cognitive, personal and interpersonal dimensions. Eight residence halls and the apartment-style Courtyard at Winthrop provide a variety of living arrangements on campus. Academic success communities and theme floors are designed to foster a supportive environment where students live, learn and have fun together. Further opportunities for service, participation and leadership are available through more than 140 clubs and organizations and an energetic array of recreational sports. The Dinkins Student 9 Academic Support and Facilities

Academic Support and Facilities

Academic Computing Distance Learning

Winthrop University Academic Computing Winthrop University is a leader in instructional supports the instructional and research functions technology, featuring the Distance Education of the University. Within the Division of Classroom in the College of Business Thurmond Computing and Information Technology, Building. Utilizing state-of-the-art Academic Computing provides access to diverse telecommunications and fiber optic technology, computing resources. These resources include classes are fully interactive between Winthrop and Linux servers and workstations, Windows XP the remote sites. Students and teachers microcomputer networks, laboratories with communicate with each other simultaneously in microcomputers, and access to Open VMS classrooms outfitted with robotic cameras, TV clustered AlphaServers. Over 20 computer monitors, desk microphones and a fully equipped laboratories supporting PC, Macintosh, Linux television control room. and UNIX systems are available on campus for open access and instructional needs. Ida Jane Dacus Library

Winthrop’s host computers have an assortment The faculty and collections of the Dacus Library of programming languages such as Ada, BASIC, are an integral part of the University’s instructional C, C++, COBOL, Fortran, Java, LISP and program. Students unfamiliar with Dacus Library Pascal. Microcomputer networks and may request individualized basic instruction in laboratories provide computing resources for library use as well as specialized instruction in support of instructional and research advanced topics. Dacus Library Online is applications. Typical applications include Winthrop’s portal to digital information sources, desktop publishing, database management, from the Dacus Online Catalog, offering over 100 spreadsheet analysis, graphics, communications, electronic databases and the Internet. The word processing, statistical analysis and library’s electronic resources are available from mathematical computation. Specific applications outside the library and off-campus as well as from include Microsoft Office Premium, Frontpage, over 50 workstations in the library. E-reserves Internet Explorer, PC-SAS, SPSS, Mathematica, allow students access to most reserved readings Microsoft Visual Studio. Some labs support 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. The library also additional software including AutoCAD, offers wireless access on its 20 circulating Photoshop and other design applications. laptops.

All main campus buildings and residence halls The library’s collections have been selected to are connected to the campus network and support the curriculum and research of the Internet through fiber optic cable. Students are university and are housed in open stacks. Study provided with consolidated computing services and lounge areas are interspersed throughout the including web based email, central server building. Designated areas are provided for storage space and personal web pages. archives, microforms, special collections and United States Government publications. An The Academic Computing Center also provides “electronic classroom” is used for teaching computer access for visually-impaired students classes in research methods and library skills. as well as Braille printing services. Closed carrels for faculty and graduate student research purposes, as well as facilities for General operational hours for Academic photocopying, listening and view are available. Computing labs are posted at: http://www. winthrop.edu/acc/default.asp?Page=lab_info.asp As of July 1, 2005, the library’s holding totaled over 630,000 volume-equivalents, 460,000 books For additional information on Academic and bound periodicals; 1,191, 255 microforms, Computing, visit http://www.winthrop.edu/acc or 3, 000 pieces of audio-visual materials, 1,200 call 803/323-3491. paper serial titles and access to more than 25,000 electronic periodicals.

10 Academic Support and Facilities

International Center Visual and Performing Arts Facilities

Characteristic of an institution that encourages To support the university’s arts curricula, as well multicultural diversity, Winthrop University offers as a diverse range of cultural offerings, Winthrop support for the unique needs of students from maintains several versatile performing spaces. other countries. The International Center, Byrnes Auditorium with seating for 3,500, and the located in 206 Tillman, serves to integrate adjoining 212-seat Frances May Barnes Recital international students into American society, Hall are located in the center of the campus. provides assistance with problems on campus Historic Tillman Auditorium has a seating capacity and in the community, offers a social outlet of 700. Johnson Hall includes a 331-seat theatre, through membership in the International Klub a smaller studio theatre, an actors’ studio and two and advises students on immigration procedures dance studios. and other related matters. An international student advisor is available full-time to discuss In addition, Winthrop Galleries, comprised of special concerns or issues with students. two professional spaces in Rutledge Building and student galleries in McLaurin Hall, provide an The International Center also provides services array of exhibition spaces. The works of faculty, for those students interested in study abroad. students, regional and national artists are There is a study abroad coordinator available presented on a regular basis. full-time to discuss study abroad options for students studying at Winthrop University. The Music Library, located in McLaurin Hall, supports the academic program of the Department of Music with more than 15,000 sound recordings and printed scores. Listening Macfeat Early Childhood Laboratory stations are also available in the library. The Music Library supports computer access to the

School holdings of the main campus library (Dacus) and specialized research software provided on the The Macfeat Laboratory School for children Internet. ages 3 to 5 is operated by the Richard W. Riley College of Education as a training, The Computer Music Laboratory is located in demonstration and research facility. Macfeat is Byrnes and is supported by the latest computer, accredited by the National Academy of Early keyboard and smart-classroom technology. Childhood Programs (NAEYC) an organization Students have access to software and hardware that recognizes outstanding early childhood supporting composition, music theory, computer programs which meet national standards of music, computer assisted instruction, et al. Lab quality. Macfeat is staffed by professional software offerings include Finale, Digital educators with advanced degrees, graduate and Performer, ear training and theory drill software, undergraduate students and numerous Adobe Creative Suite 2, internet access, Microsoft volunteers. The Lab School provides each child Office and a host of digital audio and video with a unique opportunity to explore, create, production packages. experiment and socially interact with other children and caring competent adults.

The classrooms are child-centered, designed with learning centers that foster independence, creativity, collaboration and discovery. The Lab School strives to meet the physical cognitive and social/emotional needs of each child while exploring ways to best meet the educational challenges facing parents and teachers of young st children in the 21 century.

11 Academic Support and Facilities

Writing Center

The Writing Center, located in 242 Bancroft Hall, provides a free writing consulting service to all members of the University community: students, staff, administrators and faculty. The Writing Center’s purpose is to help writers at all levels learn more about their writing through tutoring sessions. Tutors help writers analyze assignments, address audiences appropriately, improve their composing processes, strengthen the focus and organization of their writing and improve their control of the language. The Writing Center cannot provide a proofreading/editing service or guarantee better grades; its primary purpose is to improve writing in the long term.

Although operating hours may vary from semester to semester, the Writing Center is open at least five days a week, with some evening and weekend hours. Scheduling an appointment ensures that a tutor will be available. To make an appointment, telephone 803/323-2138 or visit the Web site at: www.winthrop.edu/wcenter.

12 Student Services and Support Facilities

Student Services and Support Facilities

Campus Ministries Career Development. Providing the resources and programs for students and alumni to develop Representing a variety of denominations and the necessary skills to conduct effective career faiths, the spiritual needs of many Winthrop searches and make informed career decisions. students are met through campus ministries and religious organizations. A full agenda of activities Services include one-to-one career guidance, promote fellowship, as well as spiritual and interest and personality trait assessment tools, personal growth. Among the religious workshops on resume writing, interviewing, organizations are: etiquette, networking and money matters as well as cooperative education, Alumni Career Alpha Omega Network computer resource room and a career Baha’I Club library. For additional information, telephone Baptist Collegiate Ministries 803/323-2141 or log on to Campus Crusade for Christ www.winthrop.edu/careers. Canterbury of Winthrop Collegiate Women for Christ Service Learning. Fosters community based Fellowship of Christian Athletes service learning as an integral part of student’s Impact education; preparing them to be lifelong learners Jewish Student Organization and leaders in their professions and Lutheran Campus Ministry communities. For additional information, Newman Community (Catholic) telephone: 803/323-2141. Reformed University Fellowship (PCA) Winthrop Presbyterian Student Association (WPSA) Counseling Services

The Counseling Services staff helps students Campus Police deal with such personal concerns as family and relationship difficulties, low self-esteem, stress Campus Police are located in the Good and anxiety, depression, alcohol and drug abuse, Building on Myrtle Drive They are a full-service sexual abuse, and eating disorders. Short-term police agency serving the Winthrop community individual, couples, and group counseling is free by providing law enforcement services 24 hours a and confidential. day, seven days a week. Services include handling emergency situations, protecting life and Learning assistance is available to help property, crime prevention and traffic control. students improve study, test-taking, presentation, and time-management skills. In case of an emergency, the emergency phone call boxes located throughout the campus Wellness Services are provided to educate connect the caller to Campus Police. The students about such health related topics as telephone number is 803/323-3333. substance abuse prevention, contraceptives and sexually transmitted infections, sexual violence and body image. The Center for Career Development Services for students with documented and Service Learning disabilities are available to remove barriers that impede academic success. The Center consists of the Department of Career Development and the Service Learning Program, both supporting learning by preparing students for meaningful professions and civic engagement.

13 Student Services and Support Facilities

The College Level Examination Program conditions, abdominal pain, headaches, (CLEP), subject exams for Graduate Record pneumonia, and sexually transmitted infections. Examination (GRE), Miller Analogy Test (MAT), Students with chronic health care needs should and the PRAXIS Series are administered. For make arrangements to continue treatment with additional information, call 803/323-2233 or come their current health care provider or to have their by 203 Crawford Building between the hours of records transferred to an appropriate local health 8:30 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday. care provider.

The pharmacy maintains a limited formulary of Dinkins Student Center prescription and over-the-counter medications and contraceptives. Students may have The headquarters for student activities on the prescriptions from other physicians filled at the Winthrop campus is Dinkins Student Center. This pharmacy. Medicine pick-up times are 4:30 p.m. wireless facility houses administrative offices, to 5 p.m. on the day the prescription is ordered including the Vice President for Student Life, and 8:30 a.m. to 5 p.m. on subsequent days. Dean of Students and the offices of Residence Life, Multicultural Student Life, Judicial Affairs, Immunizations: Winthrop University Community Service and Americorps, Orientation requires all students born on or after January and New Student Programs and Greek Life. The 1, 1957 to provide proof of immunity to Center is also home to various student German measles (Rubella) and Measles organizations, Dinkins Student Union, the (Rubeola). Two valid measles or MMR university switchboard and the post office as well immunizations or blood titers showing immunity as a food court, small auditorium and are required. If you cannot verify your organizational meeting rooms. immunizations you will need to be re-immunized. All students must have a screening for Tuberculosis within one year prior to starting Health Services classes and a Tetanus vaccination within the last ten years. Age, medical and religious Health Services is located on the second floor exemptions are allowed by law. All required of Crawford Building. Walk-in services and immunizations are available at Health Services appointments are available from 8:30 a.m. to 4 for a minimal fee. Students not in compliance p.m., Monday through Thursday and 9:30 a.m. to with the Immunization Policy are not allowed to 4 p.m., on Friday during the fall and spring register for classes. semesters unless the University is closed. During the summer, beginning with Maymester, hours are from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m., Monday through Multicultural Student Life Friday. A nurse practitioner is available during the summer for appointments from 1:30 p.m. to Recognizing that a diverse student body 3:30 p.m., Monday through Friday. For enhances campus life for the entire community, emergencies after-hours and weekends, Winthrop is strongly committed to attracting and community health care facilities are within a few maintaining a community of learners who value and miles of the University. All charges incurred appreciate diversity through integrating campus outside of Health Services are the responsibility resources and programs. One such resource is the of the student. Students are strongly encouraged Office of Multicultural Student Life. to be covered by an accident/sickness/major medical insurance policy. Please confirm your The Office of Multicultural Student Life partners student coverage prior to arrival on campus. with many areas of the university to support the Students should have their own identification social and academic success of all students cards from their insurance carriers. focusing on the needs of minority students through culturally based programming and diversity training. Medical Services are provided by a team of certified and licensed nurse practitioners, The office is designed to augment the academic, registered and licensed nurses, pharmacists, personal, cultural and social development of African registered pharmacy technicians, and registered American students as well as Asian American, laboratory technicians. Basic medical services Hispanic/Latino, Native American, Jewish, gay, include consultation, diagnosis, treatment and lesbian and bisexual students and other special follow-up of acute illness or injury, such as interest groups by offering a number of services: asthma, back pain, common colds, skin resources such as publications, books and video tapes; various activities during Welcome Week; a 14 Student Services and Support Facilities

Martin Luther King Holiday Celebration; and conditioned facilities ranging from traditional halls coordination of the “More Than A Month” calendar with community baths to deluxe suites and of events, a series of activities held during the modern apartments. Three visitation options are spring semester to highlight the contributions of offered in the residential facilities. Students must African Americans in U. S. history. be enrolled for 9 semester hours to be eligible for campus housing. Students living in the residence In support of Winthrop’s commitment to enable halls are required to have a meal plan. students to live, learn and lead for a lifetime, the office of Multicultural Student Life provides All residence halls are within walking distance opportunities to complement the classroom of classes, Dacus Library, Thomson Cafeteria experience by offering special programs and and Dinkins Student Center. Laundry and ironing assisting other offices in recognizing, appreciating facilities, study rooms, kitchens and eating areas and celebrating campus diversity. are available in most residences. Linen service is not provided by the University. Rooms are furnished for double occupancy. However, if Parking on Campus space is available, students may contract for private rooms at an additional cost. Motor vehicles parked on Winthrop property by faculty, staff and students must be registered with The Courtyard at Winthrop offers private Campus Police. Faculty, staff and students attending bedrooms in four or two-bedroom suites with a only evening classes must also register their vehicles. kitchen. The Courtyard is open 12 months a year All vehicles parked on university property must bear and requires a separate lease. To request an either a regular parking permit or a visitor’s parking application go to www.winthrop.edu/reslife/ permit immediately after arrival on campus. reshalls/courtyard.hhtm. Roddey Apartments are open 12 months and assignments are made with priority given to married, single family, Performing Arts international and graduate students.

Winthrop University is committed to helping All students assigned to campus housing must students develop fully as well-rounded, educated sign a contract relating to the terms and persons. In an effort to provide a setting which conditions of occupancy. It is important for facilitates intellectual and cultural growth, the students to read the contract before signing and university offers numerous opportunities to to be thoroughly familiar with its terms. Violation enhance students’ appreciation of the arts. of terms of the Housing Contract can result in Whether through participation or attendance, immediate removal from living in the halls and students further develop their artistic talents, subject the violator to further proceedings in perceptions and understandings. The following accord with the Student Conduct Code. Graduate are performing groups on the Winthrop campus: students interested in living on campus should contact the Department of Residence Life in the Brass Ensembles Jazz Voices Dinkins Student Center for additional information. Chamber Ensembles Opera Workshop Chamber Singers Percussion Ensemble Chorale Collegium Musicum Services for Students with Symphonic Band Flute Choir The Bridge Glee Club Disabilities Wind Ensemble Guitar Ensembles Jazz Combos Jazz Ensemble The Coordinator for Students with Disabilities Winthrop Theatre Woodwind Ensembles serves as a liaison between students with Chamber Wind Ensemble disabilities and the Winthrop community to Rock Hill Chamber Orchestra ensure full access to programs and services. Winthrop Dance Theatre Because each student’s needs are unique, accommodations are provided based on current, appropriate documentation of disability and needs. Students with disabilities are responsible Residence Life for 1) identifying themselves to the Coordinator through an intake interview, 2) providing Winthrop offers full-time students many types of documentation, 3) seeking services each living arrangements to meet individual needs and preferences. Seven campus residence halls and one apartment building offer comfortable, air- 15 Student Services and Support Facilities semester when needed and 4) using agreed The Outdoor Education Center, also known as upon academic accommodations. For further the Ropes Course, is located here. Groups and information about services for students with organizations use this facility to develop disabilities, call 803/323-3290 (V/TDD). team-building and leadership skills through a series of unique, problem-solving exercises.

Intercollegiate Sports Facilities on Winthrop’s main campus include two basketball gyms, a dance studio, a weight The university offers a variety of intercollegiate room and an indoor swimming pool-all housed in sports for men and women. Winthrop is a Peabody Gymnasium. An additional gym is Division I member of the NCAA and a charter housed in the Withers Student Activity Center. member of the Big South Conference. Six lighted and four unlighted tennis courts and Conference championships are played in both an all-purpose playing field are located adjacent men’s and women’s sports programs. The to Peabody. The new state-of-the-art recreation Winthrop Eagles field teams in both men’s and facility, The Lois Rhame West Health, Physical women’s basketball, tennis, soccer, golf, indoor Wellness Center, is scheduled to open in 2007. and outdoor track and cross country; men’s baseball and women’s volleyball and softball. Winthrop has excellent athletic facilities which are Victim Advocacy clustered in a beautiful lakeside setting. Victim Advocacy Services will be provided to any Winthrop student who has been victimized by Recreational Sports crime. These services include but are not limited to: providing immediate crisis intervention, Winthrop offers a spirited and competitive informing victims of their rights, assisting victims recreational sports program involving intramural throughout the investigation and prosecution of and extramural sports, fitness activities, special the crime and serving as a liaison for the student events and aquatics. Over 30 activities are within the college community. The victim offered during the academic year ranging from advocate services are available to any currently step aerobics to 5-on-5 basketball leagues. enrolled Winthrop student, whether the crime Sports are set up in team and tournament occurred on or off campus and whether the victim formats. Activities are offered for male, female chooses to file an official report with Campus and co-ed participation. All currently enrolled Police or Rock Hill Police Department. All students of Winthrop University are eligible to communication with administrative offices is participate. For more information, please call handled with the utmost discretion. For more 803/323-2140 or stop by the office located in 205 information regarding this program, contact the Peabody. Campus Police at 803/323-3333.

Recreational Facilities Wellness Program

The Wellness Program promotes healthy Members of the Winthrop community have a lifestyles through outreach and individual wide variety of leisure and recreational facilities education on a variety of health and wellness available to them. The Winthrop Coliseum, issues. Presentations may be arranged on such located within a mile of campus, is a modern topics as stress management, sexually arena seating more than 6000. In addition to its transmitted infections, contraception, gender intercollegiate facilities, the Coliseum houses a issues, sexual assault, eating disorders, weight room and a training room for athletes. alcohol/other drug abuse prevention and related

topics. Individual wellness consultations to Behind the Coliseum lies Winthrop Lake and address personal concerns relating to these the University’s 325-acre recreational complex, issues are also available. The Wellness Program featuring baseball and softball fields, soccer is a component of Health and Counseling fields, 12 lighted tennis courts, a cross country Services. Call 803/323-2233 for more course and golf course. Adjacent to the lake is information. The Shack, traditionally a gathering spot for student activities.

16 Graduate Admissions

Graduate Admissions

Policy February 15, for fall admission, MA in Arts Administration and MA in History; Admission to graduate study at Winthrop March 1 for summer and fall admission, MEd in Art University is open to applicants (1) who have Education studio option and fall admission, MFA; earned a baccalaureate degree from a regionally April 15, for summer and fall admission, MA in Spanish; and accredited institution with an adequate cumulative May 15, for fall admission, MS in Biology. grade-point average, and (2) who have achieved an adequate score on an appropriate standardized All applicants to degree programs are required examination. Applicants to certain degree to submit standardized test scores. These programs may be required to meet additional examinations should be completed at least 12 criteria, which are specified in the “Degree weeks before registration and arrangements Requirements” chapter of the Catalog. made for official results to reach Graduate Studies

four weeks prior to registration. Winthrop University admits all qualified applicants and offers equal educational Applications for admission and supporting opportunities regardless of race, color, sex, age, national origin, religion or disability. Applicants are credentials for prospective international admitted on the basis of the probability of their students must be received by April 15 or success in completing the requirements for September 15 for registration in the fall or graduation. spring semester, respectively. Thus, international applicants living outside the United States should complete the required standardized Deadlines tests at least three months prior to April 15 or September 15, as appropriate. Application deadlines for admission of United States citizens and residents are as follows: Application Fee and Time Period July 15 Fall semester December 1 Spring semester All applicants for admission to graduate studies May 15 Summer-June enrollment must submit a complete application with a $50 non-refundable application fee. June 15 Summer-July enrollment

Applicants should submit all payments to Some programs have special application Winthrop University in United States currency. deadlines. In these cases, applicants are expected Payment must accompany the application before to submit the application as well as official it can be processed. The application and transcripts, official test scores and other credentials credentials are valid for a period of one year by the special application deadlines indicated beyond the initial date desired for enrollment. below: Applicants who enroll within this time period pay

August 15, for spring admission, CADE Dietetic the fee only once regardless of the number or Internship; date of future enrollments. Applicants who do not September 1, for spring admission, MEd in Art enroll within this time period and who Education studio option and MFA; subsequently desire to be admitted must reapply October 15, for spring admission, MA in Spanish and repay the fee (non-refundable) and may be and MA in History; required to resubmit all supporting materials. February 1, for fall admission, MSW and MEd in Educational Leadership, and summer admission, MEd in Counseling and Development; and School Psychology;

17 Graduate Admissions

Disposition of Application Materials 2. Residency Form: All applicants who claim South Carolina residency for tuition and fee Credentials or supporting materials submitted for purposes are required to complete a residency admission to Graduate Studies become the form. Additional information may be requested property of the University and are not returned. if further clarification is needed. Copies will not be provided to a third party outside the University even at the applicant's request. 3. Official Transcripts: Applicants must submit Copies may be provided to appropriate offices at official transcript(s) (sent directly to Graduate the University in the interest of academic matters Studies, Winthrop University from the issuing or financial awards relative to the applicant. institution) for all institutions attended for undergraduate or graduate work. All applicants must have a baccalaureate Mandatory Immunization degree from a regionally accredited Requirements institution

Students must demonstrate immunity to 4. Standardized Test Scores: Each applicant measles, rubella, diphtheria and tetanus and must submit an official score on a standardized must have a TB test before registration for test (GMAT, GRE, MAT, PRAXIS, etc.), as classes is allowed. Students taking classes appropriate to the discipline. An adequate off-campus or attending a class of two weeks score on an appropriate standardized test is or less are exempt from the immunization required for admission to a graduate degree requirements. program. The appropriate test for each degree program is listed with the program description. Every Winthrop student must meet the health (See “Degree Requirements" section.) requirements of the University as stated in the Winthrop University Student Health Services 5. Preparation: Applicants should have bulletin. All medical information is confidential and demonstrated adequate academic preparation does not affect a student’s admission status. in their proposed area of study. Those with deficiencies in academic preparation may be All full-time and part-time students who wish to required to take additional work to strengthen use the health services are required to submit the their backgrounds. Student Health Service Medical Form to Health Services. This medical form consists of personal The individual colleges may have other health data as well as a Physician’s Statement of requirements, such as letters of Health. This form should be filled out first by the recommendation, additional test scores, student and then given to the student’s physician experience, an audition or a personal interview for completion. The completed form should be sent and educational background beyond the to Health Services, Winthrop University, Rock Hill, bachelor’s degree. Additional admission SC 29733. requirements for specific programs are listed in the “Degree Requirements" section.

Admission Requirements 6. Approval for Admission: Each applicant for admission to a degree program must have the Degree Seeking Applicants approval of the college in which the student’s area of specialization is located. Although 1. Application: Each applicant must submit a most admission documents are submitted completed application form with the appropriate originally to Graduate Studies, all credentials non-refundable application fee to Graduate are reviewed by the individual college, where Studies, 209 Tillman Hall, Winthrop University, the admission decision is made. (See Rock Hill, SC 29733. Applications for “Notification of Admission.”) admission must be received by the specified deadline.

18 Graduate Admissions

Admission Requirements programs, to students holding graduate Non-Degree Applicants business degrees and to students taking courses to satisfy professional obligations such as teacher certification requirements. 1. Application: Each applicant must submit a completed application form, with the appropriate Note: Students who are admitted as non- non-refundable application fee, to Graduate degree are not eligible for financial aid. Studies, 209 Tillman Hall, Winthrop University, Rock Hill, SC 29733. Admission Requirements 2. Residency Form: All applicants who claim South Carolina residency for tuition and fee Transient Applicants purposes are required to complete a residency form. Additional information may be requested Graduate students at other regionally accredited if further clarification is needed. institutions wishing to enroll in a graduate course at Winthrop for transfer back to their home 3. Official Transcripts: Applicants must submit institutions are assigned transient graduate non- official transcripts (sent directly to Graduate degree (GN) status. These students are admitted Studies, Winthrop University from the issuing if they are eligible to continue as graduate institution) indicating completion of a students in good standing in their home baccalaureate degree from a regionally institutions and on the written approval of the accredited institution, or a copy of a South graduate dean of those institutions. Carolina Class III Teaching Certificate or its equivalent from another state. 1. Application: Transient applicants must submit a graduate transient application and the Students may be admitted with GN (graduate appropriate non-refundable application fee to non-degree) status if the stated undergraduate Graduate Studies, Winthrop University, Rock prerequisites do not exceed 12 hours. Students Hill, SC 29733. needing more than 12 hours of prerequisites should seek admission as an undergraduate 2. Residency Form: All applicants who claim special. Admission as a graduate non-degree South Carolina residency for tuition and fee student in no way guarantees subsequent purposes are required to complete a residency admission into a graduate degree program. form. Additional information may be requested if Students classified as graduate non-degree who further clarification is needed. later elect to pursue a degree program must have their credentials evaluated for admission to 3. The Statement of Authorization: The the program. statement of authorization from the applicant's home institution must be completed on the GN students who are seeking admission to a graduate transient application form. graduate degree program may take no more than 12 semester hours of graduate credit at Transient graduate students may enroll only in Winthrop prior to being fully admitted to a those courses for which they have received approval from the dean of the college at Winthrop graduate degree program. Should the student offering the course(s). Students will be subsequently be admitted to a degree program, a responsible for presenting documentation that maximum of 12 semester hours of graduate course prerequisites have been met. non-degree credit may be applied toward the degree. Transient graduate students will not be changed

to regular status without meeting regular Courses taken while a student is classified as admission requirements through Graduate graduate non-degree may not be applied Studies. toward a degree program in the College of

Business Administration. The College of Business Administration restricts this category to transient students enrolled in other graduate

19 Graduate Admissions

Admission Requirements 7. Health Insurance and Medical Form: International applicants who are admitted to

International Applicants Winthrop University may purchase health insurance at extra cost. Information regarding 1. Application: All international graduate applicants purchasing insurance is available from Health must complete an application form and send it with Services and the International Center during the appropriate non-refundable application fee to the International Student Orientation. All Graduate Studies, 209 Tillman Hall, Winthrop University, Rock Hill, SC 29733, USA. international students are required to submit a medical form, with complete immunization Applications for admission of prospective records, to Health Services prior to registering international applicants must be completed for classes.

by April 15 or September 15 for registration

in the fall or spring semester, respectively. Admission Requirements 2. Official Transcripts: Applicants must submit International Non-Degree Applicants official transcripts (sent directly to Graduate Studies, Winthrop University from the issuing 1. Application: All international graduate institution) of all undergraduate and graduate applicants must complete an application form work in the applicant’s native language and in and a statement of purpose explaining the English. If the degree completion statement applicant’s reasons for requesting non-degree does not appear on the transcript, an official admission. Send the application and statement verifying the completion of the statement of purpose along with the degree is required in the native language and in appropriate non-refundable application fee to English. Graduate Studies, 209 Tillman Hall, Winthrop University, Rock Hill, SC 29733, USA. 3. Test of English as a Foreign Language: All international graduate applicants must present an Applications for admission of prospective official TOEFL score of at least 550 on the paper- international applicants must be based exam or 213 on the computer-based exam completed by April 15 or September 15 for to Graduate Studies. registration in the fall or spring semester,

respectively. 4. Standardized Test Scores: Each applicant must

submit an official score on a standardized test (GMAT, GRE, MAT, PRAXIS, etc.), as appropriate 2. Official Transcripts: Applicants must submit to the discipline. An adequate score on an official transcripts (sent directly to Graduate appropriate standardized test is required for Studies Winthrop University from the issuing admission to a graduate degree program. The institution) of all undergraduate and graduate appropriate test for each degree program is listed work in the applicant’s native language and in with the program description. (See “Degree English. If the degree completion statement Requirements” section.) does not appear on the transcript, an official statement verifying the completion of the 5. Recommendations: The international degree is required in the native language and graduate applicant must submit three letters of in English. recommendation to Graduate Studies from previous professors and/or employers. 3. Test of English as a Foreign Language: All international graduate applicants must 6. Financial and Bank Statement: A certified present an official TOEFL score of at least financial statement indicating the applicant’s 550 on the paper-based exam or 213 on the ability to pay for expenses incurred as a computer-based exam to Graduate Studies. student and an original/official bank statement no more than six months old at the time of 4. Recommendations: The international registration must be submitted to Graduate graduate applicant must submit three letters Studies. In certain cases, advance payment of of recommendation to Graduate Studies from tuition and fees may be required. previous professors and/or employers.

5. Financial and Bank Statement: A certified financial statement indicating the applicant’s

20 Graduate Admissions

ability to pay for expenses incurred as a from the dean of the college at Winthrop offering the student and an original/official bank statement course(s). Students will be responsible for no more than six months old at the time of presenting documentation that course prerequisites registration must be submitted to Graduate have been met. Studies. In certain cases, advance payment of tuition and fees may be required. Graduate non-degree students will not be changed to regular status without meeting regular 6. Health Insurance and Medical Form: admission requirements through Graduate International applicants who are admitted to Studies. Winthrop University may purchase health insurance at extra cost. Information regarding Note: International students who are purchasing insurance is available from Health admitted as non-degree are not eligible for Services and the International Center during financial aid, graduate assistantships or the International Student Orientation. All scholarships. international students are required to submit a medical form, with complete immunization records, to Health Services prior to registering Notification of Admission for classes.

After a student’s application and credentials are Students may be admitted with GN (graduate reviewed in the appropriate academic unit, non-degree) status if the stated undergraduate Graduate Studies informs the applicant by letter of prerequisites do not exceed 12 hours. Students the admission decision. Students who are needing more than 12 hours of prerequisites admitted provisionally will be informed of the should seek admission as an undergraduate conditions to be met and of the deadline for student. Admission as a graduate non-degree meeting them. student in no way guarantees subsequent admission into a graduate degree program. Students are admitted to graduate study as

graduate degree students (G) or graduate Students classified as graduate non-degree, who non-degree students (GN). Students who are later elect to pursue a degree program, must apply awarded G status are admitted without restrictions for admission to the program of their choice and to the program for which they have made have their credentials evaluated for admission to application. Students awarded GN status are not the program. considered degree candidates and, therefore, are

not admitted to any program. GN students who are seeking admission to a graduate degree program may take no more than 12 semester hours of graduate credit at Winthrop prior to being fully admitted to a Readmissions graduate degree program. Should the student subsequently be admitted to a degree program, a Any Winthrop graduate student who has maximum of 12 semester hours of graduate withdrawn from the University for any reason or non-degree credit may be applied toward the who was not registered for courses the previous degree. semester is required to apply for readmission through Graduate Studies. Official transcripts Courses taken while a student is classified as from all regionally accredited institutions attended graduate non-degree may not be applied during a student’s absence from the University toward a degree program in the College of must be submitted when applying for readmission. Business Administration. The College of Business Administration restricts this category Credentials of graduate students applying after to transient students enrolled in other graduate an absence of 12 months or more are reviewed programs, to students holding graduate for readmission under the current catalog. business degrees and to students taking courses to satisfy professional obligations such as teacher certification requirements.

Graduate non-degree students may enroll only in those courses for which they have received approval

21 Graduate Admissions

Students seeking readmission into the same Undergraduate students who wish to take graduate degree program after an absence of one courses for graduate credit must receive specific to five years may be excused from the admission approval from the academic dean of the college in criteria in effect at the time of readmission if the which they are majoring. Approval applications academic unit deems such waiver appropriate. are available in Graduate Studies. The student is, however, required to complete the graduation requirements in effect at the time of readmission. Senior Citizens

Graduate students who have been absent for five Under the provisions of Section 59-111-320 of the calendar years or longer are subject to admission South Carolina Code of Laws, state supported policies which apply to first-time applicants: colleges and universities are authorized to permit legal residents of South Carolina who have attained 1. All admission credentials must be evaluated the age of 60 to attend classes for credit or noncredit against current admission criteria; purposes on a space available basis without the required payment of tuition, if these persons meet 2. Any special permissions, waivers, substitutions admission and other standards deemed appropriate or other dispensations previously granted by by the college or university and if these persons did Winthrop are void; and not receive compensation as a full-time employee. Exemption must be requested at time of registration. 3. All credit hours previously earned at Winthrop, including credit by examination, re-evaluated A $10 registration fee is required, in addition to against current criteria. any lab fees, book purchases and/or other course fees. Applications for Graduate Admissions are available in Graduate Studies.

Graduate Credit for Winthrop University Seniors

Winthrop seniors with an overall grade-point average at Winthrop of 3.0 or better may be permitted to take courses numbered 500-599 for graduate credit during their final semester of undergraduate work, provided the total course load (undergraduate and graduate) for that semester does not exceed 16 semester hours. The student may receive graduate credit for these courses only if the requirements for the baccalaureate degree are satisfactorily completed by the end of that same semester.

Senior accounting students in their final term may take one 600-level accounting class if the student meets the following conditions:

1. Admitted provisionally to graduate studies for the MBA Accounting Option;

2. Limited to one 600-level accounting course;

3. A 3.0 undergraduate grade-point average; and

4. Limited to maximum load of 16 semester hours.

22 Fees Fees

The 2006-2007 fees listed below are subject Courtyard room and board rates are subject to to change by action of the Winthrop Board of approval by the Winthrop University Real Estate Trustees. The 2006-07 fees were not available Foundation’s Board; however, no increase in room at the time of publication. rates are expected for the 2006-07 academic year. Courtyard meal plan rate is proposed to increase Academic Fees Cost per by 3.7% from $670 to $695. For more information (2005-2006) Semester regarding fees go to the Cashiers Office website at: Registration Fee (All students) $ 10 http://www.winthrop.edu/cashiers/fees.asp. General Graduate Fees: 12 credit hours or more Tuition Policy for Out-of-State SC Residents $4216 Out-of-State Residents $7753 Graduate Students Programs resulting in State Licensure or Certification in Critical Graduate students qualifying for any of the Need Areas (e.g. human nutrition, following exceptions shall pay the same fees as school psychology) $6078 in-state graduate students:

11 credit hours or fewer (per credit hour) 1. Graduate assistants; SC Residents $353 2. Graduate students holding fellowships; Out-of-State Residents $647 3. Graduate students with academic scholarships Out-of-State Residents enrolled in of $250 per semester; programs resulting in State 4. Graduate students participating in the Licensure or Certification in Critical Academic Common Market; or Need Areas (e.g. human nutrition, 5. Graduate students from the Member Counties school psychology) $506 in the Carolina Partnership for Economic Development. Room and Board Residence Hall Cost per Semester: *Effective July 1, 1999, Winthrop University was Double Occupancy-Suite Style $1835 authorized by state law to offer graduate-level in- Double Occupancy-Hall Bath Style $1780 state tuition to residents of the member counties of Single Occupancy-Suite Style $3670 the Carolinas Partnership for Economic Single Occupancy-Hall Bath Style $3560 Development, up to existing academic capacity. The South Carolina counties of York, Chester and Apartment: Lancaster Counties have been joined in this 1 bedroom apartment $2760 partnership by the North Carolina counties of 2 bedroom apartment $3145 Mecklenburg, Gaston, Alexander, Anson, Cabarrus, Catawba, Cleveland, Iredell, Lincoln, Board: Rowan, Stanly and Union. Potential enrollees who Residence Hall Student Plans* are residents of any of these counties should Options: $1005 request further details about this policy from the Unlimited + $75 Café Cash Winthrop University Office of Graduate Studies, Gold Plan-13 Meals per week + $175 Café Cash 800/411-7041 or 803/323-2204. Silver Plan-9 Meals per week + $200 Café Cash Eagle Plan-5 Meals per week + 250 Café Cash Miscellaneous Fees and Expenses Freedom Plan-100 Flex Meals + 230 Café Cash Application Fee. A non-refundable application Commuter 50 Meal Flex Plan + fee of $50 must accompany each new application $265 Café Cash $510 to the University. The application fee must be paid Commuter 25 Meal Flex Plan + in United States currency. The application for 215 Café Cash $350 admission and the application fee will be valid for Commuter $490 Café Cash $475 one calendar year from the applicant’s original *All meal plan prices for residence hall students are entry date. Should the student not matriculate equal. Students may choose from the listed during that year, a new application and new options. application fee will be required.

23 Fees

Monthly Payment Plan Advanced Room Payment. All students signing residence hall contracts must pay $100 at the time the contract is signed. The $100 is credited Students may pay academic, room and board against fall room rent. fees through the Winthrop Monthly Payment Plan (WPP). The features of WPP are as follows:

Graduation Fee. A $25 graduation fee will be 1. Only academic, room and board fees are charged to your student account. You may submit deferrable-any previous balance and all your Application for Graduation before paying the miscellaneous charges such as telephone graduation fee. charges, library fines, etc., are payable in full

each month. The WPP is not offered during the Commencement Costs. All students Summer Term. participating in the commencement exercises must wear appropriate academic regalia, which is 2. New students are automatically eligible to available through The Bookworm. The charge for a participate. Returning students will be eligible disposable cap, gown and hood and for other as long as they have a satisfactory credit commencement expenses is approximately $55 for history with Winthrop. advanced degree candidates.

3. An application for participating in the WPP will Laboratory Fees. A laboratory fee is charged for be enclosed in each semester’s billing for courses in which specialized equipment and academic, room and board fees. Students consumable supplies are used. Refer to the must complete the application and return it "Courses of Study" section of this catalog to with the required payment by the fee payment determine specific courses and charges. deadline.

Motor Vehicle Registration Fee. Motor vehicles 4. Four equal payments per semester are due on operated or parked on Winthrop University property or about the 1st of each month (September, must be registered. Resident students may register October and November for the Fall semester one vehicle at $75 for all students except The and February, March and April for the Spring Courtyard who continue to pay $50. semester).

Textbooks and Materials Cost. The cost of 5. Failure to make monthly payments as agreed textbooks and materials is not included in the will result in the student’s ineligibility for regularly assessed fees and varies with the participation in WPP in future semesters. requirements of specific courses. Textbooks and materials are available on a cash basis from The 6. There is an administrative fee each semester Bookworm, Winthrop University's bookstore. for participating in the WPP. The student must sign up for WPP for each semester desired. Thesis Binding Fee. A binding fee of $15 (cost subject to change) per thesis copy must be paid to 7. A late fee will be assessed each month in the Cashier’s Office and the receipt submitted to which the payment is not received by the due Graduate Studies at the time the thesis is date. submitted. Please direct WPP questions to the Cashier’s Office in 22 Tillman Hall or telephone 803/323-2167. Fee Payment Schedule

Fee payments are due by 5 p.m. in the Cashier’s Office, 22 Tillman Hall, on or before the dates specified in the Winthrop University Online Schedule of Courses and Wingspan prior to each registration. All checks and money orders should be made payable to Winthrop University and may be mailed to the Cashier’s Office, Winthrop University, Rock Hill, South Carolina 29733. Please include legal name of student and identification number on all correspondence.

24 Fees Past Due Indebtedness Fee Adjustments for Withdrawals

Students are expected to keep their University Students admitted and registered for courses at accounts current. Students with past due accounts Winthrop University are financially and are not allowed to obtain transcripts, grade reports academically responsible for fees and charges or diplomas, or to enroll for additional coursework. associated with those courses. When a student The University reserves the right to cancel withdraws from one or more courses, a refund may enrollment of a student with a past due account. be due or a repayment owed in accordance with The enrollment cancellation does not relieve the institutional guidelines. student of the incurred debt. Students receiving Title IV Federal Funds, which Under the provisions of Sections 12-54-410 have been applied against their charges, may also through 12-54-500 and 12-53-20 of the South be subject to the Federal Refund/ Repayment Carolina Code of Laws, the South Carolina Guidelines: Section 668.123. Department of Revenue is authorized to garnish wages from debtors and/or seize tax refunds Academic Fee Adjustments. For all otherwise due to taxpayers who have delinquent students, except students enrolled for the first time debts with Winthrop. at Winthrop, and receiving Title IV Federal Funds, academic fees will be prorated on the basis of the If an account becomes delinquent, the University following schedule: reserves the right to assign the account to a collection agency, and the student will be Percentage of responsible for all associated collection costs. Official Academic Fee Withdrawal Date Adjustment Before end of 1st week of classes 100 % Returned Check Policy Before end of 2nd week of classes 75 % Before end of 3rd week of classes 50 % A personal check given in payment of University Before end of 4th week of classes 25 % expenses, which is subsequently returned by the bank unpaid, immediately creates an indebtedness to the University. Laboratory Fees are non-refundable.

Once the Cashier’s Office has been notified by Housing and Meal Adjustments. Housing fees the bank of a returned check, a letter is sent to the are prorated on a weekly basis through the seventh issuer of the check. The issuer of the check will week of each semester. Meal fee refunds are have ten (10) days from the date of this letter to prorated on a weekly basis throughout each redeem the check by paying the full amount of the semester. Be sure to read the residence hall check, plus a returned check penalty equal to the contract regarding contract cancellation policies. maximum amount permitted by law (SC Code of Laws, section 34-11-70). Payment of a dishonored Processing Fee Adjustments. Adjustments due check must be made by cash, cashier’s check, are computed from the date of official withdrawal money order, or Visa, MasterCard or Discover from the University, official reduction of course credit cards. load, official withdrawal from courses or official withdrawal from housing. When forms required for If a returned check remains unpaid, collections reduction of course load or complete withdrawal efforts will be followed as allowed by the Code of are filed in a timely manner, it is anticipated that Laws of South Carolina section 34-11-70. this process would be completed in 14 days from the date these forms are submitted. A student with a total of three returned checks will be placed on the “Cash Only” basis for the remainder of his/her enrollment.

25 Financial Assistance

Financial Assistance

At Winthrop University, we believe higher those awards will be submitted by the academic education should not be a privilege reserved only departments to the Graduate Studies Office. for those who can afford it. The Office of Financial Aid is committed to helping Winthrop students find appropriate ways to finance their education. Graduate Assistantships

Fully admitted, degree-seeking applicants may Academic Graduate Assistantships are available be considered for a Graduate Assistantship, in many of the departments and colleges offering Graduate Incentive Scholars Award, Winthrop graduate work. Application forms may be obtained Graduate Scholarship or the Yu and Pai-Chih from Graduate Studies, 209 Tillman Hall. The Memorial Scholarship. completed applications are submitted directly to the Graduate Director in the student’s college and to Applicants for graduate assistantships should any other department in which the applicant wishes demonstrate skills and/or experience in the area of to apply. expertise for which they will have responsibility. Applicants for Graduate Incentive Scholars Awards Graduate assistantships require 20 hours per and Winthrop Graduate Scholarships should week of service (300 hours each semester) and demonstrate ability or promise of academic carry a fee waiver for each semester in which the excellence. Need of financial assistance may be assistantship is held. The assistant should earn a considered for Winthrop Graduate Scholarships minimum of $1500 during the fall or spring and the Yu and Pai-Chih Beh Scholarship. Non- semester. Graduate assistantships are generally degree students are ineligible to receive financial unavailable during the summer terms. Graduate awards. students holding assistantships during the summer term are expected to work 200 hours, enroll for a Nominations from the academic units for minimum of 6 credit hours and earn at least $1000 Graduate Incentive Scholars and Beh Scholarships in order to receive the tuition waiver. are forwarded to the Graduate Scholarship Committee. This committee, made up of the A limited number of non-academic graduate graduate directors from the Colleges of Arts and assistantships may be available in several areas. Sciences, Business, Education and Visual and Students interested in working in these areas Performing Arts review and endorse candidates for should contact Graduate Studies or visit the these financial awards. Graduate Assistantships Assistantship web site at: www.winthrop.edu/ and Winthrop Graduate Scholarships are graduate-studies/assistantships. determined by each academic unit. Graduate assistantships are awarded to students Students interested in applying for financial who are fully admitted, without provisions, to awards should submit the Application for Financial graduate degree programs. To retain a graduate Awards to the graduate director of each academic assistantship, the student must maintain academic unit by February 15. The graduate director for eligibility and may not be on academic probation. each academic unit will coordinate the review Non-degree students may not hold graduate process for financial awards and submit assistantships. Graduate assistants should not nominations to the Graduate Scholarship begin working until the Graduate Assistant Committee for final review and endorsement. The Employment and Wage Agreement Form has been committee will submit the name of the award approved by the Office of Human Resources and recipients to the Graduate Studies Office. Award Affirmative Action. Students enrolled for student letters will be issued by Graduate Studies in teaching are ineligible to serve as a graduate conjunction with the Office of Financial Aid. assistant that semester. For most graduate assistantship positions, the tuition waiver will cover The Graduate Directors will forward the tuition charges for a maximum of 9 semester hours Application of Graduate Assistantships and of course work within the program of study-either Winthrop Graduate Scholarships to the appropriate required or elective hours. Additional tuition departments for consideration. Nominations for charges beyond the 9-hour load, lab fees and other charges must be paid by the student.

26 Financial Assistance

Recipients must carry a full-time load (9 to 12 Winthrop Graduate Scholarships. The hours). Graduate students seeking to take more recipients are selected on the basis of ability and than 12 hours must have the permission of the future promise. Recipients must be fully admitted academic dean. The only exception to the into a degree program at Winthrop and enrolled. minimum course load is when the student needs a Students must be enrolled in a degree program smaller number of hours to complete the degree during the semester or semesters for which the program. Enrollment in GSTC 600 is unacceptable. award is given. (Future graduate students must The recipient must be registered for a full-time have applied for admission to a graduate program course load prior to signing the Graduate Assistant in order for their applications to be considered.) Employment and Wage Agreement form. Students These scholarships represent an outright gift from may hold only one assistantship and must not be the Winthrop Foundation and do not require any additionally employed on campus. work responsibilities on the part of the student. Applications for these scholarships may be Graduate Associateships secured from Graduate Studies, 209 Tillman Hall. Awards are made beginning February 15. A The Division of Student Life offers Graduate recipient of the scholarship is permitted to hold Associateships to graduate degree-seeking both a Winthrop Graduate Scholarship and some students who demonstrate abilities appropriate to other major form of aid, such as a graduate the work positions. Remuneration is typically a assistantship. $1500 stipend and a 9 credit hour tuition waiver. The associateships require 20 hours of service per Graduate Incentive Scholars Program. week. (There are some limited variations in Members of a minority race who enroll in graduate Residence Life with the graduate associate holding programs at Winthrop may be eligible for the title of Residence Director.) fellowships under the Graduate Incentive Scholars Program, as provided in the State Access and Position availability varies by academic year and Equity Program. Applicants must be US citizens, budget allocations. Graduate associateships are bona fide residents of South Carolina, members of typically in the following departments within the a minority race, and fully-admitted, full-time Division: Office of Financial Aid, Residence Life, students at Winthrop. Interested students should Career Services, Student Affairs, and Counseling contact Graduate Studies, 209 Tillman Hall, and Health Services. Position descriptions vary by 803/323-2204 or 800/411-7041. department. Position descriptions and contact information are available on line at Mary Roland Griffin Scholarship. Established http://www.winthrop.edu/ in 1994 by alumnae and friends for a student studentlife/ga/. enrolled in the MS program in physical education. This is a permanent endowment fund created to honor Dr. Mary Roland Griffin, Winthrop class of Graduate Scholarships 1950 and Professor Emeritus. Applications should be submitted to the chair, Department of Health

and Physical Education. Yu and Pai-Chih Beh Memorial Endowed

Scholarship. Established in 1992 by the Beh Frank Bryan Tutwiler Scholarship. The family, this is a Permanent Endowment Fund purpose of the fund is to provide scholarships for created to honor Professor Yu Beh and Mrs. graduate students pursuing a Master of Arts in Pai-Chih Beh of China, parents of Catherine Beh Teaching. The students must meet the following Cheng (Winthrop class of ’59) and grandparents of criteria: a) undergraduate degree in one of the Joyce Wang Mu (Winthrop class of ’85). The sciences to include biology, chemistry, physics and purpose of this scholarship is to encourage one or geology from a regionally accredited college or more graduate students from China to come to the university, b) complete undergraduate studies with United States and study at Winthrop University. a minimum of 3.0 grade point average and c) show Letters of application should be submitted to evidence of potential as a successful science Graduate Studies by February 15. teacher. All criteria have to be met. Recipient

selection and the number of recipients will be Annette Wells Shelley Scholarship. determined under the auspices of the Director of Established by Annette Wells Shelley, alumna, for Graduate Studies, Richard W. Riley College of a student seeking a graduate degree in the College Education. of Education. Financial need is a criterion. Applications should be made to the Director of Graduate Studies in the College of Education. 27 Financial Assistance

Need-based Financial Assistance Children of disabled or deceased veterans may receive additional assistance in payment of tuition Students who wish to apply for federal student and fees. For information regarding eligibility and loans should complete the Free Application for applications, contact the State Approving Section, Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) and list Winthrop South Carolina State Department of Education, University (code number 003456) as a recipient. Rutledge Office Building, Columbia, South Carolina FAFSA’s should be completed on-line at 29201. To receive veteran’s benefits, veterans and www.fafsa.ed.gov. Students who wish to receive other eligible persons must read and sign a aid for fall semester should submit the FAFSA by “Veterans Compliance Agreement” (available from May 1. (September 1 for spring semester Winthrop’s Veterans Coordinator), indicating applicants and March 1 for summer session understanding of the agreement and willingness to applicants.) All awards of need-based financial aid comply with the procedures and regulations. The are made annually; and students must reapply regulations require the Veterans Coordinator be each academic year in order to be considered for informed immediately of the number of semester assistance. The Office of Financial Aid is located in hours in which the student is enrolled each term, 119 Tillman Hall, 803/323-2189. Students changes in enrollment and changes in the chosen interested in applying for a South Carolina degree program. For more information contact the Teacher's Loan should contact the Office of Veterans Coordinator, Records Office, 101 Tillman, Financial Aid directly. Note: Students who are 803/323-3691. admitted as non-degree students are ineligible to receive financial aid.

Other Sources of Financial Assistance

The South Carolina Association of Family and Consumer Sciences Loan Fund. Application information is available in the office of the Dean of the College of Education.

The Department of Career Development and Service Learning Office. The Department of Career Development and Service Learning Office, Crawford Building, coordinates the Cooperative Education program, a program available to graduate students combining traditional academic study with paid career-related work experience. Students may also contact the co-op director or the graduate director in their college for further information on the Cooperative Education program.

Veterans Benefits. Winthrop is approved by the State Approving Section, South Carolina State Department of Education, for training of eligible veterans, disabled veterans and children of deceased or disabled veterans. Contact the Veterans Administration Regional Office, 1801 Assembly Street, Columbia, SC 29201 for information and necessary forms. The veteran or other eligible person should contact Winthrop’s Veterans Coordinator at least 45 days before the beginning of the semester in which the student plans to enter the University.

28 Academic Regulations

Academic Regulations

Student Responsibility For a master’s degree, the student's undergraduate record must demonstrate adequate Students are required to know and observe all preparation in the chosen program at regionally regulations concerning campus life and student accredited institutions and scholarship potential as conduct. An outline of obligations is contained in measured by undergraduate grades, scores on the Student Conduct Code in the Student standardized tests and other relevant criteria. Handbook. Students are responsible for maintaining communication at all times with the For a specialist’s degree, the student’s graduate University by keeping on file with the Office of and undergraduate record must demonstrate Records and Registration a current address, adequate preparation in the chosen program at including zip code and telephone number. regionally accredited institutions, and the overall master’s grade-point average must be at least 3.0 on a 4.0 scale. Advisement Standardized test scores (GMAT, GRE, MAT, Academic advisement at Winthrop is viewed by PRAXIS, etc., as appropriate to the discipline) are both faculty and students as an integral part of the required for admission to all graduate programs. learning process. The primary role of the academic advisor is to assist the student in planning a course Consult the program listing in the “Degree of study which leads to the desired degree. Requirements" section for additional admission requirements for specific programs. Further A graduate student who has been newly admitted information is available from the graduate directors to a degree program in a particular discipline is in the individual colleges. assigned an advisor in the college offering that degree. Generally, the advisor assignment is not Students who qualify for graduate (G) status are changed unless the student changes degree expected to submit official transcripts, as well as all programs. Prior to registration for each term, the other documents required for admission to a student is required to contact the academic advisor particular program, at the time of application for to obtain assistance in planning the particular admission or immediately thereafter. courses to be taken. Graduate Non-Degree Student. This classification status is assigned to students who Directors of Graduate Studies are not in a degree program at Winthrop University but who wish to fulfill professional obligations or to Each college maintains an office in which pursue personal goals. Students admitted to advising assistance is available when the assigned graduate non-degree (GN) status might be faculty advisor is not immediately available. transients, those who seek to satisfy certification Students may contact the director of graduate requirements, or might be individuals who have studies in their college. The graduate directors extensive entrance requirement deficiencies for the may offer assistance in deciding on a major, degree program for which they have applied. verifying advisor assignments and other academic Students admitted to graduate non-degree status advising and administrative matters. General must meet the general requirements for admission advice is also available in Graduate Studies, 209 to graduate studies at Winthrop University, which Tillman, 803/323-2204 or 800/411-7041. include having received a baccalaureate degree from a regionally accredited institution.

Classification of Students Courses taken while a student is classified as graduate non-degree may not be applied toward a Graduate Degree Student. This classification degree program in the College of Business status, also referred to as “graduate” (G), is Administration. The College of Business awarded to fully qualified students accepted for Administration restricts this category graduate study leading toward an advanced to transient students enrolled in other graduate degree. programs, to students holding graduate business

29 Academic Regulations degrees and to students taking courses to satisfy Student Identification Cards professional obligations such as teacher certification requirements. Winthrop student identification cards are issued by the I.D. Card Services Office in Tillman Room Students may be admitted with GN status if the 15 upon a student’s initial enrollment. The first ID stated undergraduate prerequisites do not exceed 12 card is free; replacement ID cards are $10 each. hours. Students needing more than 12 hours of All students are required to have an identification prerequisites should seek admission as n card. ID cards are non-transferable and must be undergraduate special. Admission as a graduate presented to appropriate university officials upon non-degree student in no way guarantees request. The ID Card Services office hours are subsequent admission into a graduate degree from 8:00 a.m. until 8:00 p.m. For specific program. Students classified as GN who later elect questions concerning ID cards, contact the I.D. to pursue a degree program must have their Card Services Office, 803/323-4774. credentials evaluated for admission to the program they wish to pursue.

GN students who are seeking admission to a Graduate Audit Policy graduate degree program may take no more than 12 semester hours of graduate credit at Winthrop prior Graduate students may audit a course, on a to being fully admitted to a graduate degree program. space available basis, with the permission of the Should the student subsequently be admitted to a instructor of the course and the graduate director of degree program, a maximum of 12 semester hours of the academic unit in which the course is offered. graduate non-degree credit may be applied toward the The graduate director will consult with other faculty degree. Students enrolled in graduate non-degree as necessary. An auditor is not required to status are subject to the same academic eligibility participate in any examinations or graded course policy as graduate-degree seeking students. assignments. Participation in class activities and the class attendance policy is at the discretion of NOTE: Students who are admitted non-degree are the instructor. not eligible for financial aid. A student may not register for a course on an Registration audit basis until the week classes begin. The last day of registration for the semester is the last day a

student may elect to audit a course. Registration takes place on designated days prior to the beginning of each semester. In the summer session, registration for each of the summer terms occurs over an extended period and ends on the first Course Load day of classes for each individual term. Students are encouraged to register early each semester. Regular Semester. A graduate student who is Consultation with an advisor prior to registration is enrolled in 9 or more semester hours of graduate required for all degree-seeking students. work in a regular semester is classified as full-time; a normal course load is 9 to 12 semester hours of In addition, the mandatory immunization graduate work. A graduate student may register for requirements must be met prior to registration. more than 12 semester hours of graduate course Please refer to the Mandatory Immunization work in a regular semester only with the approval Requirements form in the Application Packet for of the academic dean. An overload form may be complete information. obtained from Graduate Studies. The recommended maximum course load for a student Registration is incomplete until all fees have been holding a full graduate assistantship is 9 semester paid. For specific registration information, consult the hours of graduate work per semester. Office of Records and Registration website at: www.winthrop.edu/recandreg.

30

Academic Regulations Summer Session. A graduate student may enroll in nonacademic employment beyond the student’s for one graduate-level course in Maymester (a control. Documentation of such circumstances short term held in May prior to the regular summer must be definitive and must be presented along session). In a 5- or 6-week term (or the two terms with a request for withdrawal with the assignment concurrently) a graduate student may of an N grade to the dean of enrollment enroll for 7 semester hours of graduate work. management or his or her designee no later than During the 10-week term, a graduate student may the last day of classes for the course in question. enroll for 12 semester hours. Exceptions to the above loads must be approved by the student’s dean. An overload form may be obtained from Withdrawal from Winthrop Graduate Studies. Students who find it necessary to discontinue their college work during a semester or summer Changes in Enrollment session should officially withdraw from the University. Students who wish to initiate the Changes in enrollment or class schedule must be withdrawal process should go to the Office of the made before the end of the designated registration Dean of Enrollment Management, 102 Tillman Hall change period. Such changes include dropping or or the appropriate graduate director. adding courses, changing sections, electing undergraduate credit for 500-level courses and, A student who withdraws before the course where permissible, changing number of credits to withdrawal date of the semester receives grades of be earned in a course. Any change in enrollment N for all courses. If the student stops attending must be submitted, with all required signatures, to after the withdrawal date of the semester, the the Office of Records and Registration on a student receives grades of F, U, or I, as the Change of Schedule form prior to the end of the individual instructors deem appropriate. A student registration change period. may withdraw after the course withdrawal deadline with documented extenuating circumstances. Such circumstances include the following: death of Withdrawal from Courses an immediate family member; traumatic and unforeseen circumstances which are considered Students are expected to follow the courses of beyond a student’s control; prolonged emotional study selected at the beginning of the semester or instability, physical injury or illness which has summer term. There may be instances, however, resulted in the student’s inability to complete when the student wishes to withdraw from a academic responsibilities; or a change in course. The decision to withdraw from a course is nonacademic employment beyond the student’s the student’s alone, but consultation with the control. Documentation of such circumstances advisor or academic dean and with the instructor is must be definitive and must be presented along required. with a request for withdrawal with the assignment Forms for withdrawing from courses after the end of an N grade to the dean of enrollment of the registration period are available in the Office management or his or her designee no later than of Records and Registration. If withdrawal is the last day of classes for the semester in completed during the first 60% of the instructional question. Failure to withdraw officially may days of a particular course, the grade of N is seriously affect a student’s eligibility for future assigned, indicating that no credit is awarded. readmission or for transfer to another institution. Withdrawal from a course may not occur after 60% of the instructional days of the course have been completed, unless documented extenuating Repeating Courses circumstances should warrant withdrawal from the course with the assignment of an N grade. A graduate student will be allowed to repeat a Documented extenuating circumstances include maximum of two courses in which the student has the following: death of an immediate family been assigned a grade of C or F. A given course member; traumatic and unforeseen circumstances may be repeated once. Whenever a course is which are considered beyond a student’s control; prolonged emotional instability, physical injury or illness which has resulted in the student’s inability to complete academic responsibilities; or a change

31 Academic Regulations repeated, no additional hours attempted accrue, Class Attendance Policies and the new grade replaces the previous grade in computing the grade-point average. However, the Although instructors keep accurate records of record of the first attempt will remain a part of the attendance for administrative purposes, students’ student’s permanent record. grades are based on their academic performance, not on attendance. Students should understand Certain courses at Winthrop University may be they are responsible for the academic taken more than one time for additional academic consequences of absence. credit, for example, special topic classes in which Instructors of courses are obligated to provide the course number remains the same but the make-up opportunities only for students who are course title differs. A list of these courses may be absent with adequate cause. The instructor will be obtained from the appropriate program director. If responsible for judging the adequacy of cause for registering for a course for additional credit, the absence. student should contact the Office of Records and Registration for specific instructions. Hazardous Weather Conditions

Final Examinations It is the practice of Winthrop University to carry out its primary responsibility of providing instruction The times and places of final examinations are for students during regularly scheduled hours, officially scheduled by the Registrar. Both the except in cases when extreme weather conditions student and the instructor will be notified of a make roads unsafe for travel. While Winthrop feels legitimate exam conflict if one or more of the a responsibility to meet scheduled classes and following occurs: the student has more than one maintain office support for those classes whenever exam per period, more than two examinations possible, the University places the highest priority scheduled per day or more than three on the safety of its students, faculty and staff. examinations scheduled in any four consecutive examination periods. Personal conflicts such as If scheduled classes and activities of the travel plans and work schedules do not warrant a University have been changed due to unsafe road change in examination times. and traveling conditions, the University notifies local media outlets in areas where Winthrop The form of the final examination is determined students and employees live. The campus Alert by the instructor. The length, however, may not Line (323-2222) provides immediate notices of any exceed two and one-half hours. changes in scheduled classes. Students should use the local media and discretion in judging the In 600-level courses, the class meets during safety of traveling to the University during periods examination week. However, it is left to the of inclement weather. discretion of the instructor as to whether the two and one-half hour examination period is spent in an Grade Reports examination or in other class activities considered more useful. In 500-level courses, graduate At the end of each semester and summer term, students, at the discretion of the instructor, follow students may access their final grades via the same procedures as Wingspan at https://wingspan.winthrop.edu. undergraduate students with regard to final Copies of grades may be printed from Wingspan or examinations. be obtained from the Office of Records and Registration. All errors found on a grade report must be reported to the Office of Records and Registration. If no error is reported within 30 days of issuance, it is assumed the report is correct and each entry becomes a part of the student’s permanent record.

32

Academic Regulations Privacy of Educational Records Transcripts

Winthrop University policy regarding access to A permanent record of each student’s courses, student records (such as grades, grade-point credits and grades earned is maintained in the averages, and class rank) is governed by the Records Office. Transcripts are provided at no Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 charge upon written request from the student to the as amended, commonly known as FERPA or “The Office of Records and Registration, 102 Tillman Buckley Amendment.” Under this law, students Hall. Courses are posted to the transcript at the have the right to inspect and challenge the close of each semester or summer session. accuracy of information contained in their Winthrop Transcripts are withheld from those students and educational record. former students who have unpaid accounts with the University. Also, these regulations restrict Winthrop to the release of certain records only to the student Grading System (current or former) and to certain other authorized school and government personnel, except with the Grades for courses taken for graduate credit are student’s prior written consent to release the recorded as follows: records to another specified person. Without this A Excellent (4 quality points per semester consent, Winthrop cannot release a student’s hour) records even to parents, spouses, or family B Satisfactory (3 quality points per semester members except in one instance. Parents or hour) guardians of a student may be given access to C Passing (2 quality points per semester certain of the student’s records if the parents or hour) guardians sign a statement in the Office of Records F Failure and Registration and provide proof that they have N No Grade claimed the student as a dependent on their last AU Audit federal income tax return. S* Satisfactory: S indicates satisfactory achievement (equivalent to B or above) on The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act a course taken on a does allow the University to release the following satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis. information (not considered private records) unless U* Unsatisfactory: U indicates unsatisfactory the student requests this information be withheld: achievement (equivalent to C or below) on student’s name, address, telephone number, email a course taken on a address, date and place of birth, enrollment status satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis. (full- or part-time), dates of attendance, date of I Incomplete: I must be used only as a graduation, major field of study, degrees and prefix to a grade. Assigning an awards received, most recent previous educational incomplete to a student in a course institution attended, eligibility for honor societies, taken for graduate credit indicates participation in officially recognized activities and that, for a valid reason, the course sports, weight and height of members of athletic has not been completed and that the teams and other similar information. A student who instructor reserves the right to raise does not want this information released must make the grade if the incomplete work is a written request to the Registrar by the close of finalized within one year or by an the registration period for the semester or term in earlier date specified by the instructor. The which the student is enrolled. grade to which I is prefixed is not used in As a matter of practice, Winthrop does not sell or computing the student's grade-point give away lists which are in unpublished or average until the prefix is removed and computerized form to any outside agency, indicates the grade earned if no further individual or business. Questions concerning work is performed. It is the grade in the Winthrop’s policy for release of academic course unless and until changed by the information should be directed to the Office of the instructor. Registrar, 102 Tillman Hall. *S/U is awarded only in those courses so designated.

33 Academic Regulations

Quality Points and Grade-Point Grade-point averages calculated for removal of Average probationary status are based on all graduate courses taken at Winthrop University, not on To remain a student in good standing, the selected courses. All course work used to restore student must maintain a certain standard of the grade-point average to 3.0 must be completed excellence. This standard is fixed by the at Winthrop. Credit earned at any other institution quality-point system. The grade received on a while the student is on academic probation or is course determines the number of quality points ineligible to enroll at Winthrop cannot be applied to earned per semester hour. Total quality points for a any degree at Winthrop University. course are calculated by multiplying hours earned by the point value for the grade earned. *Because of the lock-step structure of the Executive MBA program, graduate students in this The semester grade-point average (GPA) is program must restore their overall grade-point calculated by dividing quality points earned that average to 3.0 within two additional semesters of semester by hours taken on a letter-grade basis graduate work. An EMBA student must achieve a during that semester (including repeated courses). minimum of 2.5 grade-point average for the 12 hours of the first semester (BADM 671, EMBA The cumulative grade-point average (GPA) is Module 1) in order to continue in the program. calculated by dividing total quality points by net Students will be allowed to enroll in the third hours. Net hours are all hours of credit taken at semester of the program (BADM 673, EMBA Winthrop on a letter-grade basis with repeated Module 3) only with completion of BADM 671, courses counting only once. The most recent grade EMBA Module 1, and BADM 672, EMBA Module 2, earned on a repeated course determines the with a grade-point average of at least 2.75. number of quality points earned on that course. Credits earned by examinations, credits transferred from other institutions and credits for courses taken Recourse for Academically Ineligible on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis are not used Students in computing a student’s cumulative grade-point average. The cumulative grade-point average is Students who have been dismissed because of used in determining a graduate student’s academic academic ineligibility may reapply for graduate status. admission. The following policies apply to graduate non-degree and graduate degree students applying Academic Probation and Academic to the same or a new graduate program. Students wishing to be readmitted following a dismissal must Ineligibility wait at least one year before applying. (One year is defined as two semesters or one semester and one Once students have been admitted with graduate summer session.) During this period, they are degree status (G) or with graduate non-degree ineligible for admission to any program at Winthrop status (GN), they are expected to maintain a 3.0 University. cumulative grade-point average. Students whose cumulative grade-point averages fall below 3.0 are When students reapply following dismissal, they placed on academic probation. A graduate student are responsible for assembling all credentials will be allowed to repeat a maximum of two required for readmission by the appropriate courses in which the student has been assigned a academic unit. Students’ credentials are evaluated grade of C or F. A given course may be repeated and the admission decision is made by the once. academic unit. These credentials must include a transcript of all work at Winthrop University prior to Graduate students placed on academic probation the dismissal. No course with a grade below B from are required to restore their overall grade-point students’ previous work (prior to dismissal) average to 3.0 within 9 additional gross semester hours of graduate work, including repeated and dropped courses.* Failure to do so will result in dismissal from graduate study.

34

Academic Regulations may be applied for readmission credit. If a student two-week period following the discovery of the who previously received course grades below B is alleged infraction and are not accepted after that readmitted, the student may repeat these courses period except on majority vote of the Committee. In regardless of prior repetitions. However, a grade all cases, the burden of proof rests on the accuser. below B after readmission in any course will result in immediate dismissal. Teacher Certification Requirements

General Appeal Procedure Requirements for teacher certification set by the South Carolina State Department of Education or Any graduate student may appeal for variations other agencies may or may not be the same as in college-wide graduate policies and regulations degree requirements shown in this catalog. by submitting a petition, written by the student, to Students desiring certification should consult with the Graduate Petitions Committee. The student the appropriate agency early in their programs to should petition only after all remedies have been determine any certification requirements above and exhausted in the appropriate college. beyond degree requirements. Questions concerning certification should be addressed to Petitions must be typed in the recommended Student Academic Services, College of Education, format and signed by the student. A signed 144 Withers/W.T.S. statement or reaction from the student's advisor, department chair and dean or graduate director must be attached to the petition. Petitioners are encouraged to attach a letter of recommendation Student Conduct Code: from their advisor; however, letters of General Conduct Policy recommendation are optional. The student should contact Graduate Studies for complete instructions. Academic institutions exist for the transmission of Graduate Studies forwards the petition, along with knowledge, the pursuit of truth, the development of the letters of recommendation, any supporting students and the general well-being of society. documents and a copy of the student’s Winthrop Free inquiry and free expression are indispensable record, to the Graduate Petitions Committee and to the attainment of these goals. As members of notifies the student, advisor and dean of the the academic community, students should be decision reached by the Committee. encouraged to develop the capacity for critical judgment and to engage in a sustained and Petitions must be received in Graduate Studies independent search for truth. at least two weeks before a Committee meeting in order to be considered at that meeting. Meeting Freedom of the individual may be defined as the dates of the Graduate Petitions Committee are right to act or speak, as long as it does not available in Graduate Studies. Special meetings of adversely affect the rights of others. Believing in the Graduate Petitions Committee may be called this concept, Winthrop University protects freedom only in response to unexpected changes in a of action and freedom of speech for both students student's academic standing that will affect an and employees, so long as it is not of an upcoming registration or graduation. inflammatory or demeaning nature and does not interfere with the students’ living and study conditions, and the administration of its affairs. It Grade Appeals constitutes a disruptive act for any member of the Winthrop community to engage in any conduct A student wishing to protest a course grade must which would substantially obstruct, interfere with or first try to resolve the problem with the faculty impair instruction, research, administration, member. If no satisfactory solution is reached, authorized use of University facilities, the rights either the student, the faculty member, or both may and privileges of other members of the University call the case to the attention of the appropriate community, or disciplinary proceedings. Moreover, chairperson, division administrator, or appropriate Winthrop University is committed to improving the dean. If not resolved, the dean then refers the case quality of student life by promoting a diversified to the Committee on Academic Conduct for hearing educational and cultural experience for all its within ten school days. Referrals to the Committee students. Therefore, racist conduct or other acts of on Academic Conduct should be made within a bigotry are not tolerated.

35 Academic Regulations

Rights and freedoms imply duties and Sexual Harassment responsibilities. A student who exercises his or her rights as a private citizen-whether individually or as It is the policy of Winthrop University that sexual a member of a group-must assume full harassment by its employees or students against responsibility for his or her actions. All students other employees or students shall not be and employees of Winthrop must abide by local, condoned. The University is committed to state and federal laws and with all published maintaining a workplace and a campus University policies and regulations. Violations of environment that are free of such harassment and laws and regulations subject the perpetrator to will enforce Federal guidelines as they relate to disciplinary action by the University and/or the sexual harassment. appropriate civil or criminal court. Sexual harassment may include explicit sexual Responsibility for good conduct rests with propositions, sexual innuendo, suggestive students as adult individuals. Student organizations comments, sexually-oriented “kidding” or “teasing,” have similar responsibility for maintaining good practical jokes,” jokes about gender-specific traits, conduct among their members and guests and at foul or obscene language or gestures, display of activities they sponsor. All members of the foul or obscene printed or visual material, and University community are expected to use physical contact such as hugging, patting, pinching reasonable judgment in their daily campus life and or brushing against another’s body. to show due concern for the welfare and rights of others. With respect to employment, unwelcome sexual Students who violate University policies, rules advances, requests for sexual favors and other and regulations are subject to expulsion or lesser offensive physical, verbal or visual conduct based sanctions. A complete outline of obligations and on sex constitute sexual harassment when: (1) the disciplinary process is contained in the Student submission to such conduct is made either Conduct Code in the Student Handbook (available explicitly or implicitly a term or condition of an on the Winthrop web site). individual’s employment; (2) submission to or rejection of such conduct by an individual is used Academic Discipline as the basis for employment decisions affecting such individual; or (3) such conduct has the Infractions of academic discipline are dealt with purpose or effect of unreasonably interfering with in accordance with the Student Academic the individual’s work performance or creating an Misconduct Policy which is contained in the intimidating, hostile or offensive work environment. Student Conduct Code in the Student Handbook. Academic misconduct includes but is not limited to A student who believes she or he has been providing or receiving assistance in a manner not subject to harassment by an employee should authorized by the professor in the creation of work immediately contact either the Director of to be submitted for academic evaluation including Counseling Services in 203 Crawford, extension papers, projects and examinations; presenting, as #2233; the Dean of Students in 218 Dinkins, one’s own, the ideas or words of another for extension #4503; or the Associate Vice President academic evaluation without proper for Human Resources in 303 Tillman, extension acknowledgment; doing unauthorized academic #2273. Every effort will be made to maintain work for which another person is to receive credit confidentiality about complaints and terms of or be evaluated; and presenting the same or resolution: however, confidentiality cannot be substantially the same papers or projects in two or guaranteed. more courses without the explicit permission of the professors involved. In addition, academic If a student believes that he or she is being misconduct involves attempting to influence one’s harassed by another student, please refer to the academic evaluation by means other than Section IV, Prohibited Conduct, items C. and D. of academic achievement or merit. More explicit the Student Conduct Code in the Student definitions of academic misconduct specific to Handbook. certain academic disciplines may be promulgated by academic departments and schools.

36

Degree Requirements

Degree Requirements

The master’s degree programs offered at The original copy of the program of studies Winthrop University require the successful remains on file in Graduate Studies, where it is completion of 30-60 semester hours of approved used in determining completion of all degree graduate-level work. The specialist’s degree in requirements. Copies are distributed to the school psychology requires the completion of 72 student, advisor and graduate director. It is the semester hours (36 hours above the master’s student’s responsibility to follow the approved degree.) program of studies. Changes in the program must receive the same approvals as the original All students must have an Application for program. Forms for making changes in the Graduation and a Program of Studies on file to program of studies are available in the advisor’s be considered as a candidate for a degree. office.

Program of Studies Courses Open to Graduate Students Only Upon being admitted to a degree program with graduate degree status (G), students are expected At least one-half of the total semester hours to confer with their assigned advisors to become submitted for an advanced degree must be in acquainted with specific college or departmental courses open to graduate students only. Courses regulations. At any time after a student is admitted numbered 600-699 are advanced courses open with G status and no later than the semester only to graduate students for graduate credit. following the completion of 12 semester hours toward the advanced degree, the student meets Courses numbered 500-599 are advanced with the advisor to plan a program of studies courses primarily for juniors, seniors and graduate leading toward the degree. students. Graduate students are automatically enrolled for graduate credit in courses numbered The individual program of studies must fulfill all 500-599 unless undergraduate credit is requested the requirements of the appropriate degree at registration (or no later than the close of the program as published in the catalog. The year of registration change period). Juniors and seniors the catalog being followed must be indicated on the are automatically enrolled for undergraduate credit program of studies form. in courses numbered 500-599. Students enrolled in 500-level courses for graduate credit are Program of studies forms are available in the expected to complete additional appropriate office of the advisor or the graduate program requirements. director. The completed form must be signed by the student, the advisor, the program coordinator (where applicable), the department chairman Individually Directed Courses (where applicable) and the graduate director of the college. The graduate director submits the With approval from the instructor, the department approved program of studies to Graduate Studies chairperson and the dean of the college, a where it is verified for adherence to catalog graduate student may take a course as an requirements. The program of studies is not individually directed course (IDC). No more than 6 considered to be official until the signature of an semester hours of IDC may be counted toward a authorized person in Graduate Studies is affixed. graduate degree.

37 Degree Requirements

Change of Degree Program If any course required in the catalog specified is not offered after the student specifying the catalog A graduate student may change from one degree has accumulated 18 semester hours, the University program to another if he or she meets the criteria reserves the right to substitute another course. In for admission to the new program and is accepted all cases, if a course has been officially dropped by the new department. The student must file an from the course offerings, the University must Application for Program Change with Graduate provide a substitute course. Studies, which forwards all credentials to the new department for an admission decision. The student is notified of the decision by Graduate Studies. Transfer Credit Policy

Winthrop may credit toward a graduate degree 9 semester hours of graduate work from another

Choice of Catalog and Time Limit accredited graduate institution upon recommendation of the appropriate advisor and A regular graduate student may obtain a degree academic dean. (An additional 3 semester hours in accordance with the requirements set forth in the may be transferred, at the discretion of the advisor catalog in force at the time the student completes- and academic dean.) Students in the Master of as a degree-seeking student-the first Science program in physical education are limited graduate-level course at Winthrop which counts to a maximum of six hours of transfer credit. toward the degree. The student may elect to obtain Transfer of credit must be approved in writing by a degree in accordance with the requirements of the student’s advisor and academic dean for any catalog issued after the initial admission, inclusion in the student’s official program of study; provided the student completed a graduate-level and the course level is verified in Graduate course in the current program at Winthrop at the Studies. After a student has entered a graduate time the catalog was issued and has not program at Winthrop, permission from the student’s subsequently been absent from active enrollment advisor and academic dean is required prior to in the program for a continuous period of 12 enrolling in the transfer course(s). Permission to months or more. Transfer forms are available in Graduate Studies. Official copies of transcripts must be submitted and When a student has been absent from active evaluated before any transfer credit may be enrollment in his or her graduate program for a officially accepted. Certain courses submitted for period of 12 months or more, he or she must fulfill transfer may not be considered equivalent to the graduation requirements of the catalog in force specified requirements although course titles may at the time of the student’s next (or subsequent) be the same. completion of a graduate-level course in the current program at Winthrop. A graduate student may not transfer credit taken at another institution while he or she is on A student who changes graduate degree academic probation at Winthrop or is ineligible to programs may choose a catalog no earlier than the return to Winthrop. Credit earned at another one in effect at the time of official admission into institution by a graduate student in good standing the new program (if the student is enrolled at the may be transferred if: time), or the catalog under which the student next enrolls. The catalog chosen must be one under 1. A grade of B or better has been earned in which the student completes a graduate-level the course; or course at Winthrop which counts toward the degree. 2. A grade of S is earned, the granting institution is regionally accredited and In all cases, a student is restricted in choice to would allow the course to be used in one the requirements of one specific catalog and must of its graduate degrees. graduate within a period of 6 years from the date the catalog was issued to claim the rights of that Transfer credits are not used in computing the catalog. All work to be counted on the degree, student’s cumulative grade-point average. including transfer work, must be completed within Transfer credits do not appear on a Winthrop the 6-year period immediately prior to the University transcript until the graduate student has conferring of the degree. achieved graduate degree status and the courses appear on an approved program of studies leading toward that degree.

38 Degree Requirements

Extension courses offered by accredited graduate Grade-Point Average Required institutions are subject to approval of the student’s advisor and academic dean. Correspondence for Graduation courses are not accepted for graduate credit. Transfer credit is subject to all Catalog regulations A final grade-point average of at least 3.0 in pertaining to graduate degree courses, including graduate work taken at Winthrop is required for all the 6-year time limit. graduate degrees. The final grade-point average is based on hours and quality points earned for It is the student’s responsibility to have an official courses taken on a letter-grade basis at Winthrop transcript of the transfer credits forwarded to which are necessary for meeting the degree Graduate Studies, 209 Tillman Hall, Winthrop requirements. University, Rock Hill, SC 29733, no later than four days prior to the expected graduation date. Comprehensive Examinations Transfer credits taken during the final semester of a program may delay graduation and certification A student pursuing a degree program requiring a approval until official transcripts have been comprehensive examination should contact their received in Graduate Studies. Transcripts of all advisor to obtain specific exam information and to work taken when a student is absent from Winthrop schedule the exam. Results of comprehensive must be submitted when the student reapplies to examinations are due in Graduate Studies no later Winthrop. than two weeks prior to the final examination period of the term the student has applied to Graduate Studies 600 graduate.

All candidates for graduate degrees must be Thesis enrolled in course work during the semester in which they intend to graduate. Students who have Each candidate for a master’s degree with a completed all course requirements for the degree program requiring a thesis should normally enroll in a prior semester, but have not completed all of for thesis credit during the final two semesters of the requirements for the degree (i.e., unsatisfactory the degree program. The thesis must be prepared performance on exit or certification examinations, under the direction of a major advisor according to or other degree requirements), must enroll in the Instructions for the Preparation of a Thesis, GSTC 600, Continuing Graduate Studies, or any which may be obtained from Graduate Studies. other graduate-level course. Although GSTC 600 Credit is not granted until the thesis has been does not carry any degree credit, it establishes that completed and approved by the candidate’s graduate students are actively enrolled in course advisory committee and the dean of the college. work during the semester they intend to graduate. The time and place for defense of the thesis and Registration in GSTC 600 provides students with the title of the thesis should be announced in all of the services and privileges of enrolled advance with the defense open to the campus graduate students (example: use of the library, community. valid ID card, access to on-campus parking). Permission of department chair is required for Four copies of the thesis in final form and registration. approved by the student’s advisory committee must be submitted to Graduate Studies at least two Any graduate student not enrolled in course work weeks prior to the final examination period. A for a degree program and not planning to graduate thesis binding fee must be paid to the Cashier’s at the end of the semester may register for GSTC Office and a receipt submitted to Graduate Studies 600 to secure the services of an enrolled graduate at the time the thesis is submitted. If the actual cost student. Enrollment in GSTC 600 is limited to of binding and postage exceeds the fee paid, the students working on theses or preparing for difference is billed to the candidate. If the required examinations. A fee of $35 is assessed candidate desires to have additional copies bound, for students registering for GSTC 600. binding may be arranged through Graduate Studies.

39 Degree Requirements

Students may, with the agreement of their Commencement Participation Policy advisor and their thesis committee, have their thesis included in Masters Abstracts. Information on costs and procedures is available in Graduate Only those graduate students who have Studies. completed all their degree requirements as outlined in the Graduate Catalog will be permitted to

participate in commencement ceremonies. No

exceptions will be made for any students who have Application for Graduation not completed all their degree requirements.

Prior to the end of the third week of the semester or the second week of the summer session in Second Master’s Degree which graduation is expected, a student must file an Application for Graduation with Graduate A student is permitted to earn a second master’s Studies, 209 Tillman Hall. Failure to file an degree subject to the following conditions: application for fall and spring commencements by the indicated date will result in a late fee according 1. No work applied to a previously awarded to the following schedule: degree may be applied to the new degree

program;

Fall and Spring 2. The second master’s degree program must be Application Filed Fee in a discipline different from the previously earned master’s degree; and First four weeks after published deadline $10 3. The student must successfully meet all Remainder of semester $20 requirements for the new degree.

Awarding of Degrees and Commencement Exercises

Degrees are awarded three times a year, at the end of each semester and at the end of the summer session.

Commencement exercises are held twice a year, in December and in May. The program for the December commencement lists the names of all students who completed degrees during the receding summer session, as well as those who completed degrees during the first regular semester. The program for the May commencement lists the names of those students who completed degrees during the second regular semester.

Students who complete degrees during the regular semester and desire to graduate in absentia should submit a written notification to the Graduate Studies, 209 Tillman Hall.

40 ACADEMIC PROGRAMS

The College of Arts and Sciences

Dean: Debra C. Boyd 2. Official transcripts (sent directly to Winthrop University from the issuing Institution) from all Associate Dean and post-secondary education; and Director of Graduate Studies: Sarah F.Stallings 3. Essay describing why the applicant wishes to enter 803/323-2183 the program. Call the MLA office at 803/323-2368 for details.

Admission as a graduate degree student (G) in the After credentials are reviewed by the MLA College of Arts and Sciences requires a student’s admissions committee, the program director will contact undergraduate record to show adequate preparation for the applicant to schedule an interview. Additional graduate work in the chosen program and an overall information about the program and the admission undergraduate grade-point average of at least 3.0 on a process can be obtained from the Director of the MLA 4.0 scale. If the quality of a student’s undergraduate Program, 136 Bancroft Hall, Winthrop University, Rock work is less than that required, admission may be Hill, SC 29733, or phone 803/323-2368. granted on the basis of scores on either the General

Test of the Graduate Record Examinations or the Program Requirements. The Master of Liberal Arts Common Examination or a Specialty Area Test of the PRAXIS Examination or Miller Analogies Test. degree requires completion of 33 semester hours of Applicants should contact graduate program directors approved graduate-level courses as indicated below, at for information about additional or alternative admission least half of which must be 600-level courses. Twelve requirements. hours are in four courses designed for the program. Three of these courses are interdisciplinary colloquia developed on the theme, “The Search for Order.” These courses explore this search by examining how Liberal Arts order is brought to our world through empirical, rational and intuitive means. The fourth required course, to be Master of Liberal Arts taken at the end of the program, is an individual project Graduate Program Director: on a topic of interest to the student. The remaining David L. Rankin, 803/323-2368 seven courses (21 hours) are elective graduate courses in liberal arts and science disciplines selected The Master of Liberal Arts Program provides an by the student upon consultation with the director. opportunity for mature learners to pursue a deeper understanding of the human condition through a Semester structured, interdisciplinary program of study. The MLA Required Program Hours program is not directed toward professional ends, but LART 601 The Search for Order: rather it is designed to allow students to seek The Empirical Eye 3 understanding through study in the liberal arts and LART 602 The Search for Order: sciences. The Rational Eye 3 LART 603 The Search for Order: Admission Requirements. Admission to the The Intuitive Eye 3 program requires a baccalaureate degree from an LART 604 Capstone Colloquium 3 accredited institution, an essay and an interview with 500-600 level electives 21 the program director. ____ Total Semester Hours 33 Applications should be submitted to the Graduate Studies Office. Complete applications consist of the Note: Registration for GSTC 600, Continuing Graduate following: Studies, may be required. Check with advisor.

1. Application for Graduate Admission;

41 Academic Programs - College of Arts and Sciences

Biology Grade-Point Average GRE-Verbal GRE-Quantitative Score Points Score Points Score Points Graduate Faculty 3.76-4.00 8 700-800 7 700-800 7 3.51-3.75 7 600-690 6 600-690 6

3.26-3.50 6 500-590 5 500-590 5 Professors 3.01-3.25 5 400-490 4 400-490 4 Janice Chism 2.76-3.00 4 300-390 3 300-390 3 Dwight D. Dimaculangan 2.51-2.75 3 200-290 2 200-290 2 James W. Johnston, chair 2.26-2.50 2 Paula L. Mitchell 2.01-2.25 1 William Rogers Below 2.00 0

Associate Professors Compute the points from each of the three areas listed Susan J. Marks in the previous table and apply the total to the following Peter C. Phillips scale: Julian Smith III Eligibility Score Status Assistant Professors 12-22 Eligible for interview, then admit Lee Anne Cope or deny Laura Glasscock 4-11 Admission denied John M. Schmidt Kristi Westover If an applicant’s admission score is between 12 and 22, the Graduate Studies Office will notify the applicant to contact Dr. Janice Chism, Director of Graduate Master of Science in Biology Studies, Department of Biology, Winthrop University, Graduate Program Director: Rock Hill, SC, 29733, 803/323-2111, ext. 6429 to Janice Chism, 803/323-2111 ext.6429 schedule an appointment for an interview. The final admission decision is at the discretion of the Biology Admission Requirements. In addition to the Department. general requirements for admission to graduate study at Winthrop, admission to the program for the Master of Applicants should submit all admission credentials to Science degree in biology requires the applicant to: the Graduate Studies Office by May 15 for fall admission. After the Biology Department reviews the 1. Successfully complete an undergraduate major in materials, the applicant will be notified in writing by the biology or its equivalent, and one year of general Graduate Studies Office of the admission decision. chemistry. The Master of Science degree in Biology requires the 2. Submit two letters of recommendations to completion of at least 30 semester hours of approved Graduate Studies graduate-level courses. At least half the work presented for the degree must be 600-level courses. 3. Indicate in their Statement of Personal and At least 24 semester hours of these courses must be in Professional Objectives admission consideration biology. for either the thesis or non-thesis option. Each graduate student in biology, before receiving 4. Submit official scores on the General Test of the the Master of Science degree, must attend a minimum Graduate Record Examination to Graduate of five departmental seminar programs. Attendance Studies. Eligibility for admission to the program is based on the following point scale: does not carry course credit.

42 Academic Programs-Arts and Sciences

Program Requirements With Thesis. Each student Select at least three hours from each of the following must complete 30 semester hours of course work three areas: 9-12 including a thesis. Each student has an advisory Ecology/Evolution committee of three faculty members, including a BIOL 505 Primate Biology principal advisor who directs and approves thesis BIOL 513 Organic Evolution research and writing. The thesis is defended before BIOL 515 Environmental Biology the advisory committee, and a seminar presentation is BIOL 518 Animal Behavior given to the entire faculty. BIOL 527 Population Biology BIOL 560 Bioinformatics Semester BIOL 632 Advanced Topics in Required Program Hours Ecology/Evolutionary Biology BIOL 601 Theory and Method in Biology 3 Organismal/Developmental/Integrative BIOL 610 Recent Advances in BIOL 505 Primate Biology Molecular and Cellular Biology BIOL 507 Neuroanantomy OR BIOL 508 Invertebrate Biology BIOL 611 Recent Advances in Organismic BIOL 510 Vertebrate Natural History and Developmental Biology BIOL 511 Ornithology OR BIOL 518 Animal Behavior BIOL 612 Recent Advances in BIOL 519 Mechanisms of Disease Environmental and BIOL 520 Entomology Evolutionary Biology 3 BIOL 525 Mycology BIOL 695 Thesis 3 BIOL 524 Advanced Botany BIOL 696 Thesis 3 BIOL 631 Advanced Topics in Organismal BIOL 697 Presentation of Biological and Developmental Biology Research BIOL 1 633 Advanced Topics in 500-600 level BIOL electives 11 Physiology/Integrated Biology 500-600 level approved electives 6 Cell/Molecular ___ BIOL 517 Human Genetics Total Semester Hours 30 BIOL 519 Mechanisms of Disease BIOL 521 Cytogenetics Note: Registration for GSTC 600, Continuing Graduate BIOL 522 Immunology Studies, may be required. Check with advisor. BIOL 526 Applied Microbiology BIOL 530 Methods in Electron Microscopy Program Requirements Without Thesis. The BIOL 555 Molecular Biology Master of Science degree in biology without a thesis BIOL 556 Molecular Genetics and requires the completion of at least 36 hours of Recombinant DNA Techniques approved graduate-level courses. At least half the BIOL 560 Bioinformatics work presented for the degree must be 600-level BIOL 629 Advanced Topics in courses. Cellular/Molecular Biology BIOL 630 Advanced Cellular and Molecular Immediately upon entering the graduate program, the Biology Lab student should develop, with the assigned advisor, an 500-600 level BIOL electives 6-15 individual course of study which meets the requirements for the degree and the student’s Select additional courses from those listed in the areas objectives. above and/or from the following: Semester BIOL 540 Special Topics in Biology Required Program Hours BIOL 605 Bioethics BIOL 601 Theory and Method in Biology 3 BIOL 620 Supervised Lab Instruction BIOL 610 Recent Advances in Molecular and BIOL 640 Readings in Biology Cellular Biology 3 BIOL 671 Graduate Research in Biology BIOL 611 Recent Advances in Organismic 500-600 level approved electives 0-6 and Developmental Biology 3 ____ BIOL 612 Recent Advances in Environmental Total Semester Hours 36 and Evolutionary Biology 3 Note: Registration For GSTC 600, Continuing Graduate Studies, may be required. Check with advisor.

43 Academic Programs - College of Arts and Sciences

English Semester Required Program Hours Graduate Faculty ENGL 600 Materials and Methods of Research in English or its Professors equivalent* 3 John C. Bird ENGL 602 Critical Theory or its William F. Naufftus equivalent* 3 David L. Rankin, emeritus ENGL 695 Thesis** 3 Jane B. Smith ENGL 696 Thesis** 3 Margaret Tebo-Messina ENGL 622 British Literature prior to 1784* 3 ENGL 623 British Literature after 1784* 3 Associate Professors American Literature* 3 Debra C. Boyd, dean A Major Figures course* 3 Max L. Childers Collateral courses in supporting areas Matthew Fike or departments* 0-9 Gloria Godfrey Jones, chair 500-600 level ENGL electives 0-24 Josephine Koster ____ Marguerite Quintelli-Neary Total Semester Hours 30

Assistant Professors Note: Registration for GSTC 600, Continuing Graduate Siobhan C. Brownson Studies, may be required. Check with advisor. Kelly Richardson *These requirements are to assure variety of Master of Arts in English experiences. If the student has a strong background in Graduate Program Director: a particular area, he or she may substitute another course or area. William F. Naufftus, 803/323-4570

**Before registering for ENGL 695, Thesis, the student

must have successfully completed 9 semester hours of Admission Requirements. Admission to the a foreign language or have passed a language program for the Master of Arts degree in English examination approved by the department. usually requires the successful completion of 24 semester hours of approved courses in English at the Program Requirements Without Thesis. The undergraduate or graduate level, in addition to the Master of Arts degree in English without a thesis general requirements for admission to graduate study requires the completion of at least 36 hours of at Winthrop. Applicants are required to submit a approved graduate-level courses. At least half the satisfactory score on the General Test of the Graduate work presented for the degree must be 600-level Record Examination, the Specialty Area Test of the courses. PRAXIS Examination or the Miller Analogies Test.

Immediately upon entering the graduate program, the Program Requirements With Thesis. The Master student should develop, with the assigned advisor, an of Arts degree in English with thesis requires the individual course of study which meets the completion of at least 30 hours of approved requirements for the degree and the student’s graduate-level courses including 6 semester hours of objectives. thesis. At least half the work presented for the degree must be 600-level courses. To be eligible for graduation, a student must fulfill all course requirements and perform satisfactorily on a Immediately upon entering the graduate program, the final comprehensive examination. student should develop, with the assigned advisor, an individual course of study which meets the requirements for the degree and the student’s objectives.

To be eligible for graduation, a student must fulfill all course requirements and perform satisfactorily on a final comprehensive examination.

44 Academic Programs-Arts and Sciences

Semester Master of Arts in History Required Program Hours Graduate Program Director: ENGL 600 Materials and Methods of Lynne K. Dunn, 803/323-4674 Research in English or its equivalent* 3 ENGL 602 Critical Theory or Admission Requirements. Admission to the its equivalent* 3 program for the Master of Arts degree in history usually ENGL 622 British Literature prior to 1784* 3 requires the successful completion of 24 semester ENGL 623 British Literature after 1784* 3 hours of approved courses in history at the American Literature* 3 undergraduate or graduate level, evidence of a A Major Figures course* 3 satisfactory score on the General Test of the Graduate Collateral courses in supporting areas Record Examination, in addition to the general or departments* 0-12 requirements for admission to graduate study at 500-600 level ENGL electives** 0-36 Winthrop. Application deadlines for spring is October _____ 15 and for summer/fall is February 15. Total Semester Hours 36 Program Requirements With Thesis. The Master Note: Registration for GSTC 600, Continuing Graduate of Arts degree in history with thesis requires the Studies, may be required. Check with advisor. completion of at least 30 hours of approved graduate-level courses including a thesis. At least half *These requirements are to assure a variety of the work presented for the degree must be 600-level experiences. If the student has a strong background in courses. a particular area, he or she may substitute another course or area. One of the courses should be HIST 500, Historiography and Methodology, if an equivalent **Students must have successfully completed 9 course has not been taken on the undergraduate level. semester hours of a foreign language or have passed a In exceptional circumstances, the student may, with language examination approved by the department permission of the MA advisor and the department before registering for the 25th semester hour of the chairperson, demonstrate adequate research and program. writing skills by submitting satisfactory proof of those ______skills in lieu of taking HIST 500. In such case, the student must submit to the MA advisor a research paper and have received the advisor’s approval that the History paper demonstrates adequate research and writing skills.

Graduate Faculty Immediately upon entering the graduate program, the student should develop with the assigned advisor an Professors individual course of study which meets the Edward S. Haynes requirements for the degree and the student’s Jason H. Silverman objectives. Semester Associate Professors Required Program Hours Rory Cornish, chair 500-600 level approved HIST courses 15-24 L. Andrew Doyle 500-600 level approved collateral Lynne Dunn courses in supporting areas J. Edward Lee or departments 0-9 Virginia S. Williams HIST 695 Thesis 3 HIST 696 Thesis 3 Assistant Professors ___ Opolot Okia Total Semester Hours 30 David Pretty Note: Registration for GSTC 600, Continuing Graduate Studies, may be required. Check with advisor.

45 Academic Programs - College of Arts and Sciences

Foreign Language Requirement. In addition to the Human Nutrition requirements stated above, before registering for HIST 695, Thesis, the student must have successfully Graduate Faculty completed 6 semester hours of a foreign language or have passed a language examination approved by the Professors department. Sarah F. Stallings, associate dean Patricia Giblin Wolman, chair Program Requirements Without Thesis. The Master of Arts in history without a thesis requires the Associate Professors completion of at least 36 hours of approved R. Carlton Bessinger graduate-level courses. At least half the work E. Jean Silagyi-Rebovich presented for the degree must be 600-level courses.

One of the courses should be HIST 500, Master of Science in Human Nutrition Historiography and Methodology, if an equivalent Graduate Program Director: course has not been taken on the undergraduate level. Patricia Giblin Wolman, 803/323-4520 In exceptional circumstances, the student may, with the permission of the MA advisor and the department Admission Requirements. Admission as a chairperson, demonstrate adequate research and graduate degree student in human nutrition requires writing skills by submitting satisfactory proof of those the applicant to show adequate undergraduate skills in lieu of taking HIST 500. In such case, the preparation for graduate work in the chosen program student must submit to the MA advisor a research and to have an overall undergraduate grade-point paper and have received the advisor’s approval that the average of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale. paper demonstrates adequate research and writing skills. In addition, a satisfactory score on the verbal and

quantitative sections of the General Test of the Immediately upon entering the graduate program, the Graduate Record Examination (preferred), or on the student should develop with the assigned advisor an Miller Analogies Test is required. The Common individual course of study which meets the Examination of the PRAXIS Examination may be requirements for the degree and the student’s accepted if the prospective student has taken the exam objectives. already and scored in an acceptable range. Admission Semester is competitive. Each graduate applicant must also Required Program Hours complete an entrance conference with at least two 500-600 level approved HIST courses 27-36 graduate faculty members. 500-600 level approved collateral

courses in supporting The Master of Science degree in human nutrition areas or departments 0-9 requires the completion of at least 33 hours of ____ approved graduate-level courses. At least half the Total Semester Hours 36 work presented for the degree must be 600-level courses. Note: Registration for GSTC 600, Continuing Graduate Studies, may be required. Check with advisor. Required Program Semester

With Thesis Hours Foreign Language Requirement. In addition to the 500-600 level NUTR courses 6 requirements stated above, before registering for the 500-600 level ACCT, ANTH, BADM, 25th semester hour of the program, the student must BIOL, CHEM, CSDV, ECON, have successfully completed 6 semester hours of a EDMD, EDUC, FINC, GEOG, foreign language or have passed a language HLTH, HLSM, MGMT, MKTG, examination approved by the department. MCOM, MATH, PHED, PLSC, ______PSYC, QMTH, SCWK, SOCL, WRIT, or NUTR 9

46 Academic Programs-Arts and Sciences

MATH 546 Applied Statistics for the Internship application materials, application checklist Sciences 3 and information on the pre-select option are available NUTR 624 Vitamin Metabolism 3 on the Internet at: www.winthrop.edu/nutrition.htm and NUTR 626 Mineral Metabolism 3 from the Department of Human Nutrition, 302 Life NUTR 607 Research Methods 3 Sciences Building, 803/323-2101. NUTR 695 Thesis 3 NUTR 696 Thesis 3 Required Program Semester ___ With Thesis and Internship Hours Total Semester Hours 33 500-600 level NUTR concentration 6 NUTR 528 Experiences in Nutrition Note: Registration for GSTC 600, Continuing Graduate Therapy 2 Studies, may be required. Check with advisor. NUTR 529 Experiences in Community Nutrition 2 NUTR 530 Experiences in Food Required Program Semester Systems Management 2 Without Thesis Hours MATH 546 Applied Statistics for the 500-600 level NUTR courses 15 Sciences 3 500-600 level ACCT, ANTH, BADM, NUTR 624 Vitamin Metabolism 3 BIOL,CHEM, CSDV, ECON, EDMD,EDUC, FINC, NUTR 626 Mineral Metabolism 3 GEOG, HLTH,HLSM, MGMT, MKTG, MCOM,MATH, NUTR 607 Research Methods 3 PHED, PLSC, PSYC,QMTH, SCWK, SOCL, 500-600 level electives 3 WRIT, or NUTR 9 NUTR 695 Thesis 3 NUTR 696 Thesis 3 MATH 546 Applied Statistics for the ____ Sciences 3 Total Semester Hours 33 NUTR 624 Vitamin Metabolism 3 NUTR 626 Mineral Metabolism 3 Note: Registration for GSTC 600, Continuing Graduate NUTR 607 Research Methods 3 Studies, may be required. Check with advisor. NUTR 650 Special Topics: Food and/or Nutrition 3 Required Program Semester ____ With Internship and Without Thesis Hours Total Semester Hours 39 500-600 level NUTR concentration 15 500-600 level electives 3 Note: Registration for GSTC 600, Continuing Graduate NUTR 528 Experiences in Nutrition Studies, may be required. Check with advisor. Therapy 2 NUTR 529 Experiences in Community A Master of Science degree option is available which Nutrition 2 incorporates the Commission on Accreditation for NUTR 530 Experiences in Food Systems Dietetics Education (CADE) accredited Dietetic Management 2 Internship. Contact information is The Commission on MATH 546 Applied Statistics for Accreditation for Dietetics Education of the American The Sciences 3 Dietetic Association, 120 South Riverside Plaza, NUTR 624 Vitamin Metabolism 3 Chicago, IL 60606, 312/899-5400. Applicants must NUTR 626 Mineral Metabolism 3 submit internship applications by August 15. NUTR 607 Research Methods 3 NUTR 650 Special Topics: Food and/or Prior to registration, applicants must complete CADE Nutrition 3 didactic program in dietetics requirements. Acceptance ___ into the internship is contingent upon academic Total Semester Hours 39 standing, Graduate Record Examination scores, faculty endorsements, references, personal interview, and score on a knowledge-based examination.

47 Academic Programs - College of Arts and Sciences

Graduate Certificate in Human Nutrition Electives* 6 Graduate Program Director: *Electives may include undergraduate courses Patricia Giblin Wolman, 803/323-4520 in human nutrition or graduate or undergraduate courses from related areas including ACCT, ANTH, ARTS, BADM, BIOL, CHEM, CSCI, The core content of the program includes current DANT, CSDV, ECON, EDCI, EDUC, FINC, knowledge in human nutrition and may include courses FREN, GEOG, GRNT, HLTH, HLSM, INAS, from such related disciplines as biology, chemistry, LART, MGMT, MKTG, MCOM, MATH, business, education, gerontology, health and health NUTR, PHED, PLSC, PSYC, QMTH, SCWK, care administration, communications, statistics, political SOCL, SPAN, SPCH, WRIT. science, psychology, social work and sociology. ___ Students who hold a baccalaureate degree from an Total Semester Hours 15 accredited institution with a minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.5 or above may be admitted to the Course selections (program of study) must be Graduate Certificate in Human Nutrition program. approved by the Department of Human Nutrition Students must have a Didactic Program in Dietetics faculty. Inclusion of related area courses in programs (DPD) verification statement from Winthrop University of study should be approved by the appropriate or other accredited institution before receiving the department chair. Graduate Certificate in Human Nutrition from Winthrop. Students must maintain a minimum grade point Completion of the requirements for the Graduate average of 2.6 in undergraduate credit courses and 3.0 Certificate in Human Nutrition will appear on the in graduate credit courses. No more than three student’s official transcript. Students must complete a semester hours of “C” level credit may be applied to the minimum of 15 semester hours. Nine (9) of the Graduate Certificate in Human Nutrition. No more than semester hours must be in human nutrition at the three semester hours may be repeated for credit. graduate level. Course work for the Graduate Grading for all course work in the Graduate Certificate Certificate in Human Nutrition must be completed within program will be specified by the College of Arts and a six-year time period. Sciences and may include a maximum of six hours of S/U (satisfactory/unsatisfactory) grades for specific Core Requirements: courses, i.e., NUTR 528, NUTR 529 and NUTR 530. Minimum of nine hours from the following: 9 No more than 12 hours of graduate credit earned while NUTR 520 Sports Nutrition pursuing a Graduate Certificate in Human Nutrition may NUTR 521 Nutrition and Metabolism be applied to the Master of Science degree in Human NUTR 522 Community Nutrition Nutrition (separate admission) at Winthrop University. NUTR 523 Food Science Principles ______NUTR 527 Medical Nutrition Therapy NUTR 528 Experiences in Nutrition Therapy NUTR 529 Experiences in Community Nutrition NUTR 530 Experiences in Food Systems School Psychology Management NUTR 534 Seminar in Human Nutrition NUTR 600 Seminar in Food and Nutrition Graduate Faculty NUTR 604 Advanced Medical Nutrition Therapy Professors NUTR 610 Nutrition in the Third World Melvin Goldstein NUTR 620 Maternal and Child Nutrition Heidar A. Modaresi NUTR 621 Nutrition and Aging Joseph S. Prus, chair NUTR 623 Intermediary Metabolism NUTR 624 Vitamin Metabolism Associate Professors NUTR 625 Abnormal Metabolism Gary L. Alderman NUTR 626 Mineral Metabolism Timothy K. Daugherty NUTR 627 Recent Developments in Food Cheryl Fortner-Wood Science and Nutrition Kathy A. Lyon Antigo Martin-Delaney Jeff Sinn Donna Webster-Nelson

48 Academic Programs-Arts and Sciences

Assistant Professors The Winthrop School Psychology Program has been Leigh Armistead designed to meet national standards of quality and M. Jane Rankin progresses sequentially from foundations courses to methods/practica experiences to a 1,200 hour Master of Science in School Psychology internship. The training philosophy of the program Specialist in School Psychology emphasizes the importance of integrating knowledge Graduate Program Director: and skills under conditions of strong supervision, Joseph S. Prus, 803/323-2117 support and collaboration. Completion of supervised field experience over the last two years of the program provides for closer integration of didactic and The Winthrop School Psychology Program is a three- experiential components of the curriculum, more year, full-time graduate training sequence leading to immediate application and integration of skills and the Specialist in School Psychology (SSP) degree. strong involvement of faculty in this critical stage of Although an interim Master of Science (MS) degree is training. Low student-to-faculty ratios in all awarded at the end of the second year, students methods/practica courses and weekly sessions with admitted to the program are expected to complete the both faculty and credentialed field supervisors during full three-year training program. traineeship and internship help to assure the monitoring and support needed for students to become competent The Winthrop School Psychology Program is primarily professionals. Collaboration and cooperation among designed to prepare practitioners who are competent to students are also encouraged. provide a full range of school psychological services including consultation, behavioral intervention, The combined MS/SSP program is fully approved by psychoeducational assessment, research, program the National Association of School Psychologists planning/evaluation and counseling. Students are (NASP) and South Carolina Department of Education. prepared to work with diverse clients from infancy to Winthrop is also fully accredited by the National Council young adulthood, including those with low-incidence for Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE). Upon disabilities, and with families, teachers and others in the attainment of a passing score on the PRAXIS II the schools and community. Opportunities for working Examination in School Psychology and the under close supervision in rural, suburban and urban recommendation of the program director, graduates of settings are afforded students in the program. the program qualify to become Nationally Certified Although some of our graduates subsequently pursue School Psychologists (NCSP) and can attain doctoral studies, the primary purpose of the program is certification as School Psychologists in South Carolina the preparation of well-rounded professionals for work (Level II) and other states. in public schools and related settings. Employment offers for Winthrop School Psychology The three-year, full-time program leading to both the graduates typically exceed the number of graduates Master of Science (MS) and Specialist in School each year. Over the past ten years, virtually all Psychology (SSP) degrees utilizes a highly structured, graduates seeking employment in the field have applied, competency-based approach to training. The attained such employment within three months of curriculum is linked to a comprehensive set of graduation and many have been offered positions objectives that outline knowledge, skills, and before graduation. Winthrop School Psychology alumni professional work characteristics needed by school are employed in many states. Their preparation is psychologists in order to respond effectively to the evaluated very highly by employers. Those who have diverse needs of individuals and systems that we pursued doctoral studies have also been very ultimately serve. Program emphasis is placed on successful in gaining admission and in completing their psychological and psychoeducational methods whose studies. effectiveness has been demonstrated through behavioral research. A multi-method, multi-source Immediately upon entering the program, the student approach to assessment of learning and development should develop, with the program director, an individual helps assure that students attain the competencies course of study which meets the requirements for the needed to be effective school psychologists. degree and the student’s objectives.

49 Academic Programs - College of Arts and Sciences

Curriculum Students return to the university for faculty The curriculum is organized into four areas: supervision and one advanced course taken Psychological and Educational Foundations, concurrently with internship each semester. Psychoeducational Methods, Traineeship and Internship. Interns and trainees are required to acquire malpractice insurance coverage at their own expense. Psychological and Educational Foundations. Coursework covers the theoretical foundations of the Thus, four sequential levels of training (foundations, science of human behavior and the foundations of psychoeducational methods, traineeship and education. Psychological foundation areas include internship) are provided. All psychoeducational human learning/cognition, human development, child methods courses and most other courses are limited to and adolescent psychopathology, and health no more than a 10:1 student-faculty ratio to assure that psychology and behavioral medicine. Educational the training experience is individualized and foundation areas include exceptional children, appropriately supervised. multicultural issues, academic intervention, and organization and operations of schools. This area Admission Requirements. Admission to the includes the history and foundations of professional program requires completion of the Application for school psychology. Graduate Admission and the separate school psychology program application form. Admissions are Psychoeducational Methods. Characterized by a normally limited to ten students per year, with study competency-based approach and emphasis on data- beginning in the fall semester only. Multiple admissions based decision-making, coursework in this area criteria are used, including prior grade point average, involves the acquisition and application of professional GRE General Test scores (minimum combined verbal knowledge and skills needed to function successfully and quantitative score of 800 preferred), three letters of as a school psychologist. Courses cover diverse recommendation, educational experience, work models and methods of psychoeducational experience and personal qualifications. Despite the assessment, behavioral assessment and intervention, fact that admissions to the program are quite counseling and mental health services, research and competitive (typically about one in seven applicants is evaluation, and consultation/indirect services to schools admitted) we apply no absolute cutoff on any one and families. admissions criteria. The admissions decisions are focused on the selection of applicants who we believe Traineeship. In conjunction with psychoeducational have the greatest potential to be successful school methods courses, students complete a two day per psychologists. week, 450 hour traineeship in the schools during the second year of the program. This experience includes Prerequisites to admission are 15 hours of prior close supervision by both faculty and field supervisors undergraduate or graduate coursework in five areas: and includes specific objectives that address school (1) general psychology; (2) human development (child psychology competencies in such areas as development or child psychology may be acceptable assessment, counseling, behavioral assessment and alternatives); (3) experimental psychology or research intervention, and consultation. methods; (4) psychological measurements (tests and measurements or educational measurements may be Internship. During the third year, students complete acceptable alternatives); and (5) statistics. While the a paid 1200 hour supervised internship, at least 600 bulk of these prerequisite areas must be completed hours of which must be in the schools (a limited prior to admission to the program, one or two may be number of non-school internship settings are available taken after an applicant is admitted. Regardless of for up to 600 hours of the total experience). Internships when it is taken, no prerequisite or remedial in nearby diverse rural, suburban, and urban settings coursework may count toward either the MS or SSP. allow students to practice and integrate the full range of degree. school psychological services under supervision of credentialed faculty and field supervisors.

50 Academic Programs-Arts and Sciences

All admissions materials should be submitted by Specialist in School Psychology Degree. Upon February 1 of each academic year. Late applications satisfactory completion of course work, internship and will be considered as openings exist. Finalists for culminating performance assessment requirements, the admission are also expected to participate in a SSP degree will be awarded at the end of the 72 personal interview with the school psychology semester hours of the training sequence. The SSP admissions committee. Degree requires a satisfactory performance on an oral examination and presentation of a portfolio of Master of Science Degree. The MS requires 36 professional work completed in field placement. semester hours of coursework, but the degree is Additionally, students must take the ETS Praxis II awarded only at the end of the second year. The Examination in School Psychology. remaining hours taken during the second year and those taken during the third year, are applied toward Required Program Semester the Specialist in School Psychology degree. An for the SSP* Hours additional M.S. requirement is the passing of a written PSYC 603 Therapeutic Psychology: comprehensive exam. Techniques of Counseling and Psychotherapy 3 Required Program Semester for the MS Hours PSYC 609 Psychological Assessment for PSYC 508 Learning: Cognition 3 Intervention II 3 PSYC 512 The Exceptional Child 3 PSYC 611 Advanced Therapeutic PSYC 515 Health Psychology and Psychology: Techniques for Behavioral Medicine 3 Mental Health Services in the PSYC 604 Advanced Studies in Human Schools 3 Development 3 PSYC 612 Psychological Assessment for PSYC 510 Behavior Analysis and Change Intervention III 3 OR PSYC 613 Advanced Statistics and Data PSYC 606 Applied Behavior Analysis and Analysis 3 Intervention 3 PSYC 614 Research Methods and PSYC 607 Curriculum-Based Assessment Applications 3 and Academic Interventions 3 PSYC 625 Advanced Seminar in School Psychology 3 PSYC 608 Psychological Assessment for PSYC 651 School Psychology Internship I 3 Intervention I 3 PSYC 652 School Psychology Internship II 3 PSYC 615 Seminar in Professional School PSYC 653 School Psychology Internship III 3 Psychology 3 PSYC 654 School Psychology Internship IV 3 PSYC 618 Consultation and Indirect CSDV 605 Social and Cultural Issues 3 Services 3 ___ PSYC 620 School Psychology Total Semester Hours beyond the MS 36 Traineeship I 3 Note: Registration for GSTC 600, Continuing Graduate PSYC 621 School Psychology Studies, may be required. Check with advisor. Traineeship II 3 PSYC 601 Psychopathology of Childhood and *In addition to all work required for the MS. Adolescence 3 ___ Total Semester Hours 36

Note: Registration for GSTC 600, Continuing Graduate Studies, may be required. Check with advisor.

51 Academic Programs - College of Arts and Sciences

Social Work (communities, organizations, social institutions) in which they live. This requires competence in casework, group work, community practice and policy practice. This also Graduate Faculty requires the social worker to trust in the ability of clients to manage their own lives in ways that are culturally Professor consistent with their values and beliefs. Ronald K. Green, chair Wilhelmenia I. Rembert Admission Requirements. A cohort admissions process is used for the MSW with applications and Associate Professors credentials submitted to Graduate Studies. For the two Susan B. Lyman and three year programs, cohorts will only be admitted for Ameda Manetta the fall semester. Advanced standing cohorts will only be Deana F. Morrow admitted for the summer semester. Exceptions to the admissions requirements will be reviewed by the Master of Social Work admissions committee and an interview may be required.

Graduate Program Director: Applications for Graduate Admission can be obtained Ronald K. Green, 803/323-2646 from either the Graduate Studies Office or the Social Work [email protected] Department Office. Admission is competitive and only applicants with complete application packets will be The Department of Social Work which has had a fully reviewed. Late applications will be considered as accredited undergraduate social work program since 1974 openings exist. For admission the MSW degree program, has developed a new program of graduate study in social the applicant must: work that leads to the Master of Social Work (MSW) degree. Accreditation is being sought from the Council on 1. Hold a baccalaureate degree from a regionally Social Work Education for the MSW, and it is fully accredited college or university for the two and three expected that the degrees of the graduates of the first class cohort will be recognized as fully accredited degrees year programs. For the One year Advanced Standing retroactively after graduation. This will qualify graduates Program, the BSW degree must be completed with the for all jobs requiring an MSW, for sitting for the licensing last five years from a regionally accredited college or examination and for membership in the National university with a program accredited by the Council on Association of Social Workers. Social Work Education.

Curriculum Focus: The mission of the program is as follows: Using an ecological framework, the MSW 2. Submit official transcripts from all colleges and curriculum at Winthrop University is aimed at producing universities attended. graduates that are capable of enhancing the health and well being of persons across the life span by strengthening 3. For all three options, official transcripts must reflect at the resilience of individuals, families, groups and least 30 semester hours of prerequisites in liberal arts. communities to expand their coping skills and empowering Courses must include cultural anthropology, American them to improve their quality of life and to maximize their government, human biology, macroeconomics, opportunities for growth and development. In addition, the Department is committed to making ongoing contributions psychology and sociology. to the development of the greater community through practice, relevant research, scholarship and community 4. Have an overall undergraduate grade point average of service. 3.0 on a 4.0 scale for the Advanced Standing Program. For the two and three year programs, a 3.0 The program provides the generalist foundation for on a 4.0 scale is required on the last 60 hours. social work practice, an advanced concentration in individual and community empowerment practice and field of practice tracks in social work practice with families and 5. Submit an official score of 800 or above on the General children, social work practice with older adults or social Test of the Graduate Record Examination (verbal work practice in health/mental health. Individual and and quantitative portions combined) is preferred or an community empowerment practice is defined as follows: official MAT score of 400 or above is preferred.

Practice with individuals and groups within a community context with the goal of enhancing their sense of coherence. This involves empowering clients to take control of their own lives and the environments

52 Academic Programs-Arts and Sciences

6. Submit three letters of recommendations from Select 15 hours from one of the following field of professionals in the social work field using the practice tracks: departmental form. Social Work Practice with Families and Children: SCWK 523 Families & Children: Policy & Services 3 7. Submit the Evidence of Experience form. Students in SCWK 533 Families & Children: Practice & Trends 3 the three year program must be currently working in the SCWK 643 Advanced Practice with Families social work field. & Children 3 SCWK 632 Field Instruction III - (Families & 6 8. Submit a professional resume as outlined by the Children’s Agency) department. Social Work Practice with Older Adults: SCWK 521 Older Adults: Policy & Services 3 9. Submit an personal statement describing why you want SCWK 531 Older Adults: Practice & Trends 3 to enter the MSW program. SCWK 641 Advanced Practice with Older Adults 3 10. Submit the MSW Questionnaire using the SCWK 632 Field Instruction III - (Agency departmental form. Serving Older Adults) 6 Social Work Practice in Health/Mental Health: Program Requirements. The MSW program is 60 SCWK 522 Health/Mental Health: Policy & semester hours and can be earned in either a two year, Services 3 four semester format or a three year intensive weekend SCWK 532 Health/Mental Health: Practice & format. The three year program is designed to meet the Trends 3 needs of those working in the social work field who are not SCWK 642 Advanced Practice in Health/Mental able to take significant periods of time away from work. Health 3 Each course in the intensive weekend program is offered SCWK 632 Field Instruction III – on a Friday, Saturday, and Sunday one weekend and then (Mental Health Agency) 6 continues on a Saturday and Sunday a month later. ___ Assignments will be completed prior to the first weekend, Total Semester Hours 60 between weekends and following the second weekend. This pattern continues for three years and 60 semester Required Program for Advanced hours. Standing option (1 year): Semester Hours In addition, BSW graduates that graduated within the SCWK 606 Social Work Foundation Review 3 last five years from accredited institutions may pursue a 39 SCWK 614 Advanced Social Welfare Policy 3 semester hour, one year advanced standing program. SCWK 621 Advanced Social Theory 3 The students admitted into the program take 9 semester SCWK 622 Field Instruction II (Advanced) 6 hours in the summer and then, proceed directly into the SCWK 623 Advanced Social Work Intervention 3 second year of the program. SCWK 631 Advanced Discrimination & Inequality 3 SCWK 633 Advanced Social Work Research 3 Select 15 hours from one of the following field of Required Program 2 and 3 year options: Semester practice tracks: Hours Social Work Practice with Families and Children: SCWK 601 Human Behavior in the Social SCWK 523 Families & Children: Policy & Services 3 Environment 3 SCWK 533 Families & Children: Practice & Trends 3 SCWK 602 Social Welfare Policy 3 SCWK 643 Advanced Practice with Families & SCWK 603 Social Work Research 3 Children 3 SCWK 604 Generalist Social Work Practice I 3 SCWK 632 Field Instruction III – SCWK 605 Interpersonal Helping Skills 3 (Families & Children’s Agency) 6 SCWK 610 Generalist Social Work Practice II 3 Social Work Practice with Older Adults: SCWK 611 Generalist Social Work Practice III 3 SCWK 521 Older Adults: Policy & Services 3 SCWK 612 Field Instruction I (Generalist) 3 SCWK 531 Older Adults: Practice & Trends 3 SCWK 614 Advanced Social Welfare Policy 3 SCWK 621 Advanced Social Theory 3 SCWK 641 Advanced Practice with Older SCWK 622 Field Instruction II (Advanced) 6 Adults 3 SCWK 623 Advanced Social Work Intervention 3 SCWK 632 Field Instruction III – SCWK 631 Advanced Discrimination & Inequality 3 (Agency Serving Older Adults) 6 SCWK 633 Advanced Social Work Research 3

53 Academic Programs - College of Arts and Sciences

Social Work Practice in Health/Mental Health: Note: Non-degree students are not required to meet SCWK 522 Health/Mental Health: Policy & the MA admission requirements provided they will Services 3 be taking no more than two graduate courses SCWK 532 Health/Mental Health: Practice & within the span of five years. Trends 3 SCWK 642 Advanced Practice in The Master of Arts degree in Spanish requires the Health/Mental Health 3 completion of at least 30 semester hours of approved SCWK 632 Field Instruction III – graduate-level work. At least half the work presented (Mental Health Agency) 6 for the degree must be 600-level courses. __ _

Total Semester Hours 39 Immediately upon entering the graduate program, the

______student should develop, with the assigned advisor, an individual program of study which meets the requirements for the degree and the student’s objectives. Spanish Required Program Semester Hours Graduate Faculty Spanish Core: Professor SPAN 560 Advanced Conversation* 3 Guillermo I. Castillo-Feliú, emeriti faculty SPAN 593 Advanced Oral and Written Communication Associate Professors OR Barbara Esquival-Heinemann SPAN 693 Advanced Grammar Pedro M. Muñoz and Composition 3 SPAN 601 Great Figures of Spanish Literature Master of Arts in Spanish OR Graduate Program Director: SPAN 602 Great Figures of Spanish-American Barbara Esquival-Heinemann, 803/323-2612 Literature 3

SPAN 610 Advanced Culture and Admission Requirements. Admission to the Civilization program for the Master of Arts degree in Spanish OR usually requires the successful completion of 24 SPAN 611 Advanced Culture and Civilization semester hours of approved courses in Spanish at the of Spanish America 3 undergraduate or graduate level. Applicants are also SPAN 651 Advanced Phonetics 3 required to have an overall GPA of at least 3.0 on a 500-600 level SPAN or electives** 9 four-point scale. 500-600 level electives or other elective courses approved by the In addition to the general admission requirements to department.** 6 graduate study at Winthrop, applicants must submit ____ scores of 400 or higher on both the verbal and Total Semester Hours 30 quantitative sections of the General Test of the Graduate Record Examination and submit scores on Note: Registration for GSTC 600, Continuing Graduate either the Professional Knowledge section of the Studies, may be required. Check with advisor. PRAXIS 191 of at least 148/200 or on the PRAXIS 192 of at least 161/200. *Native speakers may be exempted from this course in special cases and may be required to substitute Application deadlines are April 15 for summer another course. and fall semesters and October 15 for the spring semester. **SPAN 695 and 696 Thesis, 6 hours: students who choose to write a thesis can use credits from either of these areas.

54 Academic Programs-Arts and Sciences

Certificate Program in Gerontology Semester Program Advisor: Core Requirements 15 hours Hours Jennifer Solomon, 803/323-4658 GRNT 300 Introduction to Gerontology 3 The core content of the program includes current SCIE/GRNT 301 Biology of Aging 3 knowledge about the social, psychological and GRNT307 Development II: Adulthood biological changes associated with aging and OR information concerning programs and services for older SCWK/GRNT302 Human Development in people. Students will also be required to take at least Social Systems II 3 one course on aging within and related to their major SOCL/GRNT504 Sociology of Aging 3 field of study. Any student currently in good academic GRNT 440 Special Directed Field standing in the university may be admitted to the Study Practicum 3 program. Electives 3 SOCL/GRNT304 Death and Grief as Social The curriculum was created based on standards and Processes guidelines for gerontology programs created by the SOCL 520 Sociology of Health and Association for Gerontology in Higher Education Illness (AGHE). Completion of the requirements for the SCWK 521 Older Adults: Policies and Services Certificate in Gerontology will appear on the student’s SCWK 531 Older Adults: Practices and Trends official transcript. Students must maintain a minimum NUTR 221 Human Nutrition grade point ratio of 2.0 for undergraduate certificate HLTH 500 Contemporary Health Problems credit. Students interested in the Gerontology INDS 241 Housing and Home Planning Certificate Program must be advised by Dr. Jennifer PSYC 510 Behavior Analysis and Behavior Change Solomon, Coordinator of Gerontology Programs. HCMT 200 Introduction to Health Services Students enrolling in the Gerontology Certificate Management Program are required to complete an undergraduate ____ application for admission and be admitted by Dr. Total Semester Hours 18 Solomon 803/323-4658.

55 Academic Programs - College of Business Administration

The College of Business Administration

Dean: Roger D. Weikle Mission Statement Associate Dean: Martha C. Spears Director of Graduate Studies: Our mission is to prepare students in a learning- Peggy Hager centered environment, through effective teaching, 803/323-2409 scholarship and service, with the professional and 800/387-1923 leadership skill necessary for positions in the global marketplace, while fostering life-long learning and

service to the external community.

Graduate Faculty Master of Business Administration Degree.

Winthrop University offers the Master of Business Professors Administration degree in three formats: the evening David A. Bradbard MBA program, the evening MBA/Accounting Clarence Coleman, Jr. emphasis program and the Executive MBA C. Angela Letourneau, chair program. The Master of Business Administration James C. McKim degree program is accredited by The Association Richard L. Morris to Advance Collegiate Schools of Business D. Keith Robbins, chair (AACSB International). AACSB is a specialized William L. Seyfried accrediting body recognized by the Council on Marilyn Smith Recognized Postsecondary Accreditation Gary L. Stone (CORPA). Jane B. Thomas

Roger D. Weikle, dean The Master of Business Administration program provides high quality graduate business education. Associate Professors The program prepares students to assume Keith J. Benson responsible positions as leaders and team Ravinder K. Bhardwaj members in the dynamic varied organizations of QiDong Jordan Cao the twenty-first century. Graduates are prepared to Michael Cornick respond to the competitive challenges of the ever- R. Stephen Dannelly, chair changing global economy. Kent E. Foster Steven A. Frankforter The Master of Business Administration program Barbara K. Fuller provides high quality graduate business education. William W. Grigsby The program prepares students to assume David E. Letourneau responsible positions as leaders and team Louis Pantuosco members in the dynamic varied organizations of Emma J. Riddle the twenty-first century. Graduates are prepared to John E. Robbins respond to the competitive challenges of the ever- Martha C. Spears, associate dean changing global economy. William I. Thacker Students from a diverse range of educational and Han X. Vo cultural backgrounds participate in and enhance Glenn L. Wood the educational experience. Nationally accredited, the program is taught by a faculty committed to Assistant Professors excellence in teaching and research. Anne Olsen Cara Peters MBA--Evening Program. The evening MBA is a two-phase program of 39 semester hours of required graduate courses. The curriculum includes the MBA core of 30 hours and 9 hours of elective courses. Up to 24 hours of prerequisites may be required, depending upon the individual student’s preparation.

56 Academic Programs - College of Business Administration

MGMT 661 Information Systems 3 Phase I courses involve the development of MGMT 671 Advanced Business necessary business tools in the areas of Communications 3 accounting, finance, organizational behavior, QMTH 651 Statistical Methods for communications and statistics. An extensive study Decision Making 3 in the functional areas of business, including Phase II: strategic and international issues in management, MGMT 657 Strategic and information systems, marketing and operations International Issues in management and industrial economics and public Management 3 policy, is developed in the courses of Phase II. FINC 655 Financial Policy Admission Requirements. The applicant for Management 3 admission to the MBA program must show high MKTG 653 Marketing Management 3 promise of success in post-graduate business MGMT 662 Operations Management 3 study as measured by undergraduate grades, ECON 693 Industrial Economics and scores on the Graduate Management Admissions Public Policy 3 Test (GMAT) and other relevant criteria. An 500 and 600 level approved electives applicant whose baccalaureate degree is from an (3 hours must be 600 international institution must present a score of at level) 9 least 400 on the GMAT. An applicant whose native ___ language is not English must present a score of at Total Semester Hours 39 least 550 on the TOEFL or a 6 on the IELTS. Students desiring to participate in the MBA program Note: Registration for GSTC 600, Continuing who do not have a bachelors degree in business Graduate Studies, may be required. Check with administration from an AACSB accredited college or advisor. university, or who have not had appropriate undergraduate training in business administration or *Students must take MGMT 671, Advanced economics may be required to complete certain Business Communication, within the first 12 hours prerequisite courses including the following: in the MBA program.

ACCT 280 Accounting I **Throughout the MBA program, the faculty and AND administration are dedicated to providing current ACCT 281 Accounting II and integrated coverage of relevant business OR concepts and issues. ACCT 601 Introduction to Accounting ECON 215 Microeconomics MBA-Finance Concentration. The traditional AND (general) MBA program is a 39 graduate hour ECON 216 Macroeconomics program, including 9 semester of electives. For the OR MBA/Finance Concentration, a student must enroll ECON 609 Survey of Economic in the nine (9) hours of electives as follows: Principles FINC 311 Principles of Finance FINC 665 Financial Statement Analysis 3 MGMT 321 Principles of Management MKTG 380 Principles of Marketing Choose two 500-level courses from the following: QMTH 205 Applied Statistics I FINC 512 Financial Investments Management 3 *Students must have a grade of C or better in each FINC 513 Banking and Financial Services 3 of the program prerequisite courses. FINC 514 International Financial Management 3 The required MBA program includes the following FINC 515 Insurance and Risk Phase I and Phase II Courses: Management 3 Semester FINC 516 Employee Benefits and Required Program Hours Retirement Planning 3 Phase I: ECON 521 International Trade and ACCT 654 Management Accounting 3 Investment 3 MGMT 650 Theory and Behavior of Business Organization 3 Applicants will be required to meet the same admission and prerequisite requirements as the traditional program. 57 Academic Programs - College of Business Administration

MBA-International Concentration. The The evening MBA with an Accounting emphasis traditional (general) MBA program is a 39 is a two-phase program of 33 semester hours of graduate hour program, including nine semester required graduate courses. Depending upon the hours of electives. For the MBA/International, a individual student's preparation, prerequisites may student must enroll the nine hours of electives as be required. follows: Admission Requirements. The applicant for BADM 600 International Field Experience 3 admission to the MBA/Accounting emphasis Choose two 500-level courses from the following: program must show high promise of success in ECON 521 International Trade and post-graduate business study as measured by Investment 3 undergraduate grades, scores on the GMAT and FINC 514 International Financial other relevant criteria. Management 3 MGMT 529 International Management 3 An applicant whose baccalaureate degree is MKTG 581 Marketing for Global from a foreign institution must present a score of Competitiveness 3 at least 400 on the GMAT. An applicant whose native language is not English must present a Applicants will be required to meet the same score of at least 550 on the TOEFL or a 6 on the admission and prerequisite requirements as the IELTS. traditional program. Students desiring to participate in the MBA-Software Project Management. MBA/Accounting emphasis program who do not The traditional (general) MBA program is a 39 have a bachelors degree in business graduate hour program, including nine semester administration from an AACSB accredited college hours of electives. For the MBA/SWPM, a student or university or who have not had appropriate must enroll the nine hours of electives as follows: undergraduate training in business administration, CSCI 521* Software Project Management 3 accounting or economics may be required to CSCI 620 Software Design and Architecture 3 complete certain prerequisite courses including the CSCI 680 Software Development 3 following:

Applicants will be required to meet the same ACCT 280 Managerial Accounting I admission and prerequisite requirements as the ACCT 281 Financial Accounting traditional program. ACCT 303 Accounting Information Systems *current number for this course is CSCI 621 ACCT 305 Intermediate Accounting I

ACCT 306 Intermediate Accounting II

ACCT 309 Budgeting and Executive Control MBA-Accounting Emphasis-Evening ACCT 401 Introduction to Tax Program. The Master of Business Administration/ CSCI 101 Introduction to Computers and Accounting Emphasis program provides graduate Information Processing business education of high quality. The ECON 215 Principles of Macroeconomics MBA/Accounting program prepares students to and assume responsible positions as leaders and team ECON 216 Principles of Microeconomics members in the dynamic and varied organizations OR of the twenty-first century. To this end, the ECON 609 Survey of Economic Principles program promotes the following objectives: ECON 350 Economic and Legal accountability, adaptability, creative thinking, Environment of Organization teamwork, communication and accounting FINC 311 Principles of Finance expertise. MGMT 321 Principles of Management

MKTG 380 Principles of Marketing Students from a variety of educational, managerial and professional backgrounds participate in and enhance the educational Students are required to include the following experience. Nationally accredited, the program is undergraduate courses as prerequisites or the 600- taught by a faculty committed to excellence in level course as a part of their MBA program: teaching and research.

58 Academic Programs - College of Business Administration

MGMT 355 Business Communications Course substitutions may be made if OR appropriate. The course of study must include 24 MGMT 671 Advanced Business Communications semester hours at the 600 level. QMTH 205 Applied Statistics I and MBA--Executive Program. The Executive Master QMTH 206 Applied Statistics II of Business Administration (EMBA) program provides OR an opportunity for the experienced professional to QMTH 651 Statistical Methods for obtain a Masters degree in Business Administration Decision-Making with an academic approach that minimizes disruption MGMT 341 Information Systems of either work or personal pursuits. The program OR combines diverse learning with real-world MGMT 661 Information Systems experience, resulting in a challenging, stimulating MGMT 326 Operations Management learning environment that proves for maximum return OR on time and resources invested. MGMT 662 Operations Management Graduates are prepared to respond to the competitive challenges of the ever-changing global The MBA/Accounting emphasis requires the economy. Students from a variety of managerial, following courses: professional, and cultural backgrounds participate in Semester and enhance the educational experience. Nationally Required Program Hours accredited by AACSB International- The Association ACCT 606 Advanced Financial to Advance Collegiate Schools of Business, the Accounting 3 program is taught by a faculty committed to ACCT 607 Tax Research 3 excellence in teaching and research. ACCT 609 Advanced Auditing 3 ACCT 610 Advanced Managerial The Executive MBA is a 17-course, 51 semester- Accounting 3 hour curriculum offered over a period of four ACCT 615 Professional Exam Review 0 semesters with a summer seminar between the FINC 655 Financial Policy Management 3 second and third semesters. The EMBA program is MGMT 650 Theory and Behavior of a lock-step curriculum with students taking each Business Organization 3 course as a unit with classes beginning each August. MGMT 657 Strategic and International Course content is integrated within each module and Issues in Management 3 coordinated between modules. 600-level BADM, FINC, MGMT, MKTG, QMTH 6 Admission Requirements. The applicant for 500-600 level ECON, FINC, MGMT, admission to the EMBA program must show high MKTG, QMTH 3 promise of success in post-graduate business study Select 3 hours from the following list: 3 as measured by demonstrated success in business ACCT 502 Corporate Tax or professional sectors, undergraduate grades and ACCT 505 Advanced Accounting Topics other relevant criteria. Undergraduate training in ACCT 506 Not for Profit Accounting business administration or economics is not required. ACCT 509 External Auditing ACCT 510 Cost Accounting II The ideal candidate must possess six to ten years ACCT 512 Accounting Internship of organizational experience and/or several years in ___ a managerial or senior professional position. All Total Semester Hours 33 applicants must have earned a bachelor's degree or completed preparation that the Admissions Note: Registration for GSTC 600, Continuing Committee considers equivalent. Graduate Studies, may be required. Check with advisor. Program Requirements. The program of study employs a cumulative approach. Emphasis in the This program applies to students entering under first two semesters (BADM 671 and 672) is placed on the five-year program. It does not apply to the introduction of advanced concepts and methods transfers, non-business majors and current as they apply to the management of organizations. Winthrop accounting option students. Each Emphasis in the last two semesters (BADM 673 and student’s academic background will be evaluated 674) is on the integration of these concepts and and a plan of study developed. methods into the organization's policy formulation and strategic planning process. Personal productivity 59 Academic Programs - College of Business Administration software is an integral part of the curriculum and is Choose one of the following: used as a management tool. BADM 580 Financial Market Seminar A student must achieve a minimum of 2.5 BADM 600 International Field Experience grade-point average after the first semester to BADM 680 Research Project begin the second semester. A grade-point 500-600 level business elective average of at least 2.75 is required after the second semester to continue the program. BADM 673 EMBA Module 3, 12 Operations Management Semester Values-Based Leadership and Required Program Hours the Use of Influence in BADM 671 EMBA Module 1 12 Organizations Introduction to Accounting Global Business Statistical Methods for Financial Statement Analysis Decision-Making Principles of Economics BADM 674 EMBA Module 4, 12 Managerial Communications Sustainable Development in in a Changing Environment Organizations Managerial Economics BADM 672 EMBA Module 2, 12 Human Resource as Financial Policy Competitive Advantage Technology and MIS Strategic Management Integrated Business Modeling ___ Marketing Management Total Semester Hours 51 ______Summer elective 3

60 Academic Programs - College of Education

The Richard W. Riley College of Education

Dean: Patricia L. Graham Mission Statement

Associate Dean: Caroline Everington The Richard W. Riley College of Education is Director of Graduate Studies: dedicated to the highest ideals of teaching, Mark W. Dewalt scholarship and service. The College meets this 803/323-2151 mission through the preparation of professionals who are committed to the betterment of society through a lifelong quest for excellence in learning, leadership, stewardship and the communication of Graduate Faculty ideas.

Professors Educator as Leader Charles J. Bowers A Conceptual Framework Steveda Chepko, chair for the Advanced Education Programs Mark W. Dewalt, director Caroline Everington, associate dean The conceptual framework for advanced Patricia L. Graham, dean education programs builds on the skills developed Terry L. Norton in undergraduate programs or through professional Johnny Sanders Jr. experiences and is organized around three Jonatha W. Vare, director concepts: 1) Leadership, 2) Scholarship and 3) Stewardship. One’s knowledge of these concepts Associate Professors and one’s ability to perform effectively in these Barbara R. Blackburn areas are measured through a series of learning Rebecca B. Evers outcomes. These learning outcomes build upon Christine J. Ferguson candidates’ existing and emerging knowledge base Susan K. Green and lead to an advanced understanding of their Richard C. Ingram respective program areas. These learning Marshall G. Jones outcomes are also designed to maintain relevance Sue Peck, chair and adherence to professional, state, national and Carolyn C. Shields institutional standards. Sandra Wilson While Educator as Leader is the overarching Assistant Professors theme of all programs, the term “educator” has A. J. Angulo been expanded at the advanced level to include a Shelley D. Hamill broader population of professionals including but Melody Horton not limited to teachers, school administrators, Carol A. Marchel psychologists, health professionals, counselors Alice McLaine and coaches. These educational leaders have a Sue Spencer central role in helping all students reach their David H. Vawter potential through learning experiences in the Brad Witzel school environment.

62 Academic Programs - College of Education

Leadership Scholarship

Learning Outcomes: Learning Outcomes:

The advanced educational leader: The advanced educational leader:

1. examines educational policy and demonstrates 1. demonstrates an understanding of research a familiarity with how such policy is developed terminology, concepts and practices as and implemented. presented in the professional literature.

2. evaluates oneself as an educational leader 2. analyzes, synthesizes, interprets and through knowledge, reflection and professional disseminates current and historical research discourse. and practices.

3. analyzes contemporary issues, reforms and 3. integrates knowledge and practice derived renewal strategies and applies an from professional research into various understanding of these to one’s profession. professional settings to enhance individual growth. 4. applies technology to professional roles and functions. 4. generates research questions that focus on extending current thought and theory and 5. promotes an appreciation and understanding interprets and applies results of research. of diversity in families and society. 5. generates research questions that focus on the 6. demonstrates the ability to apply problem- application of content knowledge and solving strategies in diverse situations-e.g., methodologies. conflict resolution, program development. 6. demonstrates an understanding of a variety of 7. applies current theories to enhance individual research methodologies, measurements, learning of others and promote professional analysis procedures, and development. interpretation/communication of results.

8. demonstrates skills and commitment needed 7. selects and applies appropriate methodologies to communicate effectively with students, to answer research questions. professional colleagues, families and community leaders. 8. appreciates the value of using research to inform practice. 9. values collaboration with colleagues, families and the larger professional community. 9. uses technology resources to collect, analyze, synthesize and evaluate information and data. 10. advocates for the development of individuals to their full potential. 10. models lifelong learning.

11. enhances specific knowledge in content areas.

63 Academic Programs – College of Education

Stewardship development, middle level education, reading and special education; and the Master of Arts in Learning Outcomes: Teaching. The Master of Arts in Teaching degree is an initial certification program in art, biology, The advanced educational leader: business/marketing, English, family and consumer sciences, French, mathematics, music, physical 1. appreciates and articulates the ethical education, Spanish and social studies. implications surrounding contemporary educational issues. Graduate study leading to certification is also available for the following professional areas: 2. analyzes how antecedents (previous events) school counselor (elementary and secondary), contribute to current issues. principal (elementary and secondary), reading teacher and reading consultant. School 3. understands the interrelationships among psychologist (levels I and II) certification programs issues related to society, schooling, the are offered by the Department of Psychology in the organization and administration of schools and College of Arts and Sciences. professional organizations. An applicant for admission to a graduate program 4. advocates full and appropriate access to public in the Richard W. Riley College of Education must education and human services for people with meet the specific admission requirements of that special needs and their families. program in addition to the general requirements for admission to graduate study. (Specific entrance 5. examines and makes appropriate professional requirements are listed under the individual decisions based on an advanced understanding programs in the Education Degree Programs of ethics and laws. section.) Admission to programs in the Richard W. Riley College of Education is competitive. 6. demonstrates the ability to construct a supportive, well-managed, motivational learning Graduate candidates admitted to graduate study environment that promotes equal access to in education at Winthrop University must meet one education for people from diverse cultural or more of the following requirements to achieve backgrounds. full graduate status (G) in a degree program: an overall undergraduate grade-point average of at 7. develops school curricula and/or educational least 3.0 on a 4.0 scale in undergraduate work, an interventions based on contemporary theories acceptable score on a Specialty Area Test of the of learning and development, applicable PRAXIS examination and an acceptable score on technology, collaborative discourse and the verbal and quantitative sections of the General evaluation. Test of the Graduate Record Examination or the Miller Analogies Test (MAT). (Refer to the 8. works towards solutions to key educational appropriate section for specific requirements for issues that are founded on contemporary each program.) research, public policy and best practice. Practicum Courses. In order to enroll in a 9. evaluates, clarifies and refines personal graduate practicum course in the Richard W. Riley philosophy of professional practice. College of Education, a graduate candidate must have: 10. links personal philosophy and professional practice to historical, legal, social, philosophical, 1. Completed a minimum of six hours graduate and psychological foundations and course work at Winthrop within the program developments in the profession. area of the practicum;

11. cares for and relates to students, families and 2. Completed specific prerequisites for the the larger learning community. practicum; and

The Richard W. Riley College of Education 3. Maintained continued good standing in the offers graduate programs leading to the Master of program (minimum of 3.0 grade-point average). Science degree in physical education; the Master of Education degrees in educational leadership, curriculum and instruction, counseling and 64 Academic Programs - College of Education

Certification. All candidates seeking initial or Conceptual Framework advanced certification should note that satisfactory completion of the appropriate Specialty Area test of The conceptual framework for the initial graduate PRAXIS examination must be completed prior to licensure program consists of six related concepts. being certified by the South Carolina Department of The six concepts are 1) Instruction, 2) Subject Education. Candidates should check for specific Area Content, 3) Learners, 4) Society, 5) PRAXIS requirements related to their respective Curriculum and 6) Scholarship. degrees with the Chair of the Department. The conceptual framework of Teacher as At least half of the total semester hours submitted Education Leader moves those preparing for for the advanced degree must be 600-level educational careers through a program committed courses. to self-discovery and pedagogical study. The commitment requires the candidate to search for a Note: Registration for GSTC 600, Continuing deeper understanding of self and others while Graduate Studies, may be required in each examining the moral, social and political program. Check with advisor. implications of teaching and learning in a democracy. This search is conducted through a model which includes faculty from the College of Accreditations Arts and Sciences, the College of Visual and Performing Arts, the College of Business, the

College of Education and school professionals The Richard W. Riley College of Education is working collaboratively with each other and teacher proud of its accreditations and affiliations. The candidates to explore the ever-changing roles and Teacher Education Program at Winthrop University responsibilities of leaders in today’s society. is accredited by the National Council for

Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE) at the To ensure knowledge of content, MAT teacher graduate level for its Master of Science, Master of candidates are required to achieve the South Education and the Master of Arts in Teaching Carolina passing score on the PRAXIS II Specialty degrees. All teacher education programs are Area Examination prior to the internship semester. approved by the South Carolina State Board of Candidates for the MAT in Spanish and French Education. Recognition by these agencies affords must achieve a passing score on the PRAXIS II graduate candidates who complete teacher Specialty Area Examination prior to admission to preparation at Winthrop University the opportunity the program. In addition, successful graduates to apply for reciprocal certification with the majority must obtain a satisfactory score on the PRAXIS II of states in the nation. Principles of Learning and Teaching before earning teacher certification.

Center for Pedagogy MAT teacher candidates must demonstrate dispositions that reflect the highest standards of Master of Arts in Teaching the profession as they relate to students, their Graduate Program Advisor: families, and their communities. The Richard W. Riley College of Education has established Jonatha Vare, 803/323-2115 appropriate criteria for professional dispositions in

the following areas: professional commitment; The Master of Arts in Teaching (MAT) is communication skills; interpersonal skills; designed to prepare individuals who are seeking classroom personality; emotional make-up; and initial certification to be a classroom teacher. academic integrity. Further information about the Graduate candidates may pick one of the following criteria is distributed to teacher candidates in a areas of certification at the high school level: dispositions booklet. biology, business/marketing, English, family and consumer sciences, mathematics, or social The MAT curriculum covers a variety of subjects studies; or graduate candidates may pick one of from professional core courses to courses specific the following areas for certification in grades K-12: to the graduate candidate’s content area. Acquired art, French, music, physical education or Spanish. competencies emphasized in this program will

enable graduates to assume leadership roles in

their classrooms, departments and schools.

65 Academic Programs – College of Education

Admission Requirements. Graduate a. Use the following table to determine the derived candidates who hold a baccalaureate degree from score for the GRE: an accredited college or university in the content field where certification is sought or who have GRE Score Derived Score completed a baccalaureate degree which includes 1500-1590 9 content area course work equivalent to the 1400-1490 8 undergraduate certification requirements at 1300-1390 7 Winthrop University for certification in the specified 1200-1290 6 content field may enroll in the MAT degree 1100-1190 5 program. Graduate candidates who do not meet 1000-1090 4 all undergraduate certification requirements will be 900-990 3 required to complete additional course work. 850-890 2 Admission requirements for graduate degree status 800-840 1 include: Below 800 0

1. An Admission Index Score of eight. (The b. Use the following tables to determine the derived Admission Index Score is derived by a formula- score for the undergraduate GPA. If the based computation of the graduate candidate's undergraduate degree was conferred five or fewer undergraduate grade-point average (GPA) and a years ago, use the derived score in Table 1. If the score on the General Test of the Graduate Record undergraduate degree was received more than Examination (verbal and quantitative sections); five years ago, Table 2 should be used.

2. Submit an official GRE score of at least 400 on both the verbal and quantitative sections of the Table 1 Table 2 exam; and Five years ago or less More than 5 years 3.5 or above 9 3.25 or above 9 3. Satisfactory completion of a writing sample as 3.00-3.49 8 2.75-3.24 8 prescribed by the MAT program director; and 2.85-2.99 7 2.60-2.74 7 2.75-2.84 6 2.50-2.59 6 4. Applicants to the MAT degree in Spanish or 2.60-2.74 5 2.35-2.49 5 French must submit the South Carolina passing 2.40-2.59 4 2.15-2.34 4 score on the PRAXIS II Specialty Area 2.15-2.39 3 2.10-2.14 3 Examination. 2.10-2.14 2 2.00-2.09 2 Less than 2.10 0 Less than 2.00 0 Master of Arts in Teaching GPA and GRE Score Requirements. A graduate candidate must The ”a” derived score plus the “b” derived score score at least 400 on the verbal portion of the GRE equals the Index Score. and at least 400 on the quantitative portion of the GRE and have a combined score on these portions Admission to Teacher Education. During the of the GRE of at least 800. Only when these semester the graduate candidate will complete a criteria are met may an applicant use the tables total of 12 hours of graduate coursework, graduate below to determine the Admission Index Score. A candidates must be formally admitted to the graduate candidate must score at least 8 for Teacher Education Program. For admission admission to the MAT program. The Admission graduate candidates are required to have Index Score is a combination of one’s derived completed no fewer than 6 hours of required scores in parts “a” and “b” below. education courses and at least 3 hours of content coursework. For formal admission to teacher education, the graduate candidate must:

1. Achieve a cumulative 3.0 grade-point average in graduate course work;

66 Academic Programs - College of Education

2. Complete an application requesting formal 500-600 level AREA Content Courses*** 12 admission to teacher education that includes 500-600 level AREA Teaching Methods 3 an analysis of learning thus far in the MAT 500-600 level AREA Field Experiences 1 Program; ___ Total Semester Hours 45 3. Complete a minimum of 25 hours of supervised Youth Experience with students within the age range of the certification level MAT Content Areas sought, e.g. grades K-12 or 9-12; art (K-12) music (K-12) biology business/marketing 4. Submit a program of study that indicates the English family and consumer sciences planned semester for MAT internship; and French(K-12) mathematics physical education (K-12) 5. Complete an interview with two professors social studies Spanish (K-12) (one from Education and one from the student’s specialty area) resulting in a *Competencies in this course may be covered in favorable admission recommendation to the content area courses, graduate candidates should Dean of Education. confer with their advisor before enrolling for this course. Graduate candidates may not complete more than 18 hours of graduate coursework without full ** Competencies in this course may be covered in admission to Teacher Education. When criteria Art, Music or Physical Education courses; graduate have been met, the graduate candidate will receive candidates should confer with their advisor before a signed certificate of formal admission. Additional enrolling for this course. requirements may be referenced in the Teacher Education Handbook and the Internship Handbook. ***Because content studies are a major component of this degree, graduate candidates are expected Student Internship. Graduate candidates must to complete all pedagogical courses, all required be formally admitted no later than one full semester prerequisites and no fewer than 9 semester hours prior to student teaching. A disclosure form of content study prior to supervised teaching. A regarding criminal activity or campus misconduct course in methodology specific to the content area must be submitted with the application. Graduate must be included. candidates must also complete an application for the semester-long internship prior to the internship Content area courses must be completed in the and must achieve the South Carolina passing area in which the graduate candidate is seeking score on the PRAXIS II Specialty Area certification. In some cases, this requirement may Examination. Applications are due September 15 result in additional undergraduate course work. for the spring internship and January 15 for the fall internship. Program Completion. To complete the program Semester graduate candidates must meet the following Required Program Hours criteria: a) successful completion of a minimum of EDUC 600 Teaching in a Democracy 3 45 semester hours of graduate coursework, b) EDUC 601 Psychology Applied to successful completion of all required coursework, Teaching 3 c) maintenance of a minimum grade point average EDUC 602 Technology for the 21st of 3.00, d) successful completion of all field Century Classroom 2 experiences and internships, and e) completion of EDUC 605 Educational Assessment 3 the Praxis II series examination in the graduate EDUC 660 Effective Teaching Strategies* 3 candidate’s area of specialty (passing score READ 645 Teaching Content Area required). Reading** 3 SPED 610 Teaching Exceptional Learners In Inclusive Settings 3 EDUC 690 School Internship 8 EDUC 695 Capstone 1

67 Academic Programs – College of Education

At the end of the internship semester, a program 3. Submit evidence of three years of teaching area committee completes a competency review of experience; each intern’s performance and recommends exit from the program. Exit criteria include the following: 4. Have an undergraduate grade-point average of (a) passing scores on rubrics for final portfolio 2.75 on a 4.0 scale in the last 60 hours of the documents, midterm and final internship graduate candidate's undergraduate course evaluations, and rubrics for unit work samples; (b) work; satisfactory review of any Professional Dispositions and Skills Forms; and (c) a minimum grade point 5. Submit an official score of 900 or above on the average of 3.0. General Test of the Graduate Record Examination (verbal and quantitative portions) The following signatures will be on the or an official score of 392 or above on the Miller recommendation for exit from the program: Analogies Test (MAT); 1. Program area designee 2. Department chair in major 6. Present two letters of recommendation to 3. Director of the Center for Pedagogy include a recommendation from the applicant’s 4. EDUC 695 Faculty member current principal and district level administrator; 5. University supervisor and 1. Mentor-teacher from the final internship (optional) (If there is a discrepancy, the 7. Complete a pre-entrance assessment based on mentor-teacher may be asked to sign the the 7 standards of the National Policy Board for recommendation also.) Educational Administration. (Interview, presentation, portfolio and writing sample). A signed recommendation for exit from the program is required in addition to items specified Note: The first six admission items must be for program completion in the Graduate Catalog. submitted before receiving the pre-entrance assessment information. A passing score at the multi-structural level is required for portfolio documents and the unit work Applicants for admission must submit their sample. application materials to the Graduate Studies ______Office. Pre-entrance interviews will be conducted as needed during the fall, spring or summer term. The admissions committee considers all Master of Education in Educational Leadership the requirements previously listed when making Graduate Program Advisor: the admissions decisions. Admission to the Mary B. Martin: 803/323-4742 Educational Leadership program is competitive. New admission classes will not exceed 25 Graduate study in educational leadership leads candidates. to a Master of Education (MEd) degree in educational leadership. The MEd program Graduate candidates who are admitted to the prepares graduate candidates to work as program may begin their core classes (EDUC 640 elementary and secondary school principals. – Educational Research, Design and Analysis, EDUC 670 – Schooling in American Society, Admission Requirements. Applicants for EDUC 681 – Advanced Educational Psychology) in admission to the Master of Education program in the summer. educational leadership must hold a bachelor's degree from an accredited college or university and must meet the following requirements to be eligible The MEd in Educational Leadership is offered in for consideration: a cohort fashion with sequenced specialty studies being offered six to nine hours per semester. A 1. Submit the Application for Graduate Admission candidate who drops out of the program will have including a statement of goals; to wait a full year to re-enroll on a space available basis. 2. Submit a copy of your current South Carolina Department of Education Class III Professional Certificate or the equivalent from another state;

68 Academic Programs - College of Education

Semester Curriculum and Instruction Required Program Hours Professional Core: Master of Education in Counseling and EDUC 640 Educational Research, Development Design and Analysis 3 Unit Head and Graduate Program Advisor: EDUC 670 Schooling in American Johnny Sanders, Jr. 803/323-4725 Society 3 EDUC 681 Advanced Educational Graduate study in counseling and development Psychology 3 leads to a Master of Education degree in either community or school counseling. The Master of Specialty Studies: Education degree in counseling and development EDLD 601 Leadership 3 requires completion of at least 48 semester hours EDLD 602 Techniques of Supervision 3 of approved graduate-level work. EDLD 603 Curriculum Leadership in Schools 3 st The Council for Accreditation of Counseling and EDLD 604 Principalship for the 21 Related Educational Programs (CACREP), a Century 3 specialized accrediting body recognized by the EDLD 610 Fiscal and Business Council for Higher Education Accreditation Management in Schools 3 (CHEA), has conferred accreditation to the EDLD 611 School Law 3 following program areas in Community Counseling EDLD 616 School Personnel Development 3 (MEd) and School Counseling (MEd). EDLD 613 Preparing Leaders to Serve Students with Special Needs 3 Mission Statement Internship: EDLD 621 Internship I 3 The mission of the Counseling and Development EDLD 622 Internship II 3 Program at Winthrop University is to provide an EDLD 623 Internship III 3 intellectually stimulating and supportive ___ environment for the professional development of Total Semester Hours 42 school and community counselors who are committed to best practice in their roles as clinicians, advocates, and consultants. The To be eligible to graduate, a graduate candidate program strives to prepare culturally competent, must complete all courses and field experience culturally sensitive, and ethical counselors to work requirements and submit a Portfolio containing effectively in a pluralistic society. The faculty documentation that they have successfully designs and delivers academic and clinical demonstrated proficiency in the 7 standards of the experiences to all students in ways that recognize, National Policy Board for Educational respect and value the diversity of students’ Administration deemed essential for those backgrounds, characteristics, beliefs, and abilities. preparing to become principals. An EDLD Committee must approve the Portfolio. The school counseling program prepares graduate candidates to work as counselors in To be recommended for certification, the P-12 school settings. candidate must receive the required score (as determined by the South Carolina Department of The community option prepares the graduate Education) on the Educational Administration candidate to work in a variety of human services Specialty Test of the PRAXIS Examination. settings including mental health centers, substance ______abuse centers, vocational rehabilitation, adult probation and parole, employee assistance programs, youth court services, crisis counseling centers, career centers and other community agencies offering counseling services.

69 Academic Programs – College of Education

In view of the responsibilities of the counselor in The Counseling & Development Program both school and community settings, graduate Assessment Transitional Phases candidates whose coursework does not reflect scholarship or who demonstrate personal qualities The counseling program has been successfully not conducive to the role of the counselor may not endorsed by the Council for the Accreditation of be recommended either for matriculation or Counseling & Related Programs (CACREP) in both continuation in the program. tracks, community and school counseling. The program meets a multitude of standards related to Admission Requirements. The applicant for the institution, the program objectives & curriculum, admission to either Counseling Program must the clinical instruction, the faculty & staff, the possess a bachelor's degree from an accredited organization & administration of the program, the college or university and provide official General evaluations at various transition points throughout Test scores on the Graduate Record Examination the program, and the specialty requirements for (combined verbal and quantitative score of 800 each area of concentration. The completion of this preferred) or Miller Analogies Test (Scale Score of national accreditation process leaves the program 392 preferred) to the Graduate Studies Office. in overall good standing with respect to the Additionally, the applicant must submit an requirements for NCATE assessment. This Application for Graduate Admission, a separate overview describes the assessment phases that Counseling and Development Program Student comprise the program’s assessment plan. This Questionnaire and three letters of overview addresses four transition points within the recommendation. counseling program. It also summarizes the relationship with CACREP’s curricular experiences Finalists for admission are required to participate and the graduate conceptual framework. in a pre-entrance interview with the Counseling and Development Admissions Committee. Admission Phase I: Admission to the Counseling Program to the Counseling and Development Program is competitive. We have clearly stated admission criteria upon which we base admission decisions. Each Graduate candidates applying for admission to prospective student must have completed a the program must submit their application materials bachelor’s degree from an accredited institution to the Graduate Studies Office by February 1. although the major is not specified. Counseling is Pre-entrance admission interviews will be not typically offered as an undergraduate option so conducted during the month of March. Applicants the master’s degree is the entry level of study for will receive notification of the Admissions this field. Often our prospective students apply Committee's decision from the Graduate Studies from human service, education, psychology, and Office by April 15. Graduate candidates who are social work undergraduate areas but students with admitted to the program will begin their classes in other majors have been successful in a counseling the summer. course of study. Additionally, we require either the GRE or the MAT and prefer scores of 800 and 392, Final admission decisions cannot be made until respectively. Students seeking admission all application information has been received and complete a program questionnaire to provide more the pre-entrance interview has been successfully information on writing capability, related completed. Applicants submitting incomplete background, and motivation for seeking a materials after the above deadlines will not be counseling career. Three formal recommendations considered for admission. are required and hold considerable weight as the faculty make admission decisions. The Counseling and Development Program restricts enrollment in its courses to graduate A four-hour pre-entrance interview is required for candidates who have been fully admitted to the admission consideration. This time consists of program. If space is available, graduate orientation information about the cohort design, candidates may take counseling courses to satisfy basic information about courses and other professional obligations. Non-degree students curricular requirements including the special seeking admission into restricted courses must project, the National Counselor Exam, the obtain consent from the Counseling Faculty. comprehensive examinations, the CACREP Standards, the Graduate Conceptual Framework, and the faculty. Clinical sequences and the experiential component of the program are discussed in-depth. Students also complete a 70 Academic Programs - College of Education writing exercise requiring self-reflection of personal of each field-based experience that is based upon attributes for this field. Prospective students CACREP’s core and specialty area standards for complete a ten-minute individual, oral interview school counselors. where they answer questions posed by faculty. This is used as a means of gathering data on Program completion also includes interpersonal style, cognitive complexity, and comprehensive exams and a special project. ethical reasoning. Comps are a written experience testing the student’s ability to translate theory into counseling Faculty make admission decisions based upon practice. Faculty independently score each both a paper and interview process. Each faculty student’s responses on a scale from P+(Pass with member independently ranks each candidate on Exceptionality) to P- (Marginal Pass). Students factors including oral and written presentation, may remediate through oral or written exam on interpersonal style, clarity of ideas, and relevant areas under P (Pass). A number of case studies career goals. A Global Admission Index Score is and clinical scenarios are given as the basis of this calculated from these components of the exam. The special project is a documented admission process. professional workshop, conference presentation, or manuscript offered as professional contribution of Phase II: Admission To Clinical Field the student. Experiences Phase IV: Follow-up, Post Graduation Thirty hours of designated coursework is required prior to the student’s first field-based placement. CACREP requires data collection on graduates The student’s GPA must remain in the area of of the counseling program. Bi-annual surveys that good standing with the university during the include demographic, perceptual, and process data completion of these courses. The clinical are systematically administered. Feedback sequence begins the first semester of enrollment regarding courses needed for either job and contains lab-based simulations that are taped competency or licensure is solicited from alumni. and evaluated with counseling skill feedback Data on employment status and statistics, performance scales. Students self-evaluate and completion of state licensure and national receive evaluations from both peers and certification, passing rates on the PRAXIS Exam supervising faculty. Students must meet faculty and the National Counselor Exam, and graduate approval for field placement. This is granted based performance as evaluated by work supervisors is upon skill mastery, assessment of personal collected on an annual basis. Program curriculum readiness and stability, and successful completion feedback is requested from counseling site of all prerequisite classes. Students complete a supervisors and from students while enrolled and “Student Progress Report” each semester that is after graduation. These data are used for program filed with the faculty advisor. Faculty discuss reflection and revision. Demographic information is advisee progress and concerns at ongoing collected annually by cohort grouping and is program meetings. reported to CACREP.

Phase III: Exit From The Program Comprehensive Examinations. Graduate candidates must successfully pass a written Students must successfully complete 48 comprehensive examination in the final semester semester hours of prescribed coursework, pre- of study. Application for the comprehensive approved through the program of study, in order to examination is made when the graduate candidate graduate from either counseling track. The clinical registers for the counseling internship. sequence culminates in three semesters of field- based work in either a school or community setting Endorsement of Students. Graduate depending upon the track selection. These candidates who successfully complete all their experiences total 700 clock hours and include curricular and clinical training requirements for the ongoing case presentations, taped evaluations with Master's of Education degree will receive formal assigned clients, weekly group supervision with endorsement in their area of specialization by the other interns, weekly individual supervision faculty. sessions with faculty and site supervisors, completion of the clinical portfolio, and written evaluations of candidate dispositions given by site and faculty supervisors. The program administers a competency-based instrument at the conclusion 71 Academic Programs – College of Education

Formal endorsement includes recommendation CSDV 614 Lifespan Developmental for state certification and/or national certification in Counseling 3 settings consistent with the training provided in CSDV 607 Appraisal of the Individual 3 their programs. In cases in which a certifying body EDUC 640 Educational Research, allows a graduate candidate to sit for a certification Design and Analysis 3 examination, the program faculty shall endorse the graduate candidate as a candidate for that Specialized Studies: 9 examination if the graduate candidate has CSDV 604 Orientation to Community completed that portion of the program required by Counseling 3 that certifying body. CSDV 608 Counseling and Advocacy for Loss, Crisis and Life Transition 3 Certification and Licensure. Graduates in the CSDV 621 Diagnosis and Treatment school counseling program can meet requirements Planning in Counseling 3 for either the South or North Carolina School Professional Clinical Experiences: 9 Counseling Specialty Certificate. Graduates may CSDV 610 Practicum 3 apply to the National Board of Certified Counselors CSDV 611 Counseling Internship I 3 (NBCC) to take the National Counselor CSDV 612 Counseling Internship II 3 Examination (NCE) prior to graduation from the Electives: program. 500-600 level approved elective 3 Recommended Electives: The School Counseling Program is designed to CSDV 617 Marital, Couple and Family meet the standards for certification as an Counseling elementary and/or secondary counselor CSDV 618 Addictions Counseling established by the South Carolina Department of CSDV 620 Clinical Psychopathology in Education or the North Carolina Department of Counseling Public Instruction. Upon completion of the program CSDV 622 Counseling Children and Adolescents and achieving the required score on the National ___ Teacher Examination PRAXIS Area Test in School Total Semester Hours 48 Guidance and Counseling, graduate candidates are eligible to receive certification as an elementary and/or secondary school counselor.

MEd CSDV Semester The Community Counseling Program is designed School Counseling Hours to meet the academic coursework and supervised Required Core Courses: 27 field experience requirements for state licensure as CSDV 600 Introduction to the Counseling a Licensed Professional Counselor in South and Profession 3 North Carolina. Community track students may CSDV 601 Fundamentals of Counseling 3 also complete the National Counselor Exam in the CSDV 602 Counseling and Consultation last semester of study. These experiences enable Strategies and Interventions 3 a student to significantly advance towards CSDV 603 Career and Lifestyle licensure by graduation. Successful students will Development 3 have only the post Master’s supervised CSDV 605 Social and Cultural Issues 3 apprenticeship to be eligible for endorsement as a CSDV 606 Group Counseling 3 Licensed Professional Counselor. CSDV 607 Appraisal of the Individual 3

CSDV 614 Lifespan Developmental

Counseling 3 MEd CSDV Semester EDUC 640 Educational Research, Design Community Counseling Hours and Analysis 3 Required Core Courses: 27 Specialized Studies: 9 CSDV 600 Introduction to the Counseling CSDV 608 Counseling & Advocacy for Profession 3 Loss, Crisis & Life Transition 3 CSDV 601 Fundamentals of Counseling 3 CSDV 613 Organization and Administration CSDV 602 Counseling and Consultation Of Pre-K-12 Comprehensive Strategies and Interventions 3 School Counseling Programs 3 CSDV 603 Career and Lifestyle CSDV 622 Counseling Children & Development 3 Adolescents 3 CSDV 605 Social and Cultural Issues 3

CSDV 606 Group Counseling 3 72 Academic Programs - College of Education

Professional Clinical Experiences: 9 Test of the Graduate Record Examination CSDV 610 Practicum 3 (verbal and quantitative portions) or 2.75 CSDV 611 Counseling Internship I 3 undergraduate GPA; CSDV 612 Counseling Internship II 3 Electives: 4. Statement of professional goals; and 500-600 level approved electives 3 Recommended Electives: 5. Two letters of recommendation, one from EDUC 670 Schooling in American Society principal (or other instructional supervisor) and EDUC 681 Advanced Educational at least one professional educator who has Psychology observed the applicant teach. Letters should CSDV 615 Comprehensive Developmental reflect work with children and address the School Counseling applicant’s leadership potential. CSDV 617 Marital, Couple, and Family Counseling Candidates will be required to meet performance CSDV 618 Addictions Counseling measures as specified below: CSDV 620 Clinical Psychopathology in Counseling Midpoint Assessment (18 hours) CSDV 621 Diagnosis & Treatment Planning 1. Program of Study filed, In Counseling 2. 3.0 or higher cumulative GPA, ___ 3. EDCI 635 data project satisfactorily Total Semester Hours 48 completed; and 4. Review of dispositions.

Entry to Capstone (30 hours) Master of Education in 1. 3.0 or higher cumulative GPA, Curriculum and Instruction 2. EDCI 636 research synthesis satisfactorily Graduate Program Advisor: completed; and 3. Review of dispositions. Sue Peck, 803/323-2158

Exit from the Program (36 hours) The Master of Education in Curriculum and 1. 3.0 or higher cumulative GPA and Instruction is designed to meet the professional 2. EDCI 637 (or 695) satisfactorily completed. development needs of teachers in contemporary schools. The program has three options (graduate candidates choose one), and is aligned in part with Semester the National Board of Professional Teaching Required Program Hours Standards and addresses the critical issue of Professional Core Courses: accountability in educational settings. EDUC 640 Educational Research, Design and Analysis 3 Candidates in the MEd in Curriculum and EDUC 670 Schooling in American Society 3 Instruction will have multiple clinical experiences EDUC 681 Advanced Educational and application is expected throughout the Psychology 3 program. Access to a public school classroom is Curriculum and Instruction Core Courses: required. EDCI 635 Using Data to Improve Teaching and Learning 3 Admission Requirements. To be eligible for EDCI 636 Contemporary Issues and admission to the Master of Education degree Trends in Curriculum and program in Curriculum and Instruction with Instruction 3 graduate status, the applicant must submit the SPED 561 Characteristics of Children with following criteria: Learning Disabilities 3 OR 1. Evidence of two years successful teaching SPED 583 Children with Behavioral and experience; Emotional Problems 3 EDUC 650 Teaching and Learning with 2. Copy of current South Carolina Department of the Internet 3 Education Class III Professional Certificate or OR the equivalent from another state; EDUC 651 Connecting Curriculum and Technology 3 3. Official score of 900 or above on the General 73 Academic Programs – College of Education

EDCI 637 Capstone: Advanced Field Master of Education in Middle Level Education Placement 3 Graduate Program Advisor: OR Barbara Blackburn, 803/323-2478 EDCI 695 Thesis 3 The Master of Education in middle level Choose One Option: 12 education is designed to provide the necessary Early Childhood Education young adolescent pedagogy and subject matter ECED 631 Home-School-Community content needed by licensed teachers to be Collaboration effective educators in middle grades. Courses ECED 660 Emergent Literacy and the emphasize the characteristics of middle age Integrated Curriculum children, varying instructional strategies necessary ECED 661 Contemporary Issues in to teach this age group and current content being Early Care and Education taught in middle schools. Graduates of the MEd in ECED 636 Early Childhood Development and middle level education will be prepared to be Implications for Developmentally curriculum and instructional leaders in Appropriate Practices contemporary middle schools. OR Elementary Education Admission Requirements. Admission to the ELEM 631 Science in the Elementary School MEd in middle level education requires the ELEM 636 Problems in Teaching Mathematics applicant to: ELEM 641 Social Studies in the Elementary School 1. Have an undergraduate grade-point average of READ 621 Advanced Strategies for Teaching minimum 2.75 on a 4.0 scale in the last 60 the Integrated English Language hours of the graduate candidate’s Arts undergraduate course work OR submit an OR official score of 900 or above on the combined Secondary Education verbal and quantitative portions of the General EDCI 611 Curriculum Development and Test of the Graduate Record Exam (GRE). Instructional Strategies 500-600 level approved content 2. Submit a verified copy of a current South courses 9 Carolina Department of Education Class III OR Certificate or the equivalent from another state. Educational Technology EDUC 641 Tools of the Educational Technologist 3. Submit official transcripts (sent directly to EDUC 643 Education Technology Planning Winthrop University from the issuing institution) And Evaluation for evaluation. Additional undergraduate EDUC 644 Strategies for Effective Application course work may be required to strengthen the Of Assistive Technology to applicant’s academic credentials. Promote Learning EDUC 650 Teaching and Learning with the 4. Present two letters of recommendation to Internet include a recommendation from the applicant’s OR current principal, assistant principal or other EDUC 651 Connecting Curriculum and supervisor/professional educator. Technology ___ Candidates will be required to meet performance Total Semester Hours 36 measures as specified below:

Midpoint Assessment (18 hours)

1. Program of Study filed,

2. 3.0 or higher cumulative GPA,

3. Review of artifact School Evaluation and

Research Synthesis; and

4. Review of dispositions

74 Academic Programs - College of Education

Entry to Internship Master of Education in Reading 1. 3.0 or higher cumulative GPA, Graduate Program Advisor: 2. Review of dispositions; and Richard Ingram, 803/323-2158 3. Successful completion of EDCI 600, EDCI 610, EDCI 620, and EDUC 681 with a B or The Master of Education degree in reading is better. designed to better prepare the certified classroom teacher for literacy instruction. Graduates of this Exit from the Program program must meet course requirements for 1. 3.0 or higher cumulative GPA, certification as a reading teacher. In addition, 2. Successful completion of a culminating graduates will have satisfactory scores on the portfolio, PRAXIS (The Introduction to the Teaching of 3. Successful completion of an action research Reading Specialty Area Test) examination. project and Graduate courses are also available to enable the 4. Final review of dispositions. certified teacher to meet certification requirements for reading consultant. Semester Required Program Hours Admission Requirements. Applicants Professional Core Courses: requesting admission to the Master of Education EDUC 640 Educational Research, degree program in reading must: Design and Analysis 3 EDUC 670 Schooling in American 1. Have completed a course in the teaching of Society 3 reading; EDUC 681 Advanced Educational Psychology 3 2. Submit a verified copy of a current South Education Core Courses: Carolina Department of Education Class III EDCI 600 Philosophy, Organization and Certificate or the equivalent from another state; Curriculum of the Middle School 3 3. Document one year of successful teaching EDCI 610 Early Adolescence in experience. Applicants who have not taught are Contemporary Society 3 placed for 30 hours of observation and/or EDCI 620 Content Literacy in Middle participation in a classroom or in a variety of School 3 instructional settings; EDCI 630 Pedagogy and Assessment in the Middle School 3 4. Have an undergraduate grade point ratio of EDCI 690 Capstone and Advanced Field 2.75 on a 4.00 scale OR a combined score of Experiences in the Middle 900 (verbal and quantitative) on the GRE; School 3 5. Complete a writing sample that confirms the Disciplinary Focus* 12-15 literacy skills of the candidate; and _____ Total Semester Hours 36-39 6. Submit official transcripts (sent directly to Winthrop University from the issuing institution) *Degree candidates will select courses, with for evaluation. Additional undergraduate course approval from their advisors, from one or more of work may be required to strengthen the the following areas: language arts, mathematics, applicant’s academic credentials. science and social studies. The number of hours is flexible to reflect National Middle School During the program, candidates will be required to Association/NCATE-Approved Guidelines which meet performance measures as specified below: stipulate that programs must meet the curricular needs of graduate candidates with varied Entry to READ 671-Practicum in Diagnosis and professional backgrounds and experiences. Correction of Classroom Reading Difficulties ______1. Program of Study filed; 2. 3.0 or higher cumulative GPA; 3. Overall grade of B in all READ courses; 4. Passing score on pre-practicum qualifying examination; and 5. Review of dispositions 75 Academic Programs – College of Education

Entry to READ 681- Organization and Master of Education in Special Education Supervision of Reading Program Graduate Program Advisor: Brad T. Witzel, 803/323-2453 1. 3.0 or higher cumulative GPA; 2. Successful completion of both practicum The Master of Education degree in special courses (READ 671 and READ 675) with a - education prepares the educational leader to grade of B or higher deliver family-centered services for families and their children with disabilities. There is an expectation that graduate candidates will Exit from Program participate and complete the program as part of a 1. 3.0 or higher cumulative GPA; cohort group (a group of students who enroll in the 2. Successful completion of 36 hours programs; same course sequence during specified times). and Classes will be offered based on this model. 3, Final review of dispositions. To be eligible for admission to the Master of Semester Education degree program in special education, Required Program Hours the applicant must: Professional Studies EDUC 640 Educational Research, 1. Submit a verified copy of a current South Design and Analysis 3 Carolina Department of Education Class III EDUC 681 Advanced Educational Certificate or the equivalent from another state; Psychology 3 READ Specialty Area Studies 2. Submit a verified copy of the Specialty Area test Supportive Courses: of the PRAXIS Examination for the current area READ 611 Issues in Teaching Literature for of certification or the South Carolina Teaching Children and Young Adults 3 Area Examination; and READ 623 Written Expression in Elementary Middle and Secondary Schools 3 3. Pass a writing sample examination READ 651 Teaching Reading and Writing administered by faculty members in the special To Learners with Limited education program. Call the College of English Proficiency 3 Education at 803/323-2151 to schedule an READ 656 Principles and Strategies for appointment. Assessing and Teaching P-12 English Language Learners 3 4. Have an undergraduate grade point average of 2.75 on a 4.0 scale in the last 60 hours of the READ Core Courses: graduate candidate’s undergraduate READ 621 Infusing Technology into the coursework or an official score of 900 or above Teaching of the Integrated on the General Test of the Graduate Record English/Language Arts 3 Examination (verbal and quantitative portions). READ 645 Teaching Content Area Reading 3 During the program, candidates will be required to The following courses must be taken in meet performance measures as specified below: sequence: READ 661 Theory and Research Base for Midpoint Assessment (18 hours) Instructional Applications to 1. Program of Study filed, Teaching Reading 3 2. 3.0 or higher cumulative GPA, READ 671 Practicum in Diagnosis and 3. Minimum grade of B in all SPED courses, Correction of Reading Difficulties 4. Minimum score on a project/assignment as In the Classroom 3 specified by SPED faculty; and READ 675 Advanced Practicum in the 5. Review of dispositions. Teaching of Reading 3 READ 681 Organization and Supervision Entry to Capstone or Thesis (30 hours) of Reading Programs 3 1. 3.0 or higher cumulative GPA, ____ 2. Minimum score of project/assignment as Total Semester Hours 36 specified by SPED faculty; and 3. Review of dispositions.

76 Academic Programs - College of Education

Exit from the Program (36 hours) and analysis. Electives may be selected to meet 1. 3.0 or higher cumulative GPA, the needs of graduate candidates interested in 2. Review of dispositions; and interscholastic athletic administration, health 3. Artifact from SPED 694 or SPED 695 at the related physical education and strength and score “Relational” or higher. conditioning. A maximum of six (6) semester hours of graduate work may be transferred from another Semester accredited institution. Required Program Hours Professional Core Courses: Admission Requirements. In addition to the EDUC 640 Educational Research, Design general requirements for admission to graduate and Analysis 3 study at Winthrop, the applicant must: EDUC 670 Schooling in American Society 3 EDUC 681 Advanced Educational 1. Have an undergraduate major (or its equivalent) Psychology 3 in physical education or complete prerequisites Professional Studies: in the discipline; and SPED 613 Issues and Trends in Special Education 3 2. Submit a verified copy of a satisfactory score on SPED 618 Lifelong Integration 3 the Miller Analogy Test (score of 392 or above) SPED 663 Advanced Study of Methods for (score of 40 or above for test dates prior to Teaching Exceptional Students 3 September 2004) or a minimum score of 800 in the General Test of the Graduate Record SPED 671 Advanced Educational Examination with a verbal score of at least 400. Assessment in Special Education 3 Required Program Semester SPED 695 Thesis 3 With Thesis Hours OR EDUC 640 Educational Research, SPED 694 Advanced Studies in Special Design and Analysis 3 Education 3 PHED 681 Ethical Issues and Research 500-600 level electives approved by in Physical Education advisor 12 and Sport 3 ____ PHED 682 Scientific Bases of Sport Total Semester Hours 36 and Physical Activity 3 PHED 695 Thesis 3 Graduate candidates seeking an endorsement or PHED 696* Thesis 3 certification in special education should consult with an advisor. Health Related Physical Education HLTH 600 Health Promotion 3 To be recommended for certification, each ___ graduate candidate must obtain at least the 18 minimum score required by the South Carolina Select two or three courses from the Department of Education on the appropriate following: 6-9 Specialty Area Test of the PRAXIS Examination PHED 548 Psychology of Sport and and complete the required courses as defined by Physical Activity 3 the South Carolina Department of Education. PHED 571 Theory and Assessment ______of Coaching 3 PHED 685 Strength and Conditioning Programs for Athletes 3 Master of Science in Physical Education NUTR 520 Sports Nutrition 3 Graduate Program Advisor: Steveda Chepko, 803/323-3688

The Master of Science in physical education is designed to provide advanced study in the field of physical education. The program consists of core courses that provide students with a background in the scientific basis of movement, current research in the discipline and educational research, design 77 Academic Programs – College of Education

Select three or four courses from the *Graduate candidates who choose the applied following: 9-12 research option will take a written comprehensive HLTH 500 Contemporary Health 3 examination upon completion of coursework. Problems HLTH 501 Substance Abuse Education 3 Interscholastic Athletic Administration: HLTH 506 Human Sexuality 3 Required Program With Semester HLTH 507 Women’s Health Issues 3 Research Project Hours 500-600 level approved electives EDUC 640 Educational Research, Design ___ and Analysis 3 Total Semester Hours 36 PHED 681 Current Issues and Trends in Physical Education and Sport 3 *All graduate candidates in PHED 696, Thesis, are PHED 682 Scientific Bases of Sport and required to present the research in a colloquy. Physical Activity 3 PHED 694 Practicum in Athletic Required Program With Semester Administration 3 Research Project Hours PHED 691* Research Project 3 EDUC 640 Educational Research, Design and Analysis 3 Select 21 credit hours from the list below: 21 PHED 681 Current Issues and Trends in PHED 548 Psychology of Sport and Physical Education and Sport 3 Physical Activity 3 PHED 571 Theory & Assessment of PHED 682 Scientific Bases of Sport and Coaching 3 Physical Activity 3 PHED 684 Athletic Administration 3 600 level PHED electives 3 PHED 525 Risk Management in Physical PHED 691* Research Project 3 Activity & Athletics 3 PHED 510 Financial Management of Select either the interscholastic athletic Fitness & Athletic Programs 3 administration or the health related physical PHED 615 Computer Utilization in Athletics education block of courses. & Physical Education 3

PHED 685 Strength & Conditioning Programs Health Related Physical Education: for Athletes 3 HLTH 600 Health Promotion 3 PHED 686 Event and Facility Management 3 ____ NUTR 520 Sports Nutrition 3 18 SOCL 506 Sociology of Competitive Select three or four courses from the Sports 3 following: 9-12 ___ HLTH 500 Contemporary Health Total Semester Hours 36 Problems 3 HLTH 501 Substance Abuse Education 3 *Graduate candidates who select the applied HLTH 506 Human Sexuality 3 research option will take a written comprehensive HLTH 507 Women’s Health Issues 3 examination upon completion. Students enrolled in Select two or three courses from the the athletic administration concentration do not following: 6-9 have a thesis option. NUTR 520 Sports Nutrition 3

PHED 685 Strength & Conditioning Programs for Athletes 3 PHED 548 Psychology of Sport & Physical Activity 3 PHED 571 Theory & Assessment of Coaching 3 500-600 level approved electives ____ Total Semester Hours 36

78 Academic Programs - College of Visual and Performing Arts

The College of Visual and Performing Arts

Dean: Elizabeth Patenaude Art and Design Director of Graduate Studies: Graduate Faculty Donald M. Rogers 803/323-2255 Professors James D. Connell Laura J. Dufresne The College of Visual and Performing Arts David L. Freeman offers graduate programs in the following Phil J. Moody areas: the Master of Arts in art education, the Jerry Walden Master of Arts in arts administration, the Master of Music in conducting, the Master of Associate Professors Music in performance, the Master of Music Alice Burmeister, interim chair Education and the Master of Fine Arts in art Shaun Cassidy and design. Prospective students should Chad Dresbach contact Graduate Studies for an Application for Mark Hamilton Graduate Admission and a copy of the Paul C. Martyka Graduate Catalog. Applicants should also Marge Moody contact the appropriate graduate program Seymour Simmons, III advisor for specific program information. Tom Stanley J. David Stokes

The College of Visual and Performing Arts is Assistant Professors one of only sixteen university arts programs in Mike Lavine the nation fully accredited in all the arts domains and the only comprehensive collegiate arts program nationally accredited in Master of Fine Arts in Art and Design all the arts in the State of South Carolina, Graduate Program Advisor: public or private. The College offers Jerry Walden, 803/323-2653 undergraduate and graduate degrees that meet rigorous professional standards. Our programs are accredited nationally by the Admission Requirements. All applicants to National Association of Schools of Art and the Master of Fine Arts program must submit a Design (NASAD), National Association of slide portfolio or other visuals representing the Schools of Music (NASM), the National applicant’s studio artwork in the intended area(s) Association of Schools of Dance (NASD), the of concentration. National Association of Schools of Theatre (NAST), the National Council on Accreditation Materials and applications are due by of Teacher Education (NCATE) and the March 1 for the fall semester or September 1 Southern Association of Colleges and Schools for the spring semester. Final admission (SACS). decisions cannot be made until all information has been received. Applicants not submitting all Students desiring initial certification in music materials prior to the deadline may be considered or art at the graduate level may apply for for admission. admission to the Master of Arts in Teaching (MAT) degree program administered by the Richard W. Riley College of Education. Please refer to the Center for Pedagogy section of the Catalog for complete information.

79 Academic Programs - College of Visual and Performing Arts

The Department of Art and Design offers the Semester MFA degree in four areas of concentration. Required Program Hours Candidates may elect a concentration in one of 500-600 level courses in major area 30 the following: 500-600 level courses in minor* 9-12

Crafts Painting Art History: General Studio* Sculpture ARTH 683 Seminar in Aesthetics, Theory and Criticism of Art 3 *15 semester hours in each of two major areas 500-600 level art history courses 6 of concentration. 500-600 level electives outside Art and Design 3-6 ARTS 695 Thesis** 3 For admission to the graduate program, the ARTS 696 Thesis** 3 applicant must: Graduate Exhibition*** 0 ____ 1. Have an overall undergraduate grade-point Total Semester Hours 60 average of 3.0 or better on a 4.0 scale. Note: Registration for GSTC 600, Continuing 2. Submit a combined score of 800 or above Graduate Studies, may be required. Check with on the General Test of the Graduate advisor. Record Examination (verbal and quantitative sections), or a score of 44 on *Courses must be in related area of art and the Miller Analogies Test (MAT). A design approved by advisor. minimum TOEFL score of 550 is required for international students. **A thesis project is required for the MFA degree in art and design, creative in content and including 3. Submit a written statement of purpose a written thesis statement that can be retained by reflective of your creative goals in the the University. Upon completion of the thesis, intended major and minor areas of study. students must pass an oral examination (to be The statement should indicate how the completed at least two weeks prior to final applicant envisions his or her work examinations). developing and why it is important to pursue a graduate degree. ***Documented exhibition is required of every candidate for the MFA degree in art and design. 4. Submit a resume;

5. Have three original letters of recommendation submitted directly Master of Arts in Art Education from art and design professionals; and Graduate Program Advisor:

Seymour Simmons, 803/323-2670 6. Submit a minimum of 20 slides or other

visuals, with inventory sheet representing

work in the intended area of concentration. The Master of Arts degree program in art

education is designed for certified art teachers A limited number of graduate assistantships who wish to continue their professional/ and other awards are available for qualified educational development. The program provides applicants. Also, a limited number of graduate opportunities for current art teachers to improve teaching assistantships are available for skills in studio art, research in art education and qualified graduate students after they have 18 K-12 art education methodology. semester graduate hours or more in the major concentration. The 36 semester-hour program combines

courses in art education, art content (studio, Students are required to complete at least 60 history, criticism and aesthetics) and educational semester hours of approved graduate-level foundations and psychology. Based on these work. At least half the work presented for the courses it allows teachers to pursue studio or degree must be 600-level courses. research projects of personal concern.

80 Academic Programs - College of Visual and Performing Arts

During the first semester of study, but no point average is less than 3.0 on a 4.0 scale, later than the completion of 12 graduate hours the applicant must score 800 or better on the toward the program, students must select General Test of the Graduate Record either the applied studio or research options Examination (verbal and quantitative consistent with individual professional goals. sections), or score 40 or better on the Miller Analogies Test, or an acceptable score on the Applied Studio Option. The applied studio PRAXIS examination; option is intended to further the professional goals of the art teacher who wishes to 3. Submit a current South Carolina Class III concentrate on the development of artistic Teaching Certificate or equivalent from skills. This option allows the practicing teacher another state; to pursue studio interests, to develop practical skills and, at the same time, to develop a 4. Submit a resume; broad understanding of contemporary art education theory. In the applied studio option, 5. Submit a statement of the applicant's the degree candidate will be required to philosophy of teaching and his or her goals for complete an exhibition thesis. graduate study; and

Research Option. The research option 6. Submit 10-20 slides from the applicant's work concentrates on the development of broad (required in applied studio option only). understanding in art education methodology and on the development of specialized knowledge. This option requires a research Required Program with Semester thesis and is designed to enhance the art Applied Studio Option Hours teacher’s professional goals of personal and ARTE 648 Curriculum Development in career improvement and/or intention to pursue Art Education 3 doctoral work. EDUC 670 Schooling in American Society 3 EDUC 681 Advanced Educational Admission Requirements. For full Psychology* 3 admission to the MA degree program in art education, all applicants must submit the Select 12 hours from ARTE Courses: 12 application and all supporting materials to the ARTE 684 Graphic Design for Art Teachers Graduate Studies Office by the published ARTE 686 Drawing Studio for Art Teachers I University deadlines. Applications and ARTE 687 Drawing Studio for Art Teachers II supporting materials for the studio option ARTE 688 Sculpture Studio for Art Teachers I must be submitted by March 1 for the ARTE 689 Sculpture Studio for Art Teachers II summer session or fall semester or ARTE 690 Printmaking Studio for Art September 1 for the spring semester. Teachers I ARTE 691 Printmaking Studio for Art For the research option, the deadlines are Teachers II as follows: July 15 for the fall semester; ARTE 692 Painting Studio for Art Teachers I December 1 for the spring semester; May ARTE 693 Painting Studio for Art Teachers II 15 for June enrollment; June 15 for July ARTE 694 Ceramics Studio for Art Teachers I enrollment. In addition, to be eligible for ARTE 695 Ceramics Studio for Art Teachers II admission to the degree program, the ARTE 696 Jewelry & Metals Studio for Art applicant must: Teachers I ARTE 697 Jewelry & Metals Studio for Art 1. Submit an official baccalaureate degree Teachers II transcript (sent directly to Winthrop from the ARTE 698 Photography Studio for Art issuing institution) from an accredited Teachers I institution. A major in art education, or its ARTE 699 Photography Studio for Art equivalent, is required; Teachers II

2. Submit an official satisfactory score on either the General Text of the Graduate Record Examination, the Miller Analogies Test, or PRAXIS examination. If the applicant's overall undergraduate grade-

81 Academic Programs - College of Visual and Performing Arts

Select 9 hours from ARTH courses: 9 ARTE 687 Drawing Studio for Art ARTH 680 or 681 Graduate Art History Teachers II ARTH 683 Seminar in Aesthetics ARTE 688 Sculpture Studio for Art Theory and Criticism in Art Teachers I ARTH 690, or 691, or 692 ARTE 689 Sculpture Studio for Art Special Topics in Art History Teachers II ARTE 690 Printmaking Studio for Art ARTE 685 Art Education Thesis** 3 Teachers I ARTE 691 Printmaking Studio for Art Select 3 hours from the following: 3 Teachers II ARTS 622 Research in Photography ARTE 692 Painting Studio for Art Teachers I ARTS 623 Research in Photography ARTE 693 Painting Studio for Art Teachers II ARTS 624 Research in Painting ARTS 625 Research in Painting ARTE 694 Ceramics Studio for Art ARTS 626 Research in Crafts Teachers I ARTS 627 Research in Crafts ARTE 695 Ceramics Studio for Art ARTS 628 Research in Sculpture Teachers II ARTE 696 Jewelry & Metals Studio for Art ARTS 629 Research in Sculpture Teachers I ARTS 660 Research in Graphic Design ARTE 697 Jewelry & Metals Studio for Art ARTS 661 Research in Graphic Design Teachers II ARTS 662 Research in Printmaking ARTE 698 Photography Studio for Art ARTS 663 Research in Printmaking Teachers I ___ ARTE 699 Photography Studio for Art Total Semester Hours 36 Teachers II Select 9 hours from ARTH courses: 9 Note: Registration for GSTC 600, Continuing ARTH 680 or 681 Graduate Art History Graduate Studies, may be required. Check ARTH 683 Seminar in Aesthetics, Theory with advisor. and Criticism in Art ARTH 690, or 691, or 692 *A prerequisite for EDUC 681, Advanced Special Topics in Art History Educational Psychology, is demonstrable competence in educational psychology which ARTE 682 Research Methods in Visual Arts 3 may be shown by passing the CLEP test for ARTE 685 Art Education Thesis 3 educational psychology or by satisfactorily ___ completing EDUC 381, Educational Total Semester Hours 36 Psychology, or equivalent. Note: Registration for GSTC 600, Continuing **In the applied studio option, the thesis is in Graduate Studies, may be required. Check with support of a required exhibition project. No advisor. credit is given for the exhibition itself. *A prerequisite for EDUC 681, Advanced Educational Psychology, is demonstrable Required Program with Semester competence in educational psychology which may Research Option Hours be shown by passing the CLEP test for ARTE 648 Curriculum Development in educational psychology or by satisfactorily Art Education 3 completing EDUC 381, Educational Psychology, EDUC 670 Schooling in American Society 3 or equivalent. EDUC 681 Advanced Educational Psychology* 3 VPAS 690 Special Topics in Art Education OR VPAS 691 Special Topics in Art Education OR VPAS 692 Special Topics in Art Education 3 Select 9 hours from ARTE Electives: 9 ARTE 684 Graphic Design for Art Teachers ARTE 686 Drawing Studio for Art Teachers I

82 Academic Programs - College of Visual and Performing Arts

Master of Arts in Arts Administration submitting all materials prior to the deadline will Graduate Program Advisor: be considered for the following academic year. Laura Gardner, 803/323-2654 After credentials are reviewed the program director will contact the applicant to schedule an interview. Interviews will be conducted between This graduate degree program is for March 15 and April 15. individuals, with experience in arts organizations, seeking to enhance their An applicant whose native language is not effectiveness and increase their career English must present a score of at least 550 on opportunities as arts administration the TOEFL. Students desiring to participate in professionals. The emphasis of the degree is this degree program who do not have a bachelor’s on leadership in not-for-profit arts degree in an arts or business management organizations with special focus on the visual discipline may demonstrate life and work arts, dance, music, theatre, museum, cultural experience as prerequisite for admission. This institution and performing arts administration. substitution is applicable to less than 10% of any entering class. The 36-hour degree program consists of a Semester core of 18 weekend sessions (18 credit hours), Required Program Hours four web-based courses (12 hours), and two Year 1- Fall 4 one-week summer institutes (6 credit hours) ARTA 611 spread out over two years of full-time, low A. Principles and Practices of Arts residency enrollment. Classes meet one Administration I weekend each month fall and spring B. Leadership in the Arts I semesters and one week in June. Participants C. Leadership in the Arts II will be admitted in cohorts beginning in the fall D. Marketing the Arts semester of each year. Year 1 - Spring Semester 5 Admission Requirements. In addition to ARTA 612 meeting Winthrop University general A. Financial Analysis, Planning and admission requirements for all graduate Management students, the applicant for admission to this B. Trusteeship and Governance program must show high promise of success in C. Organizational Behavior in the Arts graduate study in arts administration as D. Arts Administration and the Law demonstrated by an essay, interview and E. Principles and Practices of Arts documentation of work experience in the field. Administration II Specifically the applicant should: Year 1- Summer Institute I 3 ARTA 613 1. Hold a baccalaureate degree in an arts Arts Administration Institute I: or business management discipline; Practices in Arts Administration Year 2- Fall Semester 4 2. Have an overall undergraduate grade-point ARTA 621 average of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale; History and Philosophy of Arts Administration 3. Submit an essay describing why the Seminar in Aesthetics, Theory and applicant wishes to enter the program; Criticism of the Arts Arts, Ethics and Community Service 4. Submit a current vitae; and Implementing Art Administration Strategies 5. Submit two letters of recommendation. Year 2 - Spring Semester 5 ARTA 622 Materials and applications are due by Program Planning and Proposal Writing February 15 for the Fall semester. Final Special Topics in Arts Administration admission decisions cannot be made until all Special Topics in Arts Administration information has been received. Applicants not Special Topics in Arts Administration The Arts and Arts Administration

83 Academic Programs - College of Visual and Performing Arts

Year 2 - Summer Institute II 3 1. Have an overall undergraduate grade-point ARTA 623 Arts Administration Institute II: average of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale. The Arts and Society 2. Submit an acceptable score on the verbal and Web Based Courses quantitative sections of the General Test of the ARTA 685 Field Based Practicum I 3 Graduate Record Examination, the Miller’s ARTA 686 Field Based Practicum II 3 Analogy Test (MAT), or the PRAXIS II ARTA 695 Thesis Research I 3 Examination in music education; ARTA 696 Thesis Research II 3 ___ 3. Take entrance diagnostic examinations in Total Semester Hours 36 music theory and music history/literature. Applicants must demonstrate at least baccalaureate-level competence in music Students must meet the same qualitative theory and music history/literature. requirements (GPA) for retention and graduation as for the graduate educational Results of these examinations will be used to leadership and relevant graduate arts degrees. plan an appropriate program of studies for the ______student. In order to address any deficiencies, a student may be required to enroll in courses which will not count toward their graduate Music degree;

4. Perform an applied entrance audition on the

major instrument. Students who do not pass Graduate Faculty the applied entrance audition will study at the

undergraduate level. Graduate-level study Professors must be attained by the end of the first Lorraine C. Gorrell semester. Jerry L. Helton, Emeritus W. Martin Hughes 5. Successfully complete a writing sample as William F. Malambri, Jr. prescribed by the graduate director. Contact Ian D. Pearson the graduate director for additional information. Bruce A. Thompson Phil A. Thompson The applied entrance audition and all B. Michael Williams entrance examinations should be taken prior

to the semester of initial enrollment in the Associate Professors graduate program. Auditions and examinations Lewis H. Dickert, Jr. are scheduled in January, May and August of Katherine S. Kinsey each academic year. Students will not be fully Donald M. Rogers, chair admitted until the audition and examinations have

been completed. Assistant Professors

Ronald K. Parks Prospective students should contact Donald

Rogers, 803/323-2255, or by email at Admission Requirements for all graduate [email protected] to confirm their intent to Music degrees. In addition to meeting perform the audition and take the diagnostic Winthrop University general admission entrance examinations. requirements for all graduate students, the applicant for admission to a graduate program Additional entrance requirements for specific in music should: degree programs may be found under each degree section.

84 Academic Programs - College of Visual and Performing Arts

Comprehensive Examinations: Graduate also possess a diction proficiency in liturgical students must pass written and oral Latin and either French, German or Italian. comprehensive examinations covering all aspects of their graduate program. These Semester examinations are to be scheduled at least Required Program Hours three weeks prior to graduate. Students may MUSA 511 Score Reading 2 not attempt the comprehensive examinations 500 or 600 level electives in MUSA/MUST more than three times. (no more than 3 hours of applied music may be included) 6 Graduate Assistantships: Graduate MUST 565 20th Century Music Literature 3 assistantships are available to full-time MUST 607 Form and Style in Music 3 graduate students with full admission status in MUST 614 Research in Music 3 the following areas: accompanying, choral, instrumental, music theory, percussion, Music In addition to the required program, each Library, music technology, and music student must complete one of the following education. Assistantships may not be tracks: available in all areas every semester. For Choral Track: more information, contact the Graduate 600 level Choral Conducting 9 Advisor in Music. Choose 2 hours from: 2 MUSA 651 WinthropGlee Club Master of Music in Conducting MUSA 652 Winthrop Chorale Choral or Wind Instrumental Track MUSA 654 Chamber Singers Graduate Program Advisor: MUST 506 Choral Literature 3 Donald M. Rogers, 803/323-2255 MUST 508 Standard Choral Repertory 3

Admission Requirements. In addition to Wind Instrumental Track: the general admission requirements for all 600 level Instrumental Conducting 9 graduate degrees in music, the Master of Choose 2 hours from: 2 Music degree in conducting requires that all MUSA 656 Wind Symphony applicants hold a baccalaureate degree with a MUSA 657 Symphonic Band major in performance or music education from MUSA 658 Wind Ensemble an accredited institution. MUST 518 Wind Literature 3 MUST 564 Romantic Period Music 3 The candidate must also perform an ___ entrance audition in conducting to be arranged Total Semester Hours 34 through the appropriate conducting faculty. The audition should consist of standard At least one-half of the work presented for a repertory and include representative works graduate music degree must be in course work at from various historical periods and styles. the 600 level. Registration for GSTC 600 Students not accepted for graduate level study (Continuing Graduate Studies) may be required. should register for undergraduate credit for Check with advisor. one semester before re-auditioning for the graduate program. Comprehensive Examinations. At least two weeks prior to final examinations, music graduate Applicants for both choral and wind students must pass written and oral examinations instrumental emphases should also possess: covering all aspects of their graduate program. Students may not attempt the comprehensive 1. A keyboard proficiency equivalent to that examinations more than three times. required of an undergraduate degree in performance or music education; Performance Requirements for Graduation. At the culmination of applied study and near the 2. A proficiency in a major instrument end of the degree program, at least two weeks equivalent to that required of graduates in prior to final examinations, the student will present the appropriate undergraduate degree a full conducting recital as part of the degree program for choral - piano, organ, or voice; requirements. Students meeting degree instrumental - wind instrument or percussion; performance requirements must be enrolled for and applied music study in the semester or term in which the recital is given. 3. Applicants for the choral emphasis should

85 Academic Programs - College of Visual and Performing Arts

Master of Music in Performance Comprehensive Examinations. At least two Graduate Program Advisor: weeks prior to final examinations, music graduate Donald M. Rogers, 803/323-2255 students must pass written and oral examinations covering all aspects of their graduate program. Admission Requirements. In addition to Students may not attempt the comprehensive the general admission requirements for all examinations more than three times. graduate degrees in music, the Master of Music degree in performance requires that all Performance Requirements for Graduation. applicants hold a baccalaureate degree with a At the culmination of applied study and near the major in performance, or its equivalent, from end of the degree program, at least two weeks an accredited institution. prior to final examinations, the student will present a full recital of at least 50 minutes performance The candidate must also perform an time as part of the degree requirements. entrance audition in the major instrument. This Students meeting degree performance audition should consist of repertory appropriate requirements must be enrolled for applied music for an undergraduate senior-level, study in the semester or term in which the recital performance degree recital and include is given. representative works from various historical periods and styles. Students not accepted for graduate level study should register for 400- level credit (undergraduate) for one semester Master of Music Education before re-auditioning for the graduate program. Graduate Program Advisor: Donald M. Rogers, 803/323-2255 Semester Required Program Hours MUST 607 Form and Style in Music 3 Admission Requirements. In addition to the MUST 614 Research in Music 3 general admission requirements for all graduate 600-level applied music courses in the major degrees in music, the Master of Music Education instrument 9 degree requires that all applicants hold a 500- level elective in period music history baccalaureate degree with a major in music or music literature 3 education, or its equivalent, from an accredited 600-level major ensemble 2 institution. Students whose undergraduate 500 or 600-level music electives 9 degree does not carry certification in music should 500 or 600-level free elective from any enroll in the Master of Arts in Teaching degree discipline offered by the program through the Richard W. Riley College of University 3 Education. ___ Total Semester Hours 32 Semester Required Program Hours At least one-half of the work presented for a MUST 607 Form and Style in Music 3 graduate music degree must be in course work MUST 612 Foundations of Music at the 600 level. Registration for GSTC 600 Education 3 (Continuing Graduate Studies) may be MUST 614 Research in Music 3 required. Check with advisor. 500 or 600-level music teaching methodology 6 EDUC 681 Advanced Educational Additional Requirements: Psychology 3 MUST 531 Computer Music Technology I 3 1. Full recital in the major instrument and MUST 616 The Music Curriculum K-12 3 500-level elective in period music history or 2. Piano students must take MUST 501 music literature 6 (Piano Literature) and MUST 520 (Piano 500 or 600-level elective from any discipline Pedagogy). Voice students must take offered by the University 3 MUST 505 (Opera Literature) or MUST ___ 509 (Art Song Literature), MUST 519 Total Semester Hours 33 (Vocal Pedagogy) and MUST 535-536 (Diction). Percussion students must take MUST 517(Percussion Literature).

86 Academic Programs - College of Visual and Performing Arts

At least one-half of the work presented for a graduate music degree must be in course work at the 600 level. Registration for GSTC 600 (Continuing Graduate Studies) may be required. Check with advisor.

Comprehensive Examinations. At least two weeks prior to final examinations, music graduate students must pass written and oral examinations covering all aspects of their graduate program. Students may not attempt the comprehensive examinations more than three times.

Additional Requirements. There is no recital requirement for the Master of Music Education degree. However, a student may complete up to 6 hours in applied music with the approval of the appropriate applied committee for any study beyond 3 hours. A student earning 6 credit hours must present at least a half recital before graduation.

87 Courses of Study

Courses of Study

This chapter contains a listing of courses at the If only one figure is given, there are as many time of printing of the Catalog. Courses are listed clock hours required per week as there are alphabetically. Not all courses are available semester hours of credit for the course (unless every semester or summer session. An online the course description states otherwise). For Schedule of Courses is issued prior to each example, (3) indicates the course carries 3 registration, listing courses available for that semester hours of credit and meets for 3 clock semester or summer session. Students should hours per week; (1:3) indicates the course carries consult the Schedule of Courses prior to each one semester hour of credit but meets 3 clock registration. hours per week; (4:2-4) indicates the course carries 4 semester hours of credit but meets 2 Winthrop University reserves the right to lecture hours and 4 laboratory (or studio) hours withdraw any course listed if the administration per week determines the course does not have adequate enrollment. The University also reserves the right When two courses are listed as one, a to establish limits on the enrollment for any hyphen(-) between the course numbers indicates course or course section. the first is a prerequisite of the second. A comma (,) between the course numbers indicates that the For further information about courses listed in first is not a prerequisite of the second. this chapter, consult the dean of the college or the chairperson of the department offering the course. Classification of Courses In this chapter, the following information is given about each course: the number; the title; Courses are classified by number: 500-599 the semester-hour value; the number of clock courses are advanced courses, primarily for hours required per week, if different from juniors, seniors, and graduate students; 600-699 semester hour value; a brief description, if courses are advanced courses for graduate necessary; restriction of credit (if any); and a students only. Graduate students are statement of prerequisites or other restrictions on automatically registered for graduate credit in enrollment. If none is stated, the only restriction courses numbered 500-599 unless undergraduate on enrollment is that indicated by the number of credit is requested at registration or during the the course-see Classification of Courses below. registration change period. Students enrolled in 500-level courses for graduate credit are The first of the figures enclosed in parentheses expected to complete additional appropriate immediately following the title of a course requirements. indicates the number of semester hours of credit given for the course; the second and third figures (if given) indicate the number of lecture and laboratory (or studio) hours normally scheduled each week for one semester in the course.

88

Courses of Study

Key to Subject Course Designators

Subject Course Designator Subject Course Designator

Accounting ACCT International Area Studies INAS African American Studies AAMS Liberal Arts LART Anthropology ANTH Management MGMT Arts Administration ARTA Marketing MKTG Art ARTS Mass Communication MCOM Art Education ARTE Mathematics MATH Art History ARTH Mathematics Education MAED Biology BIOL Modern Language Education MLAN Business Administration BADM Music Applied MUSA Chemistry CHEM Music MUST Computer Science CSCI Philosophy PHIL Counseling and Development CSDV Physical Education PHED Dance Theory DANT Physics PHYS Early Childhood Education ECED Political Science PLSC Economics ECON Psychology PSYC Education, Curriculum and Instruction EDCI Quantitative Methods QMTH Education, General Professional EDUC Reading READ Educational Leadership EDLD Religion RELG Elementary Education ELEM Science SCIE English ENGL Secondary Education SCED English Education ENGE Social Studies Education SCST Environmental Science/Studies ENVS Social Work SCWK Family and Consumer Science FACS Sociology SOCL Finance FINC Spanish SPAN French FREN Special Education SPED Geography GEOG Theatre Applied Technique THRA German GERM Theatre THRT Gerontology GRNT Visual Communication VCOM Graduate Studies GSTC Visual and Performing Arts VPAS Health HLTH Vocational Education VCED History HIST Women’s Studies WMST Human Nutrition NUTR Writing WRIT Integrated Marketing Communication IMCO

89 Courses of Study

Accounting (ACCT) 607. Tax Research (3). Tax concepts, issues and procedures examined 502. Corporate Tax (3). using tax services to research tax topics. Concepts and methods of determining tax Explore administrative methods of dealing with liability of corporations. Topics include ordinary the examination, collection and criminal tax income, capital gains and losses, net operating division of the IRS. loss, reorganizations and contemporary Prerequisite(s): ACCT 401. problems in corporate taxation. Prerequisite(s): Grade of C or better in ACCT 609. Advanced Auditing (3). 306 and ACCT 401. The course will cover the audit process (with practice sets), auditing in an EDP environment 505. Advanced Accounting Topics (3). and statistical sampling plans used by auditors. Special accounting topics not covered in other Prerequisite(s): Grade of C or better in accounting courses. Examples of topics ACCT 509. covered are business combinations, investments, leases, pensions, EPS, revenue 610. Advanced Managerial Accounting (3). recognition and the cash flow statement. Stresses an understanding of how accounting Prerequisite(s): Grade of C or better in aids management by providing information for ACCT 306. decision making and control of operations. Prerequisite(s): ACCT 309 or ACCT 654, QMTH 506. Governmental and Not for Profit 205 and QMTH 206, or QMTH 651.

Accounting (3). Fund accounting and the financial presentation 615. Professional Exam Review (0). and disclosure requirements of governmental Professional examination preparation. Student and other not for profit agencies. must demonstrate proficiency in a simulation of Prerequisite(s): Grade of C or better in one of the following professional examinations: ACCT 306. Certified Public Accountant, Certified Management Accountant or Certified Internal Auditor. 509. Auditing Principles and Procedures (3). Notes: Must be completed prior to receiving Internal control, test of transactions, direct tests MBA-Accounting Emphasis. of financial statement balances and statistical sampling, with emphasis on the auditor's decision-making process. 654. Management Accounting (3). Prerequisite(s): Grade of C or better in Accounting topics in the area of management ACCT 306 and ACCT 303. with emphasis on planning, control and analysis for decision-making. Prerequisite(s): ACCT 280 and 281. 510. Advanced Cost (3). Study of the conceptual and procedural aspects of cost accounting. Prerequisite(s): Grade of C or better in ACCT 309. African American Studies

601. Introduction to Accounting (3). (AAMS) Preparation of accounting information according to GAAP and analysis of accounting data for the purposes of planning and control. 509. African American History (3). Notes: Offered as needed. A survey of the experiences and contributions of blacks from the African origin to the present. 606. Advanced Financial Accounting (3). Notes: Cross-listed with HIST 509. Exploration of the theoretical basis of financial accounting and the study of selected current issues concerning generally accepted accounting principles. Prerequisite(s): ACCT 306.

90

Courses of Study

518. Politics of the American South (3). Arts Administration (ARTA) Focuses on the unique politics of the South. It places Southern politics in its theoretical and historical context and examines the central role 611A. Principles and Practices of Arts of race in southern politics as well as regional importance to national issues. Administration I (1). Prerequisite(s): PLSC 201 with a grade of C or A course covering the processes of theories of better, or graduate status or permission of governance and leadership in the arts as well as instructor. practical aspects of planning and Notes: Cross-listed with PLSC 518. implementation. Emphasis will be on understanding leadership styles and arts 551. African American Political Thought (3). administration theory, as well as an awareness This course explores the historical struggle of of current issues impacting arts administration. African-Americans to assess their identity in Notes: Restricted to students admitted into the relationship to their legal and social oppression. MA in Arts Administration program. In reflecting on the work of Audre Lourde, W.E.B. Dubois, Frederick Douglass, Sojourner 611B. Leadership in the Arts I (1). Truth, Toni Morrison, Martin Luther King, A course focusing on the theories of leadership Malcolm X, Cornell West, Mark Twain and as they apply to the arts and other human others, we will angle in on the question of black processes operating within an arts organization identity from a variety of perspectives. and society as a whole. Particular attention will be paid to the Notes: Restricted to students admitted into the relationship between these articulations of MA in Arts Administration Program. “blackness” and the historical and political settings in which they arise. Informed class 611C. Leadership in the Arts II (1). discussion will be emphasized. Students are A continuation of the Theories of Leadership in expected to write a term paper and to present it the Arts begun in ARTA 611B. to the class. Notes: Restricted to students admitted into the Prerequisite(s): GNED 102 or AAMS 300 or MA in Arts Administration program. permission of instructor or graduate status. Notes: Cross-listed with PLSC 551. 611D. Marketing the Arts (1). A course designed to provide an overview of 561. The History of the Caribbean (3). marketing principles and operations The study of socioeconomic and political trends management with a focus on appropriate and of the major islands off the Caribbean Sea from timely issues affecting arts organizations. the colonial period to the present. Notes: Restricted to students admitted into the Notes: Cross-listed with HIST 561. MA in Arts Administration program.

612A. Financial Analysis, Planning and Management (1). Anthropology (ANTH) A case, lecture and computer application course emphasizing financial statements analysis, cash budgets, Performa statements, 540. Ecological Anthropology (3). time value of money and working capital A study of humans’ relationship to the management in not-for-profit organizations. environment in the past, present and future. Prerequisite(s): ARTA 611D. This course explores the biological and cultural Notes: Restricted to students admitted into the adaptations that have allowed humans to MA in Arts Administration program. occupy a wide range of diverse habitats. Prerequisite(s): ANTH 201or 202; or BIOL 203/204; or permission of instructor. Notes: Offered in even years, in fall.

91 Courses of Study

612B. Trusteeship and Governance (1). 621B. Seminar in Aesthetics, Theory and A course addressing issues surrounding Criticism of the Arts (1). performance standards by which governing An advanced, detailed study of selected topics in boards of arts organizations may be assessed aesthetics, arts theory and criticism. and practical information on managing trustee Prerequisite(s): ARTA 613. relations. Notes: Restricted to students admitted into the Prerequisite(s): ARTA 611D. MA in Arts Administration program. Notes: Restricted to students admitted into the MA in Arts Administration program. 621C. Arts, Ethics and Community Service (1). 612C. Organizational Behavior in the Arts A course addressing the concerns of arts (1). administrators as they prepare for increasing Evolutionary development of organizational levels of civic responsibility. Theoretical and theory and the examination of its relationship to practical insights are shared as a means to human and physical changes in arts engage students in the issues of ethics and organizations. community service. Prerequisite(s): ARTA 611D. Prerequisite(s): ARTA 613 Notes: Restricted to students admitted into the Notes: Restricted to students admitted into the MA in Arts Administration program. MA in Arts Administration program.

612D. Arts Administration and the Law (1). 621D. Implementing Arts Administration Not-for-profit sector employment law and other Strategies (1). legal related matters with emphasis on Using existing case studies and those developed employment regulations and current trends in by students, strategies for planning, the arts and the law. implementing and evaluating arts administration Notes: Restricted to students admitted into the responsibilities will be explored and developed. MA in Arts Administration program. Prerequisite(s): ARTA 613. Notes: Restricted to students admitted into the 612E. Principles and Practices of Arts MA in Arts Administration program. Administration II (1). A continuation of the processes of theories of 622A. Program Planning and Proposal governance and leadership in the arts begun in Writing (1). ARTA 611A. An advanced approach to research and writing Prerequisite(s): ARTA 611D. grant proposals. Prerequisite(s): ARTA 621D. 613. Arts Administration Institute I: Notes: Restricted to students admitted into the Practices (3). MA in Arts Administration program. A one-week summer seminar covering current practices in arts administration and specific 622B. Special Topics in Arts Administration theories on the role of the arts in society. (1). Prerequisite(s): ARTA 612E. A special topics series of courses designed to Notes: Restricted to students admitted into the extend individual opportunities for study in arts MA in Arts Administration program. administration. Prerequisite(s): ARTA 621D. 621A. History and Philosophy of Arts Notes: Restricted to students admitted into the Administration (1). MA in Arts Administration program. A course that reviews the history of not-for-profit arts organizations in the United States and 622C. Special Topics in Arts Administration related philosophical viewpoints throughout that (1). history. A special topics series of courses designed to Prerequisite(s): ARTA 613. extend individual opportunities for study in arts Notes: Restricted to students admitted into the administration. MA in Arts Administration program. Prerequisite(s): ARTA 621D. Notes: Restricted to students admitted into the MA in Arts Administration program.

92

Courses of Study

622D. Special Topics in Arts Administration 695. Thesis Research I (1-3). (1). Development of an individual investigation or A special topics series of courses designed to applied research project with a range of extend individual opportunities for study in arts alternative culminating experience presentation administration. formats, including traditional thesis. Web-based Prerequisite(s): ARTA 621D. course. Notes: Restricted to students admitted into the Prerequisite(s): ARTA 686. MA in Arts Administration program. Notes: Restricted to students admitted into the MA in Arts Administration program. A grade of S 622E. The Arts and Arts Administration (1). or U is recorded. Intensive examination and analysis of current issues in the work life of arts administration 696. Thesis Research II (1-3). students and the application of practices in the Completion of an individual investigation or applied arts to those issues. applied research project with a range of Prerequisite(s): ARTA 621D. alternative culminating experience presentation Notes: Restricted to students admitted into the formats, including traditional thesis. Web-based MA in Arts Administration program. course. Prerequisite(s): ARTA 695 623. Arts Administration Institute II: The Arts Notes: Restricted to students admitted into the and Society (3). MA in Arts Administration program. A grade of S A one-week summer seminar covering current or U is recorded. practices in arts administration and specific theories on the roles of the arts in society. Prerequisite(s): ARTA 622E. Notes: Restricted to students admitted into the Art (ARTS) MA in Arts Administration program. All 500-level (for graduate credit) and 600- level course enrollment require prior approval 685. Field Based Practicum I (3). of the Chair of the Department of Art and Fieldwork in an appropriate setting with Design. supervision and advisement. This practicum experience provides an opportunity to explore 532. Sculpture V (3:7). contemporary issues in arts administration as Development of design and technical skills in the they unfold in the work place. student’s specific area of interest. Prerequisite(s): Permission of advisor. Prerequisite(s): ARTS 433. Notes: Restricted to students admitted into the Notes: Lab Fee: $25. Offered in fall and spring. MA in Arts Administration program. A grade of S or U is recorded. 533. Sculpture VI (3:7). The conception and production of a unified 686. Field Based Practicum II (3). professional body of work appropriate to a Fieldwork in an appropriate setting with one-artist exhibition of sculpture. supervision and advisement. This practicum Prerequisite(s): Permission of instructor. experience provides an opportunity to explore Notes: Lab Fee: $25. Offered in fall and spring. contemporary issues in arts administration as they unfold in the work place. 536. Advanced Printmaking (3:7). Prerequisite(s): ARTA 685 and permission of Advanced study in printmaking media with a advisor. concentration of image formulation through Notes: Restricted to students admitted into the advanced techniques and multi-color printing. MA in Arts Administration program. A grade of Prerequisite(s): ARTS 437. S or U is recorded. Notes: Lab Fee: $25. Offered in fall and spring.

93 Courses of Study

542. Painting V (3:7). would typically receive, stressing individual A continuation of the study of painting to creative solutions for a project, working to a develop professional, painterly skills through deadline and staying within a client’s budget. individual expression. Students must own a medium-format camera Prerequisite(s): ARTS 443. with flash synchronization capability. Notes: Lab Fee: $10. Offered in fall, spring Prerequisite(s): ARTS 474 and summer. Notes: Offered in fall.

543. Painting VI (3:7). 573. Photography Thesis Project (3:1:6). Advanced study offering a thorough grounding Designed for seniors, this course provides an in the discipline of painting. opportunity to investigate a single topic of Prerequisite(s): ARTS 542. personal interest. By working closely with the Notes: Lab Fee: $10. Offered in fall, spring instructor, the student’s project is devised, and summer. executed and in the process a conceptual framework is developed. To accompany the 551. Ceramics V (3:7). project, students learn to write an artist’s Advanced study to develop a personal statement, how to complete a grant application approach to the ceramic object. Exploration of for a fine-art project or develop a detailed budget glaze calculation and application. for a commercial project proposal. Prerequisite(s): ARTS 452. Prerequisite(s): ARTS 473, 474 and ARTS 472 Notes: Lab Fee: $45. Offered in fall, spring or 475 or 572, senior status. and summer. Notes: Offered in fall.

552. Ceramics VI (3:7). 574. Photography Thesis Exhibition (3:7). Advanced work in ceramics culminating in the This course is dedicated to the production of a production of a body of work of professional project for a one-person exhibition, which the standard. Study of kiln construction and student installs at the end of the semester. portfolio photographic documentation. Building on the experience of ARTS 573, the Prerequisite(s): ARTS 551. student investigates a single topic, which may be Notes: Lab Fee: $45. Offered in fall, spring a new project, a continuation of the earlier and summer. project or a refined version of it. The exhibition (typically 12-15 pieces of work) is accompanied 555. Jewelry and Metals V: Fashion (3:7). by a written artist’s statement. Design and production of both fashion and fine Prerequisite(s): ARTS 573. jewelry with an emphasis on mixed media. Notes: Offered in spring. Prerequisite(s): ARTS 455. Notes: Lab Fee: $25. 577. Advanced Problems in Advertising Design (3:7). 556. Jewelry and Metals VI: Fine Jewelry Research and conceptualization of visual media (3:7). in package design including industrial and food Advanced study in fine and fashion packages. jewelry/metals. Prerequisite(s): ARTS 477 or 478. Prerequisite(s): ARTS 555. Notes: Lab Fee: $25. Offered in fall and spring. Notes: Lab Fee: $25. 580, 581. Special Topics in Art (1) (1). 572. Fashion Photography (Medium-Format) Extends individual opportunities in studio art (3:1:6). beyond existing departmental curriculum limits. This course combines creative photography Prerequisite(s): Permission of chair, Department techniques used in the fashion industry with the of Art and Design. financial aspects of making a living as a working Notes: Offered in fall and spring. May be photographer, Projects are designed to initiate retaken for additional credit. assignments a studio photographer

94

Courses of Study

582, 583. Special Topics in Art (2) (2). 616, 617. Graduate Crafts (3:7) (3:7). Extends individual opportunities in studio art Development of an individual approach to beyond existing departmental curriculum limits. expression in crafts. Prerequisite(s): Permission of chair, Department of Art and Design. 618, 619. Graduate Sculpture (3:7) (3:7). Notes: Offered in fall and spring. May be Development of an individual approach to retaken for additional credit. expression in sculpture.

584, 585. Special Topics in Art (3) (3). 622, 623. Research in Photography (3:7) (3:7). Extends individual opportunities in studio art A program structured on the basis of individual beyond existing departmental curriculum limits. needs, interests and background preparation as Prerequisite(s): Permission of chair, they are determined through faculty counseling. Department of Art and Design. Notes: Offered in fall and spring. May be 624, 625. Research in Painting (3:7) (3:7). retaken for additional credit. A program structured on the basis of individual needs, interests and background preparation as 602, 603. Advanced Studies in Photography they are determined through faculty counseling. (3:7) (3:7). Advanced studies in photography with 626, 627. Research in Crafts (3:7) (3:7). emphasis on synthesizing conceptual and A program structured on the basis of individual pragmatic skills. Independent effort is essential needs, interests and background preparations as as is a high degree of professional competency. they are determined though faculty counseling.

604, 605. Advanced Studies in Painting (3:7) 628,629. Research in Sculpture (3:7) (3:7). (3:7). A program structured on the basis of individual Advanced studies in painting with emphasis on needs, interests and background preparation as synthesizing conceptual and pragmatic skills. they are determined through faculty counseling. Independent effort is essential as is a high degree of professional competency. 632, 633. Special Problems in Photography (3:7) (3:7). 606, 607. Advanced Studies in Crafts (3:7) Special problems in photography as related to (3:7). individual needs and requirements for student Advanced studies in crafts with emphasis on developing a thesis in the concentration. synthesizing conceptual and pragmatic skills. Independent effort is essential as is a high 634, 635. Special Problems in Painting (3:7) degree of professional competency. (3:7). Special problems in painting as related to 608, 609. Advanced Studies in Sculpture individual needs and requirements for student (3:7) (3:7). developing a thesis in the concentration. Advanced studies in sculpture with emphasis on synthesizing conceptual and pragmatic skills. 636, 637. Special Problems in Crafts (3:7) Independent effort is essential as is a high (3:7). degree of professional competency. Special problems in crafts as related to individual needs and requirements for student developing a 612, 613. Graduate Photography (3:7) (3:7). thesis in the concentration. Development of an individual approach to expression in photography. 638, 639. Special Problems in Sculpture (3:7) (3:7). 614, 615. Graduate Painting (3:7) (3:7). Special problems in sculpture as related to Development of an individual approach to individual needs and requirements for student expression in painting. developing a thesis in the concentration.

95 Courses of Study

640, 641. Advanced Studies in Graphic 672, 673. Special Problems in Printmaking Design (3:7) (3:7). (3:7) (3:7). Advanced studies in graphic design with Special problems in printmaking as related to emphasis on synthesizing conceptual and individual needs and requirements for student pragmatic skills. Independent effort is essential developing a thesis in the concentration. as is a high degree of professional competency. 690, 691, 692. Special Topics in Art (3:7) (3:7) 642, 643. Advanced Studies in Printmaking (3:7). (3:7) (3:7). Extends individual opportunities in art beyond Advanced studies in printmaking with emphasis existing departmental curriculum limits. on synthesizing conceptual and pragmatic Prerequisite(s): Permission of chair, Department skills. Independent effort is essential as is a of Art and Design. high degree of professional competency. 695. Thesis (3). 644, 645. Advanced Studies in Drawing (3:7) Development of an individual investigation. (3:7). Prerequisite(s): Open to majors only. Permission Advanced studies in drawing with emphasis on of chair, Department of Art and Design. synthesizing conceptual and pragmatic skills. Notes: A grade of S or U is recorded. Independent effort is essential as is a high degree of professional competency. 696. Thesis (3). Development of an individual investigation. 650, 651. Graduate Graphic Design (3:7) Prerequisite(s): Open to majors only. Permission (3:7). of chair, Department of Art and Design. Development of an individual approach to Notes: A grade of S or U is recorded. expression in graphic design.

652, 653. Graduate Printmaking (3:7) (3:7). Art Education (ARTE) Development of an individual approach to expression in printmaking. 528. Foundations of Art Education (3:3:1). The development of objectives for art educations 654, 655. Graduate Drawing (3:7) (3:7). based on the personal and historical references Development of an individual approach to in philosophy and psychology. A critical expression in drawing. examination of traditional and contemporary bases. 660, 661. Research in Graphic Design (3:7) Prerequisite(s): Permission of the instructor. (3:7). Notes: Offered in fall. A program structured on the basis of individual needs, interests and background preparation as 547. Art for Classroom Teachers (3:5). they are determined through faculty counseling. Introduction to the aims, philosophies and creative studio experiences relevant to teaching 662, 663. Research in Printmaking (3:7) (3:7). art in the elementary school. A program structured on the basis of individual Prerequisite(s): Education major or permission of needs, interests and background preparation as instructor. Admission to Teacher Education they are determined through faculty counseling. Program. Notes: Lab Fee: $10. Offered in fall, spring 670, 671. Special Problems in Graphic and summer. Design (3:7) (3:7). Special problems in graphic design as related to 548. Curriculum Development in Art individual needs and requirements for student Education (3:3:1). developing a thesis in the concentration. Curriculum development for art educators at the various levels (K-12). Prerequisite(s): Permission of instructor. Admission to Teacher Education Program. Notes: Lab Fee: $10. Offered in fall, spring and summer.

96

Courses of Study

550. Principles of Teaching Art (3). 688, 689. Sculpture Studio for Art Teachers I, Study and application of skills of planning, II (3:7) (3:7). instruction, management and assessment of Broad range of design and media experiences in students of art. Includes a review of the ethical sculpture. and legal responsibilities of art teachers. Prerequisite(s): Permission of instructor. Prerequisite(s): Permission of instructor. Notes: Lab Fee: $25. Admission to Teacher Education Program. Notes: Lab Fee: $20. 690, 691. Printmaking Studio for Art Teachers I, II (3:7) (3:7). 580. Current Issues in Art Education (3). Studio introduction to printmaking process Intensive examination and analysis of current through experiences selected from printmaking issues in contemporary art education. areas. Prerequisite(s): Permission of instructor. 692, 693. Painting Studio for Art Teachers I, II 592. Field Experience in Teaching Art (1:8). (3:7) (3:7). Laboratory experience equivalent to 28 half Introduction for the art teacher to traditional days designed to lead art students through an painting media and their application in actual exploration and examination of various studio situations. research-based programs of instructional Prerequisite(s): Permission of instructor. planning, methodology, classroom management Notes: Lab Fee: $10. and evaluation of teaching and learning. 694, 695. Ceramics Studio for Art Teachers I, 680. Current Issues in Art Education (3). II (3:7) (3:7). Intensive examination and analysis of current Technical investigation in clay processes, blazing issues in contemporary art education. and fringe techniques. Prerequisite(s): Permission of instructor. Prerequisite(s): Permission of instructor. Notes: Lab Fee: $35. 682. Research Methods in Visual Arts (3). A survey of basic concepts and techniques of 696, 697. Jewelry and Metals Studio for Art research methodology in the visual arts and art Teachers I, II (3:7) (3:7). education. Includes qualitative and quantitative Basic design and media experiences in jewelry approaches as they apply to visual art learning. and metals. Prerequisite(s): Permission of instructor. 684. Graphic Design for Art Teachers (3:0:7). Notes: Lab Fee: $25. The study of basic graphic design principles as they may be applied in a public school art 698, 699. Photography Studio for Art program. Teachers I, II (3:7) (3:7). Prerequisite(s): Permission of instructor. For the art teacher, an introduction to photography and applications to other studio 685. Art Education Thesis (3). experiences. Development of an individual investigation, Prerequisite(s): Permission of instructor. either a written research thesis or a studio Notes: Lab Fee: $25. exhibition thesis. Prerequisite(s): Open to majors only.

686, 687. Drawing Studio for Art Teachers I, Art History (ARTH) II (3:7) (3:7). For the art teacher, an introduction to drawing and its application to other studio situations. 680, 681. Graduate Art History (3) (3). Prerequisite(s): Permission of instructor. Graduate art history study for scholarly research Notes: Lab Fee: $10. and discussion of specific issues; i.e. prehistoric art, ancient art, classical art, medieval art, Renaissance art, modern art, interior design, photography, etc.

97 Courses of Study

682. Research in Art History (3). 508. Invertebrate Biology (4:2:4). Research in art history study for scholarly An introduction to the biology of invertebrate presentation and discussion of a specific topic. animals with emphases on their physiology, Prerequisite(s): ARTH 680 or permission of anatomy and evolutionary relationships. instructor. Prerequisite(s): BIOL 204, 205, 206 and 300; CHEM 106 and 108. 683. Seminar in Aesthetics, Theory and Notes: Lab Fee: $35. Offered in odd years, in Criticism of Art (3). spring. An advanced, detailed study of selected topics in aesthetics, art theory and criticism in a 510. Vertebrate Natural History (4:2:4). seminar situation. A course covering the evolution, distribution, ecology and physiology of all classes of fish, 690, 691, 692. Special Topics in Art History amphibians, reptiles, birds and mammals. (3) (3) (3). Prerequisite(s): BIOL 204, 205, 206 and 300; Extends individual opportunities for study in art CHEM 106 and 108. history beyond existing departmental curriculum Notes: Lab Fee: $30. Offered in odd years, in limits. spring. Prerequisite(s): Permission of chair, Department of Art and Design. 511. Ornithology (4:2:4) A lecture and field course in bird evolution, ecology, behavior and field identification. Biology (BIOL) Prerequisite(s): BIOL 204, 205, 206 and 300 or permission of instructor. Notes: Lab Fee: $30. Offered in summer. 505. Primate Biology (3). A study of the morphology, behavior, ecology 513. Organic Evolution (3). and evolutionary relationships of primates A study of the mechanism of change in the including prosimians, monkeys, apes and genetic constitution of populations over time with hominids. consideration of historical progress toward our Prerequisite(s): BIOL 204, 205, 206 and 300; present understanding. CHEM 106 and 108; or ANTH 202 and Prerequisite(s): BIOL 204, 205, 206, 300 and permission of instructor. 317; CHEM 106 and 108. Notes: Offered every odd year in fall. Notes: Offered in fall.

507. Neuroanatomy (4:3:3). 515. Environmental Biology (4:2:4). A comprehensive study of the Central and A study of the ways by which human activity Peripheral Nervous Systems with emphasis on alters natural ecosystems and affects human the gross features of these two systems. health. Additionally the primary motor and sensory Prerequisite(s): BIOL 204, 205, 206 and 300; pathways will be studied along with the effects CHEM 106 and 108. of trauma and disease to these systems and Notes: Lab Fee: $35. Offered in spring. pathways. The laboratory portion of this class will involve dissection of horse and sheep 517. Human Genetics (3). brains, eyes and examination of plastinated A comprehensive study of human genetics, specimens. especially covering the areas of single gene Prerequisite(s): BIOL 307 or BIOL 308 or defects, chromosome disorders, cancer, permission of instructor. multifactorial inheritance, immunogenetics, Notes: Offered every even year in spring. behavior and populations. Prerequisite(s): BIOL 204, 205, 206, 300 and 317; CHEM 106 and 108. Notes: Offered every odd year in fall.

98

Courses of Study

518. Animal Behavior (3). 525. Mycology (4:3:3). A study of the mechanisms and patterns of Survey of major fungal toxins with emphasis on animal activity, including principles of field collection, identification, structural and sociobiology. functional studies and methods of laboratory Prerequisite(s): BIOL 204, 205, 206 and 300; culture and experimentation. CHEM 106 and 108. Prerequisite(s): BIOL 204, 205, 206, 300 and Notes: Offered every even year in spring. 310; and CHEM 106 and 108. Notes: Lab Fee: $35. Offered every odd year in 519. Mechanisms of Disease (3). fall. A study of disease cause and progression in humans and animal models at the cellular, 526. Applied Microbiology (4:3:3). molecular and organismal levels. Examination of the technological and natural Prerequisite(s): BIOL 300 and BIOL 315 or by uses of microorganisms in medicine, food permission of department chair. industry, agriculture and other fields of applied Notes: Offered in even years, in fall. science. Prerequisite(s): BIOL 204, 205, 206, 300 and 520. Entomology (4:2:4). 310; CHEM 106 and 108. A study of the morphology, physiology, ecology Notes: Lab Fee: $30. Offered on demand. and behavior of insects with emphasis upon recognition of major insect groups and 527. Population Biology (4:3:3). techniques for preservation and identification. A survey of the population biology of plants and Prerequisite(s): BIOL 204, 205, 206 and 300; animals. Emphasizes the assessment and CHEM 106 and 108. analysis of demographic factors (age, size and Notes: Lab Fee: $40. Offered on demand. community integration) that determine the abundance, distribution and diversity of natural 521. Cytogenetics (4:3:3). populations. A comprehensive study of the chemical and Prerequisite(s): BIOL 300. physical properties of chromosomes and their Notes: Lab Fee: $30. Offered every odd year in behavior and role in inheritance. fall. Prerequisite(s): BIOL 204, 205, 206, 300 and 317; CHEM 106 and 108. 530. Methods in Electron Microscopy (4:2:6). Notes: Lab Fee: $30. Offered in even years, Introduction to theory and methods used in in fall. studying biological and materials science-specimens by scanning and/or 522. Immunology (4:2:4). transmission electron microscopy. A study of immunity, of the nature and Prerequisite(s): BIOL 204, 205, 206 and 300; molecular aspects of the immune response, and CHEM 106 and 108; and CHEM 301, 302, 303, of antibodies in the laboratory. 304 or CHEM 310 and 311. Prerequisite(s): BIOL 204, 205, 206, 300 and Notes: Lab Fee: $50. Offered every even year 315 or CHEM 523; CHEM 106 and 108. in spring. Notes: Lab Fee: $40. Offered in spring. 540. Special Topics in Biology (3). 524. Advanced Botany (3). A detailed examination of specific subjects in Relationship of morphology and physiology to biology. environmental factors that limit plant distribution Prerequisite(s): BIOL 204, 205, 206 and 300; and growth. CHEM 106 and 108; or graduate status; or Prerequisite(s): BIOL 204, 205, 206 and 300; permission of instructor. CHEM 106 and 108. Notes: Offered on demand. May be retaken for Notes: Offered in odd years, in spring. additional credit when different subjects are taught.

99 Courses of Study

555. Molecular Biology (3). 610. Recent Advances in Molecular and A comprehensive, one-semester study of the Cellular Biology (3). molecular basis of life. The course includes the A seminar course with reports and readings that structure and function of macromolecules, deal with significant recent developments in synthesis and interactions of biologically molecular and cellular biology. important molecules, molecular genetics, Prerequisite(s): 18 hours of biology courses. biochemical energetics, enzymatics and Notes: Offered in odd years, in spring. molecular mechanisms in biological systems. This course is intended for students who plan to 611. Recent Advances in Organismic and enter into a health-professional graduate Developmental Biology (3). program (medical school, veterinary school, A seminar course with reports and readings that dental school, medical technology) or a deal with significant recent developments in graduate program in biology. organismic and developmental biology. Prerequisite(s): BIOL 300 and CHEM 301. Prerequisite(s): 18 hours of biology courses. Notes: Offered every odd year in fall. Offered every odd year in fall.

556. Molecular Genetics and Recombinant 612. Recent Advances in Environmental and DNA Techniques (4:3:3). Evolutionary Biology (3). A molecular study of the processes of gene A seminar course with reports and readings that expression and replication in procaryotic and deal with significant recent developments in eucaryotic organisms and an examination of the environmental and evolutionary biology. recombinant DNA techniques used in genetic Prerequisite(s): 18 hours of biology courses. engineering. Offered in spring. Prerequisite(s): BIOL 204, 205, 206, 300 and 317; and CHEM 106 and 108. 620. Supervised Laboratory Instruction Notes: Lab Fee: $50. Offered every even year (3:0:6). in spring. Students work directly with a faculty member in the instruction of the laboratory activities of 560. Bioinformatics (3). selected BIOL and SCIE courses. An introduction to the application of computing Notes: A grade of S or U is recorded. Offered in tools for the study of macromolecules and the fall, spring and summer. reconstruction of the evolutionary history of genes and organisms. This course will apply 629. Advanced Topics in Cellular/Molecular the use of computer algorithms and computer Biology (3). databases to study proteins, genes and An in-depth study of selected topics in cellular genomes. and molecular biology, comprising both lecture Prerequisite(s): BIOL 300 and BIOL 315, BIOL and seminar-style discussion of recent research 555, BIOL 556 or CHEM 523. literature. Laboratory sections, when offered, Notes: Offered in even years, in fall. emphasize the experimental application of modern molecular techniques. 601. Theory and Method in Biology (3). Prerequisite(s): Permission of instructor. This course is intended to introduce graduate Corequisite(s) : Biology 630 when offered in the students to the basic research and same semester. communication techniques of biology. Students Notes: May be retaken for additional credit with will also examine key philosophical and ethical permission of advisor or chair, Department of issues in biology today. Biology. Offered every odd year in fall. Prerequisite(s): Permission of instructor. Notes: Offered in fall. 630. Advanced Cellular and Molecular Biology Lab (1:0:3). 605. Bioethics (3). A laboratory course which accompanies Biology This course uses lectures, seminars, and case 629 in some semesters. The course will cover study discussions to review ethical standards cellular physiology or offer advanced techniques for scientists and ethical issues in biology and in molecular biology. medicine. Notes: Lab Fee: $35. Note: Offered in even years, in fall.

100

Courses of Study

631. Advanced Topics in Organismal and 695. Thesis (3). Developmental Biology (3). Faculty-directed student research, offered Course topics will vary from semester to individually, culminating in a written thesis for the semester. Topics will include advanced animal MS degree in biology.. social behavior, invertebrate biology and Prerequisite(s): Completion of BIOL 601 with a advanced instruction in developmental biology. B or better is required. Prerequisite(s): Permission of instructor. Notes: Offered in fall, spring and summer. Notes: May be retaken for additional credit with permission of advisor or chair, Department of 696. Thesis (3). Biology. Offered in odd years, in spring. Faculty-directed student research, offered individually, culminating in a written thesis for the 632. Advanced Topics in MS degree in biology. Ecology/Evolutionary Biology (3). Prerequisite(s): Student must file a signed Course will vary from semester to semester. thesis proposal and thesis committee form with Course topics will include plant ecology, insect the Department Graduate Director before ecology, human ecology and advanced enrolling this class. evolutionary biology. Notes: Lab Fee: $30. Offered in fall, spring and Prerequisite(s): Permission of instructor. summer. Notes: May be retaken for additional credit with the permission of advisor or chair, Department 697. Presentation of Biological Research (1). of Biology. Offered every even year in spring. Students will prepare a seminar presentation based on thesis research and will present it as a 633. Advanced Topics in part of the departmental seminar series. Physiology/Integrative Biology (3). Prerequisite(s): Thesis option and permission of An in-depth study of selected homeostatic instructor. mechanisms in animals, comprising both Notes: A grade of S or U is recorded. Offered in lecture and seminar-style discussion of recent fall, spring and summer. research literature. Prerequisite(s): Permission of instructor. Notes: May be retaken for additional credit with Business Administration permission of advisor or chair, Department of Biology. Offered in even years, in fall. (BADM)

640. Readings in Biology (1). A seminar in which a book or series of research 501. Estate Planning (3). papers will be read and discussed with Wills, real estate, life insurance and the federal reference to important current issues in biology. income and estate and gift laws. Prerequisite(s): Permission of instructor. Prerequisite(s): ACCT 280. ACCT 281 Notes: A grade of S or U is recorded. May recommended. be retaken for additional credit. Offered in fall and spring. 503. Commercial Law (3). The study of legal issues and problems in 671. Graduate Research in Biology (3). American business and commerce. Graduate students participate in scholarly Prerequisite(s): ECON 350. research with a graduate faculty member. Prerequisite(s): Graduate standing, non-thesis 510. Sport Law (3). option students only. Notes: May not be repeated for credit. Offered The study of state and federal laws and fall, spring and summer. regulations that control and impact professional and amateur sport activities. Prerequisite(s): ACCT 280.

101 Courses of Study

561. Electronic Commerce for Managers 671A. Introduction to Accounting (3). (3:3-0). Preparation of accounting information according This course focuses on the management of e- to GAAP and analysis of accounting data for the commerce and its major opportunities, purposes of planning and control. limitations, issues and risks. Since e-commerce is interdisciplinary, professional in 671B. Statistical Methods for Decision any functional area will find it of interest. Making (3). Prerequisite(s): MGMT 341 or MGMT 661. Statistical methods, regression, and time series analysis in the decision making process. 580. Financial Markets Seminar (3). Prerequisite(s): EMBA status. This course provides lectures, panel discussions and site visits relevant to the world 671C. Principles of Economics (3). of business through the participation in a Survey and application of basic economic week-long seminar series in New York City and principles of macroeconomics and microeconomics. Washington, D.C. and other possible locations. Prerequisite(s): EMBA status. Prerequisite(s): ACCT 280 and ACCT 281 recommended. 671D. Managerial Communications in a Changing Environment (3). 581. Special Topics in Business Communication in a changing environment Administration (3). including: writing skills, presentation skills, A study of a topic in the area of Business cross-cultural communication skills and crisis Administration. management skills Prerequisite(s): Permission of instructor. Prerequisite(s): EMBA status. Notes: May be retaken for additional credit. 672A. Financial Policy (3). 595. Research in Business Administration A case, lecture and computer application course (3). examining financial management decision Prerequisite(s): Permission of Dean, College of making such as financial ratios, time value of Business Administration. money, security valuation and capital budgeting. Notes: May be retaken for additional credit. Prerequisite(s): EMBA status.

600. International Field Experience (3). 672B. Technology and MIS (3). On-site study of businesses, government Study of the organizational usage of information institutions and financial markets within systems and technology. Emphasis is on the dominant and emergent international trade impact of information systems on organizations groups of nations. regarding competitive advantage, structure, Prerequisite(s): Graduate status. decision making and individual productivity. Prerequisite(s): EMBA status. 620. Issues in U. S. Healthcare Delivery (3). An overview of the U. S. healthcare delivery 672C. Integrated Business Modeling (3). system, including history, development and The integration of knowledge derived from division of the component parts involved. An functional business areas into a balanced overall investigation of the ethical, business and view of an entire business enterprise through the sociological forces that affect healthcare. use of a simulated business plan. Notes: Cross-listed as HLSM 620. Prerequisite(s): BADM 671A.

633. International Business Culture (3). 672D. Marketing Management (3). This course is a seminar designed to introduce The course in an in-depth study of marketing the student to the variables that contribute to management that looks at analyzing, planning, determine a country or international region’s implementing and controlling the concept, business culture. Topics will vary by region but pricing, promotion and distribution of goods, could include: interpersonal business behavior, services and ideas to create exchanges that communications and etiquette, ethics, satisfy customer and organizational objectives. negotiations, preparations, expectations, etc. Prerequisite(s): EMBA status.

102

Courses of Study

673A. Operations Management (3). management as part of a total program of Management of operations within both goods achieving strategic advantage and organizational production and service production systems. effectiveness. Emphasis is placed on problem identification, Prerequisite(s): EMBA status analysis of alternatives and decision-making techniques. 674D. Strategic Management (3). Prerequisite(s): EMBA status. Seminar in strategic management designed to integrate business functions and examine issues 673B. Values-Based Leadership and the Use that develop in the relationship between of Influence in Organizations (3). organizations and their changing environment The nature of values-based leadership and the both global and domestic. application of influence explored from several Prerequisite(s): EMBA status. perspectives within the organization. Prerequisite(s): EMBA status. 680. Research Project (3). An elective course that could entail a field- based 673C. Global Business (3). learning project or faculty-directed research The economic, political, regulatory, financial, investigation in a subject that is relevant to an ethical and cultural environment of global individual’s career aspiration. business. Global strategy, marketing, financial Prerequisite(s): Completion of EMBA Module 1 management, accounting, operations, human and Module 2. resources management , business negotiations and trade. 681. EMBA Module 1 (12). Prerequisite(s): EMBA status. Four-course module which covers Financial Accounting, Statistical Methods for Decision- 673D. Financial Statement Analysis (3). making, Principles of Economics and Advanced The course focuses on using financial Business Communications. statements in valuation. Students will learn the development of valuation models including 694. Internship in Business Administration asset-based valuation models. The course (3). employs valuation models for purposes of Restricted to students with limited business valuing companies, for marketing individual and experience or who wish to switch career paths. corporate investment decisions and for This internship integrates a student’s classroom evaluating and directing management. learning with practical work experience. Prerequisite(s): BADM 672A. Prerequisite(s): 3.0 GPA and permission of internship coordinator/instructor. 674A. Sustainable Development in Organizations (3). 695. Thesis (3). Sustainable development is primarily concerned with three topics, ethics, social responsibility, 696. Thesis (3). and the obligations organizations have in interacting with the physical environment. It uses the scientific principles of nature to help Chemistry (CHEM) decision makers achieve the maximum positive impact of all resources and adapt to change. 502. Instrumental Analysis (3). 674B. Managerial Economics (3). A study of contemporary methods and Application of economic principles and methods techniques of analysis of inorganic and organic of analysis to managerial decision-making materials. situations. Prerequisite(s): Grade of C or better in all of the Prerequisite(s): EMBA status. following: CHEM 301, 303, 313 and 314. Corequisite(s): CHEM 302, 304 and 503. 674C. Human Resources As Competitive Notes: Offered in spring. Advantage (3). A survey of HR topics and skills, taken from a strategic and general manager’s perspective. It is designed to give managers a working knowledge of the contributions, goals, objectives and skills of human resource 103 Courses of Study

503. Instrumental Analysis Laboratory and PAH’s; indoor air pollution; endocrine (1:0:3). disrupters; ground and surface water Prerequisite(s): CHEM 303 and 314. contamination; biodegradability and transport of Corequisite(s): CHEM 502. modern pesticides; and air/water equilibria. The Notes: Lab Fee: $50. Offered in spring. course text is supplemented with readings from recent literature to focus on environmental 504. Instrumental Data Interpretation (1:0:3). problems facing rapidly growing metropolitan Interpretation of spectral, chromatographic and areas. Laboratory work requires demonstrated electrochemical data. competence with advanced analytical Prerequisite(s): Grade of C of better in all of the instrumentation, field sampling, data analysis following: CHEM 302, 304, 313 and 314. and modeling. Corequisite(s): CHEM 502 and 503. Prerequisite(s): Grade of C or better in CHEM Notes: Lab Fee: $50. Offered as needed. 302, 304, 313 and 314. Notes: Lab fee: $40. Offered in fall. 505. Forensic Analytical Chemistry (3). A course in the application of contemporary 521. Nutritional Biochemistry (3). methods of analytical chemistry as it pertains to A comprehensive study of the biochemical and the law, including drug, trace, DNA, and arson physiological fundamentals of nutrition. analysis as well as toxicology. Prerequisite(s): CHEM 301, 303 or CHEM 310, Prerequisite(s): A grade of C or better in all of 311 with a C or better. the following: CHEM 313, CHEM 314, CHEM Notes: Offered in spring. 301 and CHEM 303. Corequisite(s): CHEM 302, CHEM 304, CHEM 522. Nutritional Biochemistry Laboratory 506. (1:1:3). Notes: Offered in odd years, in spring. A laboratory course to be taken in conjunction with the nutritional biochemistry lecture course, 506. Forensic Analytical Lab (1:0:3). CHEM 521. A course in the application of contemporary Corequisite(s): CHEM 521. methods of analytic chemistry as it pertains to Notes: Lab fee: $40. Offered as needed. the law, including drug, trace, DNA and arson analysis as well as toxicology. 523. Biochemistry I (3). Prerequisite(s): CHEM 303, CHEM 314. A study of the structure, chemistry and Notes: Labe fee: $50. Offered in odd years, in macromolecular interactions of biochemical spring. systems, enzyme mechanisms and kinetics, bioenergetics, intermediary metabolism, 515. Special Topics in Chemistry (3). principles of biochemical techniques and Topics in chemistry selected by the instructor. molecular genetics. Prerequisite(s): Junior status and permission of Prerequisite(s): Grade of C or better in all of the instructor. following: CHEM 302, CHEM 304, BIOL 203 and Notes: May be retaken for additional credit. BIOL 204. Offered as needed. Corequisite: CHEM 525 Notes: Offered in fall. 517. Advanced Environmental Chemistry (4:3:3). 524. Biochemistry II (3). A course to develop an in-depth understanding A study of the structure, chemistry, and of the molecular basis for contemporary macromolecular interactions of biochemical environmental problems involving air, water, systems, enzyme mechanisms and kinetics, soil, energy generation and toxic substances. bioenergetics, intermediary metabolism, Topics covered include reaction mechanisms principles of biochemical techniques, and for stratospheric ozone production, and molecular genetics. dioxin/dibenzofuran formation; complex Prerequisite(s): Grade of C or better in CHEM equilibria of natural waters; biochemical 323. toxicology of heavy metals, pesticides, PCB’s Notes: Offered in spring.

104

Courses of Study

525. Biochemistry Laboratory Techniques 541. Chemical Kinetics (1). (1:1:3). An advanced course in the fundamental Laboratory emphasizes modern biochemical principles of chemical kinetics in homogeneous techniques of protein purification, assaying liquid and gaseous systems and at solid enzyme activity and enzyme kinetics. surfaces. Prerequisite(s): Grade of C or better in CHEM Prerequisite(s): CHEM 407 and 409. 302 and 304. Corequisite(s): CHEM 408 and 410. Corequisite(s): CHEM 523. Notes: Offered every even year in spring. Notes: Lab Fee: $100. Offered in fall. 542. ab initio Methods in Computational 526. Advanced Investigative Biochemistry Chemistry (1: .67:1). Laboratory (2:0:6). An advanced course that focuses on the An advanced lab course in advanced principles and techniques of ab initio biochemical protein techniques. The work computational chemistryBHartree-Fock and centers on laboratory investigations in an area density functionality. Students will use these of modern research interest that will require methods to calculate a number of chemical and students to learn and to demonstrate a mastery thermodynamic properties. of multiple protein techniques. Prerequisite(s): CHEM 302,304, 407 and 409. Prerequisite(s): Grade of C or better in all of Corequisite(s): CHEM 408 and 410. the following: CHEM 302, 304, 523 and 525. Notes: Offered odd years in spring. Corequisite(s): CHEM 524. Notes: Lab fee: $80. Offered odd years in 551. Research (3). spring. Prerequisite(s): CHEM 407, 409 and permission of instructor. 527. Biochemical Toxicology (3). Notes: Lab Fee: $50. May be retaken a An in-depth study of the biochemical, molecular maximum of three times for additional credit. and cellular mechanisms through which toxicants alter cellular homeostasis, produce 552. Research (3). toxicity and alter organ function. Prerequisite(s): CHEM 551 or equivalent. Prerequisite(s): CHEM 523. Permission of the Notes: Lab Fee: $50. Offered fall, spring and instructor. summer. Notes: Offered as needed. 553. Independent Study in Chemistry (3:0:-9). 528. Advanced Topics in Biochemistry (3). Directed advanced research. This course will survey the latest advances in Prerequisite(s): Permission of chair, Department research that focus on current biochemical of Chemistry, and CHEM 552. topics. Students will learn the newest advances Notes: Lab Fee: $40. Offered fall, spring and in the field of Biochemistry while also learning to summer. dissect literature and present ideas orally and in writing. 560. Atomic Spectroscopy (1). Prerequisite(s): CHEM 523 and CHEM 525. An advanced course that focuses on the Notes: Offered in spring. principles and techniques of modern atomic spectroscopy, to include signal generation in 530. Inorganic Chemistry (3). atomic spectroscopy, signal-to-noise concepts, An intermediate level study of atomic and the range of techniques and instrumentation molecular structure, bonding, crystals, used in atomic spectroscopy, methods of coordination compounds and selected topics. analysis, and horizon techniques in atomic Prerequisite(s): Grade of C or better in all of the spectroscopy. following: CHEM 313, 314, 330, 332, 407 and Prerequisite(s): CHEM 302, 313, 407 and 502. 409. Notes: Lab fee: $40. Offered every even year in Corequisite(s): CHEM 408, 410 and 502. spring. Notes: Offered in fall.

105 Courses of Study

561. Gas Chromatography (1). dissolution and digestion, extraction and dialysis, An advanced course that focuses on the purge and trap, supercritical fluid extraction and principles and techniques of modern gas flow injections analysis. chromatography, to include separation theory, Prerequisite(s): CHEM 302, 313, 407 and 502. stationary phases, column technology, GC Notes: Lab fee: $40. Offered every odd year in inlets, injection techniques, detectors, fall. thermodynamic retention modeling and temperature/pressure effects. 567. NMR Spectroscopy (1). Prerequisite(s): CHEM 302, 313, 407 and 502. An advanced course in modern NMR Spectroscopy covering relaxation 562. Molecular Spectroscopy (1). measurements, two-dimensional NMR An advanced course that focuses on the techniques and multinuclear NMR. principles and techniques of modern molecular Prerequisite(s): CHEM 408, 410, 502 and 503. spectroscopy, to include signal generation in Notes: Lab fee: $40. molecular absorption and luminescence spectroscopy, signal-to-noise concepts, the 570. Chemical Synthesis (2:0:6). range of techniques and instrumentation used An advanced lab course in chemical synthesis in molecular absorption and luminescence and characterization. Emphasis is on spectroscopy, methods of analysis and horizon specialized techniques for synthesizing organic techniques in molecular spectroscopy. and inorganic compounds. Prerequisite(s): CHEM 302, 313, 407 and 502. Prerequisite(s): Grade of C or better in all of the Notes: Lab fee: $50. Offered in even years, in following: CHEM 302, 304, 313, 314, 330, 332, fall. 407 and 409. Corequisite(s): CHEM 502 and 503. 563. Liquid Chromatography (1). Notes: Lab fee: $100. An advanced course that focuses on the principles and techniques of modern liquid 571. Advanced Topics in Organic Chemistry chromatography, to include separation theory, (3). instrumentation, stationary and mobile phases, One semester advanced organic chemistry column technology, injection techniques, special topics course primarily for the chemistry detectors and chiral separations. majors and advanced biology and human Prerequisite(s): CHEM 302, 313, 407, and 502. nutrition undergraduate and graduate students. Notes: Offered in odd years, in spring. Courses that may be periodically offered include organic mechanism, polymer chemistry, organic 564. Mass Spectrometry (1). synthesis, physical organic chemistry, medicinal An advanced course that focuses on the chemistry, bioorganic chemistry and principles, techniques and applications of organometallic chemistry. modern mass spectrometry, to include ion trap Prerequisite(s): CHEM 302, CHEM 304 with a MS, electro spray LC/MS, time of flight mass grade of C or above. spectrometry, ICP-MS and MALDI. Notes: Offered in fall. Prerequisite(s): CHEM 502 and 503. Notes: Lab fee: $50. Offered every odd year 575. Forensic Chemistry Internship (6). in fall. An internship experience in a regional forensic science lab providing real-world professional 565. Chemometrics (1). training for future forensic scientists. A course in chemometric methods, theory and Prerequisite(s): CHEM 495, CHEM 496, CHEM techniques. 505, CHEM 506. Prerequisite(s): CHEM 313. Notes: Placement must be approved by Department Chair prior to enrollment. Offered in 566. Sample Preparation (1). fall, spring and summer. An advanced course that focuses on the principles and techniques involved in sample collection and treatment, including standard reference materials, sampling of mixtures,

106

Courses of Study

580. Laboratory Experimental Design and applications, Internet protocols that link client to Preparation/Stockroom Procedures (1). server and server applications. Issues of Development and selection of teaching performance, security and usability will be materials that reflect concepts of content and examined. emphasis in middle and secondary school Prerequisite(s): CSCI 271 or CSCI 325. science. Experimental and laboratory Notes: Offered in spring. approaches, including use of microcomputer and video technologies. 555. Database Processing (3:3-0). Prerequisite(s): CHEM 301. The study of the fundamental concepts and principles of database systems and processing. 581. Literature Several database models are considered with of Chemical Education/Teaching Assistant emphasis on the relational model. The student Experience (1). creates, loads and accesses a database using at Explores the evolution of chemical education least two existing database management and chemical education research with special systems. emphasis on current trends. Utilizing the Prerequisite(s): CSCI 271 or 325. participant-observed role, required participation Notes: Offered in spring. in selected educational situations with emphasis on development of observational skills, ability to 566. Network Processing (3). record relevant observations by means of An overview of modern computer network written journals, skills in analyzing experiences concepts, including principles of communication identifying critical incidents and projection of networks, network configurations, events and consequences. communication protocols and network security. Notes: Offered as needed Prerequisite(s): QMTH 205 and any of CSCI 271, CSCI 325 or CSCI 555. Notes: Offered in fall. Computer Science (CSCI) 570. Parallel Computing (3).

Survey of the architectures and algorithms to

support Parallel Programming. Students will 514. Control and Audit of Information learn to program a parallel system for a variety of Systems (3:3-0). problem topics. This course will study the design of internal controls necessary for information systems and 581. Special Topics in Computer Science (3). the testing necessary to assure the data A study of a topic in the area of computer integrity of the system. Audit techniques, science. especially computerized audit software, will be Prerequisite(s): Permission of chair, Department analyzed and audit approaches designed. of Computer Science. Audit work plans and measures of asset Notes: May be retaken for additional credit. safeguarding will be prepared and evaluated.

Prerequisite(s): ACCT 280 and MGMT 341 or 611. Business Process Re-engineering Using MGMT 661. Object and Internet Technology (3).

The study of business process re-engineering 540. Web Application Design and and how object technology, Unified Modeling Development (3.) Language (UML) and Internet technology A study of approaches to the design, (electronic commerce, etc.) Can be used to development and maintenance of Web Sites. identify, define, design and re-engineer business Software and information architectures for the processes and systems in an increasingly Web, design techniques for distributed Web- technology-driven world. based applications, and methods and tools for Prerequisite(s): MGMT 661 or CSCI 475. the creation and maintenance of Web sites.

Study will encompass the major components of a Web site including browsers and client

107 Courses of Study

620. Software Design and Architecture (3). Counseling and Development The study of formal software design and architecture principles emphasizing an (CSDV) engineering approach to the software development process. Includes intermediate abstractions of software architectural styles to 600. Introduction to Counseling Profession help bridge the gap between software needs (3). and software solutions. Students are required Orientation to all aspects of the counseling to participate in a team project. profession including historical, ethical, Prerequisite(s): CSCI 475 professional issues, organizational structures, Notes: Offered in spring. credentialing, public policy, professional preparation standards, roles and functions of 621. Software Project Management (3). professional counselors. An introduction to the economics, metrics and Prerequisite(s): Permission of instructor. management strategies required to plan and Notes: Offered in summer. successfully execute a software project. The fundamentals of software engineering, 601. Fundamentals of Counseling (3). requirements, design and realizations are Introduction to the theoretical approaches in utilized to focus both software professionals counseling and their application to settings in and project managers on process models and education and agencies. practices.

Prerequisite(s): CSCI 207, QMTH 205 and 602. Counseling and Consultation Strategies MGMT 341. and Interventions. (3:1:2). Notes: Offered in spring. A pre-practicum that introduces the application of

basic counseling and consultation strategies and 626. Software Quality Assurance (3). interventions with diverse populations. This course develops methods for measuring Prerequisite(s): CSDV 600 or permission of quality of software processes and products. It instructor. reviews statistical principles and methods, Notes: Offered in fall. introduces measures for software products and development processes and considers common 603. Career and Lifestyle Development (3). standards such as ISO 9000. Overviews of the major theories and skill areas in Prerequisite(s): CSCI 475 and QMTH 651. educational planning, career and lifestyle

development, work and motivation. Emphasis is 680. Software Development (3). placed on understanding and applying An extensive and intensive project involving all knowledge and skills of career development aspects of a software development project activities in appropriate counseling settings. including teamwork, requirements specification, design, configuration, coding, testing, quality 604. Orientation to Community Counseling control and evaluation. (3). Prerequisite(s): CSCI 620, 621 and 626. An overview of the roles and functions of

counselors in community counseling settings. 681. Advanced Placement Teacher Training Organizational and administrative structures of in Computer Science (3). human services agencies as well as staffing This course is training teachers of AP in CS patterns, clientele and interagency relationships courses in the language used by the AP test are examined. given by the College Board. Prerequisite(s): CSDV 600. Prerequisite(s): Permission of instructor.

605. Social and Cultural Issues (3).

The study of current social and cultural issues which shape human behavior and affect the practice of counseling. Emphasis is placed on multicultural counseling and issues such as gender, aging, sexuality, poverty, special needs, etc., are addressed.

108

Courses of Study

606. Group Counseling (3). 612. Counseling Internship II (3). Study and practice of basic group counseling A supervised 300-hour, field-based experience in theories and dynamics with emphasis on an applied setting appropriate to program techniques and application; ethical specialization (community counseling or school responsibility and current trends with counseling). experiential opportunities provided. Prerequisite(s): CSDV 600, 601, 602, 603, 605, Prerequisite(s): CSDV 600, 601 and 602. 606, 607, 610, 611and 614; EDUC 640; and CSDV 604 or 613. 607. Appraisal of the Individual (3). Notes: A grade or S or U is recorded. This course is designed to provide school and community counselors with a working 613. Organization and Administration of Pre- knowledge of the various standardized tests K-12 Comprehensive School Counseling used in educational, vocational and Program (3). social/personal counseling. Students take, This course includes theories of human growth administer, score and record the results of and development with emphasis on child and various standardized tests. The uses of adolescent development. The history, sociometric techniques and other appraisal philosophy and trends in school counseling are techniques are reviewed and evaluated. examined. School counselor’s role and function as a consultant, coordinator of referral services, 608. Counseling and Advocacy for Loss, evaluator, planner and organizer, advocate and Crisis and Life Transitions (3). counselor for Pre-K-12 students are examined. This course views loss as a broad, inclusive Ethical, legal, professional and diversity issues in experience during crisis and life transition school counseling are entertained. across the lifespan. Advocacy, consultation Prerequisite(s): Permission of instructor. and crisis intervention strategies for grief Notes: Offered in fall. counseling are developed. Developmental programs for Pre-K through adulthood are 614. Lifespan Developmental Counseling (3). examined. This course provides counselors with a lifespan Prerequisite(s): Permission of instructor. developmental theoretical and research Notes: Offered in spring. foundation for clinical and educational practice. It explores the individual, environmental and 610. Counseling Practicum (3:1-2). familial factors affecting developmental A supervised 100 clock hour, field-based progression and delay. The class is aimed at experience in a school or community setting for praxis and encourages the utilization of the development of counseling, consultation strategies for facilitating development across the and advocacy skills. lifespan. Prerequisite(s): CSDV 600, 601, 602, 604 or 613, and 614. 615. Comprehensive Developmental School Notes: Offered in spring. Counseling (3). This course provides an understanding of the 611. Counseling Internship I (3). planning, organizing, implementation and A supervised 300-hour, field-based experience evaluation of a comprehensive developmental in an applied setting appropriate to program school counseling program. specialization (community counseling or school Prerequisite(s): CSDV 613. counseling). Prerequisite(s): CSDV 600, 601, 602, 603, 605, 617. Marital, Couple and Family Counseling 606, 607, 610 and 614; EDUC 640; CSDV 604 (3). or 613. This course introduces the student to a variety of Notes: A grade or S or U is recorded. counseling skills and marriage and family techniques for effective clinical work with individuals, couples and families. Prerequisite(s): CSDV 601 and CSDV 602 or permission of instructor. Notes: Offered in summer.

109 Courses of Study

618. Addictions Counseling (3). Dance Theory (DANT) This course introduces the learner to the prevention and treatment of substance abuse and chemical dependency. 598. Special Topics in Dance (1) (2) (3). Prerequisite(s): CSDV 601 and CSDV 602. Extension of individual opportunities in dance

beyond existing departmental curriculum limits. 619. Counseling Supervision (3). Prerequisite(s): Permission of chair, Department This course addresses theories and techniques of Theatre and Dance. of counselor supervision. Students have Notes: May be retaken for additional credit. opportunities to solidify a theoretical model of supervision practice, to clarify a personal 630. Seminar: Contemporary Dance (3). supervisory style, to internalize a supervisory The observation, study and critiquing of identity and to develop skills and ethical contemporary dance companies and reasoning critical to clinical and administrative choreographers in live and/or videotaped setting. supervision of counselors. Attention is directed toward the relationship of Prerequisite(s): Permission of instructor. the East-West tradition within the scope of dance

history. 620. Clinical Psychopathology in Counseling

(3). 640. Seminar: Contemporary Issues and A survey of clinical disorders and their origins Trends in Dance Education (3). and characteristics. Includes a review of Current issues and trends in curriculum, contemporary diagnostic systems, research, pedagogy and technology as applied to dance theory and counseling interventions. education. Prerequisite(s): Permission of instructor.

691. Principles of Teaching Dance: 621. Diagnosis and Treatment Planning Curriculum and Pedagogy (3). Counseling (3). Synthesizes curriculum practices K-12 in dance, This course acquaints prospective counselors design, development and evaluation. Addresses with descriptive, research-based knowledge specific instructional needs and techniques in that contributes to the diagnosis and treatment diverse settings. of mental health disorders, including disorder of Corequisite(s): DANT 692. behavior and impulse control, mood and anxiety Notes: Offered in fall. as well as various personality disorders and disorders involving loss of contact with reality. 692. Field Experience in Teaching Dance (1). Prerequisite(s): Permission of instructor. The course uses laboratory experiences

equivalent to 14 full days to lead dance 622. Counseling Children and Adolescents education students through an exploration and (3). examination of various research based programs The course includes discussion and application of instructional planning, methodology, of counseling theories, techniques and issues classroom management and evaluation of related to child and adolescent development. teaching and learning to complement content Prerequisite(s): Permission of instructor. covered in DANT 691.

Corequisite(s): DANT 691. 650-659. Special Topics in Counseling (1) (2) Notes: Offered in fall. (3). Designed to provide selected, special topics in counseling. Prerequisite(s): Permission of instructor. Notes: May be retaken for additional credit.

110

Courses of Study

Early Childhood Education Economics (ECON)

(ECED)

521. International Trade and Investment (3).

Theory and policy in international trade and 550. Special Topics in Early Childhood (3: 3: 0). investment with emphasis on the motives and Current topics of concern and interest to early mechanisms of international economic and childhood caregivers (teachers, headstart financial transactions. workers, family and children’s service agencies, Prerequisite(s): ECON 202. etc.) Notes: Inclusion of this course in a Program of 609. Survey of Economic Principles (3). Study requires the approval of the Program Survey and applications of basic economic Area Committee. principles of macroeconomics and microeconomics. 631. Home-School-Community Collaboration Notes: A grade of S or U is recorded. Meets a (3). prerequisite requirement only; credit not This course will provide graduate students with applicable to MBA Program. information concerning children (prenatal through age 8) and their families’ rights to full 670. Techniques of Economic Education (3). and appropriate access to public education and A study of basic economic principles designed human services. for public school teachers.

636. Early Childhood Development and 677. Teaching Economics in the K-5 Social Implications for Developmentally Studies Standards (3). Appropriate Practices (DAP) (3). Prepares K-5 teachers to teach economic An advanced study of early childhood concepts in accordance with the state’s social development including current brain research, studies standards. Teaches economic concepts theoretical principles and practices, and and shows how to integrate them into implications for teaching and learning. economics, geography, government, and history subject areas. 660. Emergent Literacy and the Integrated Curriculum (3). 680. Advanced Techniques of Economic The course will enable teachers to design and Education (3). implement developmentally appropriate literacy An analysis of the economic aspects of current experiences within a multidisciplinary events designed for public school teachers. framework. 686. Advanced Placement Teacher Training 661. Contemporary Issues in Early in Macroeconomics (3). Childhood Care and Education (3). This course prepares high school teachers to An analysis of current early care and teach and Advanced Placement course in educational issues concerning children Macroeconomics. (prenatal to age 8) and their families. 688. Advanced Placement Teacher Training in 691. Practicum in Teaching in Early Microeconomics (3). Childhood Education (3). This is a course that prepares high school Planning a curriculum for 3-, 4-, 5- and 6- year teachers to teach an Advanced Placement olds; includes setting up and evaluating learning course in Microeconomics. centers; collecting and analyzing data; and self evaluation. Prerequisite(s): SCWK 531 or permission of instructor.

111 Courses of Study

693. Industrial Economics and Public Policy delivery and assessment appropriate to middle (3:3-0). school teaching are emphasized. An integrated seminar on industrial economics Prerequisite(s): EDCI 600, 610 and EDUC 681. and public policy with focus on appropriate and timely issues. 635. Using Data to Improve Teaching and Prerequisite(s): ECON 201 and 202 or ECON Learning (3). 609. This course is designed to assist the instructional Notes: Offered in fall, spring and summer. leader to collect, analyze and use data to improve the teaching-learning process. Prerequisite(s): EDUC 640. Education, Curriculum and Instruction (EDCI) 636. Contemporary Issues and Trends in Curriculum and Instruction (3). An examination of contemporary, salient issues 600. Philosophy, Organization and in Curriculum and Instruction (C&I); the role of Curriculum of the Middle School (3). educational policy in school reform; and the links An examination of the history, philosophy, among elements of policy and practice. curriculum and structure of middle schools. Prerequisite(s): EDUC 640, EDUC 670 and EDCI Middle school theories, concepts and research 635. findings relative to exemplary programs and practice are emphasized. 637. Capstone: Advanced Field Placement (3). 610. Early Adolescence in Contemporary The focus of this course is the preparation and Society (3). completion of a field-based project reflecting the An examination of the developmental candidate’s knowledge of an approved topic and characteristics of early adolescents in its implications for curriculum, instruction and contemporary society using interdisciplinary assessment. themes, young adult books and other media. Prerequisite(s): EDCI 635, 636 and SPED 681.

611. Curriculum Development and 642. Teaching Preschool Children with Instructional Strategies (3). Disabilities: Developmentally Appropriate An advanced study of the salient issues in Practice (3). curriculum and instruction. Content will focus Content for this course addresses on research-based teaching strategies as well developmentally appropriate practices and as the design and development of curriculum. strategies for teaching young children with disabilities. 620. Content Literacy in Middle Schools (3). Notes: Offered in summer. An examination of literacy strategies and materials appropriate for subject and 644. Behavioral Intervention with Students interdisciplinary needs of developmentally with Autism (3). diverse learners in middle schools. This course is designed to provide students with Prerequisite(s): EDCI 610. knowledge and skills in applied behavior Notes: A student may not receive credit for analysis, responsible use of technologies for EDCI 620 and READ 645. behavior change programs, development of behavior intervention programs in accordance 630. Pedagogy and Assessment in the with IEP development, application of learning Middle School (3). principles and teaching strategies, maintenance A study of research-based methodologies for and generalization of behavior changes, effective middle school teaching and assessment. Empirically verified methods of pedagogical content selection, planning,

112

Courses of Study teaching students to manage their own behavior 602. Technology for the 21st-Century and how to train others to implement behavior Classroom (2:0-2). change procedures. Specifically, individuals An introductory technology course required for with autism will be the focus of the content with MAT students. This course addresses the use of students. technology to: 1) acquire information; 2) develop communication skills; 3) develop subject area 645. Teaching Preschool Children with strategies for technology usage; 4) promote Disabilities: Characteristics of Disabilities decision-making and problem-solving; and 5) and Implications for Learning (3). address the needs of diverse learners. The focus of the course is young children with Notes: Lab fee: $15. disabilities with in-depth studies of the characteristics and development of such 605. Educational Assessment (3). students. In addition, strategies for teaching An introductory course in the assessment and preschool children with special needs will be research procedures commonly used in the field addressed. There will be opportunities for of education. course participants to observe the young child with disabilities in a preschool learning setting. 640. Educational Research, Design and Analysis (3). 690. Capstone and Advanced Field A core course for graduate educators in the Experiences in the Middle School (3:2-1). principles, methods and procedures of The principal focus of this course is the educational research, design and analysis. The development, implementation and evaluation of development of a proposal outlining a study, a project reflecting the candidate’s knowledge project or practicum is required. of middle level education. Candidates also assemble a cumulative portfolio reflecting their 641. Tools of the Educational Technologist professional studies and present this portfolio to (3). a review committee. This course serves as a survey of the field of Prerequisite(s): EDCI 600, 610, 620, 630 and Educational Technology. Particular focus is paid EDUC 640, 670 and 681. to the vocational opportunities for Educational Notes: A grade of S or U is recorded. Technologists and the technology tools and software applications used in Educational 695. Thesis (3). Technology. The student will conduct an individual Notes: Lab fee: $15. investigation on an applied research project. An oral defense is required. 643. Education Technology Planning and Prerequisite(s): EDCI 635, 636 and SPED 681. Evaluation (3). This course focuses on planning and evaluating small scale and large scale educational Education, General technology projects. Professional (EDUC) Prerequisite(s): EDUC 641

644. Strategies for Effective Application of 600. Teaching in a Democracy (3). Assistive Technology to Promote Learning This course provides a survey of the social, (3). legal and philosophical foundations of American The goal of this course is to prepare teachers education. who can use technology skills and applications in general education classrooms as well as 601. Psychology Applied to Teaching (3). unique settings to meet the needs of diverse An integrated study of development, learning learners, including those with disabilities, who and motivation with emphasis on childhood and are ESOL, and are at-risk for school failure. adolescence in the school setting and individual Prerequisite(s): EDUC 641 or permission of differences such as gender, cultural background instructor. and socioeconomic status. 113 Courses of Study

650. Teaching and Learning with the Internet 670. Schooling in American Society (3). (3). A course for teachers, administrators, counselors This course prepares in-service teachers to and other school personnel that focuses on key plan, implement and evaluate Internet-based issues related to teaching and leading in a learning activities in the classroom. Content democracy. Students explore the social, includes web site evaluation, social, ethical and historical, legal and philosophical foundations of legal issues regarding Internet use in P-12 American education and how these foundations settings, curriculum integration of Internet affect contemporary schools. activities aligned with P-12 standards and web site development. 681. Advanced Educational Psychology (3). Notes: Offered in fall and summer. Cannot be An advanced psychological foundations course taken for S/U credit. which examines contemporary research, issues and trends and their application to effective 651. Connecting Curriculum and Technology leadership, critical inquiry and stewardship in (3). educational professions. The goal of this course is to help participants Prerequisite(s): EDUC 381 or equivalent. recognize the relationship between theory, design, technology and instruction. Educational 690. School Internship (8:0-8). leaders must apply their knowledge of A full semester, field-based student internship in pedagogy, design, learning theory, technology area schools. Teaching assignments will be and assessment techniques in order to address appropriate to licensure area. Supervision and the needs of all learners. In this course evaluation of the internship will be provided by participants will have an opportunity to design Winthrop faculty and public school mentor and implement planned lessons in their teacher(s). classrooms. Prerequisite(s): Completion of all MAT admission Notes: Lab fee: $15. Cannot be taken for S/U and core course requirements except EDUC credit. 695. Corequisite(s): EDUC 695. 655-659. Problems in Educational Practice Notes: Offered in fall and spring. A grade of S (1) (2) (3). or U is recorded. Designed to assist school personnel in the identification, analysis and planning of 695. Capstone (1). strategies to overcome specific problems The course will allow students to explore and related to educational practices in the school. reflect upon current issues in education while Inclusion of this course in a program of study enrolled in the school internship semester. requires the approval of the program area Primary focus will be on completion and committee. presentation of a professional portfolio and other Notes: May be retaken for additional credit. outcome-based assessments. Prerequisite(s): Full admission to the MAT 660. Effective Teaching Strategies (3). program; completion of all core courses except This course includes content central to students EDUC 690. seeking initial licensure through the MAT Corequisites(s): EDUC 690. program. Focus is on planning, instruction, Notes: Offered in fall and spring. classroom management, curriculum and assessments of student progress/learning. 699. Advanced Field Experiences (3). Prerequisite(s): EDUC 600, 601, 602, 605 and Preparation and implementation of a field project SPED 610. in the student’s area of emphasis. Prerequisite(s): EDUC 640, permission of instructor and advisor. Notes: A grade of S or U is recorded.

114

Courses of Study

Educational Leadership (EDLD) 613. Preparing Leaders to Serve Students with Special Needs (3). 601. Leadership (3). Designed for those preparing for school This course focuses on the theories of leadership roles. This course will detail the leadership and other human processes philosophies, legal and pragmatic approaches to operating within an educational organization serving children with special needs in schools. and society as a whole. Emphasis will be on mastering the requirements Prerequiste(s): EDUC 640. of the federal and state laws as well as the special needs of families. 602. Techniques of Supervision (3). Prerequisite(s): Completion of all core courses Designed for the preparation of general and EDLD 601, 602, 603 and 604. instructional supervisors who will work with elementary or secondary school teachers and 616. School Personnel Development (3). for the preparation of subject area supervisors. A study of the major functions of personnel selection and professional development within 603. Curriculum Leadership in Schools (3). the school setting. The study includes both Designed for the preparation of administrators certified and classified personnel. (principals and supervisors) for the management of the curriculum and instruction 619. Conflict Management in Public School program in schools in keeping with the Administration (3). objectives of the school district. The course will deal with interpersonal conflict, organizational conflict, institutional conflict, 604. Principalship for the 21st Century (3). school/community conflict, social conflict and all This course will focus on the administration of other attending problems. schools in the areas of growth and Prerequisite(s): A minimum of two years of development, leadership, curriculum planning, teaching experience. personnel, decision-making and current issues and trends in organizations. 621. Internship I (3:0:3). The internship is designed as one part of a three- 610. Fiscal and Business Management in part experience to allow the student to put theory Schools (3). into practice. During this course the candidates The focus of this course is on the information work under the supervision of school and management skills needed by principals to administrators and participate in problem-solving successfully operate a public school. seminars. The students will identify areas they wish to strengthen. A plan will be developed to 611. School Law (3). enhance their skills in the identified areas which A study of constitutional, statutory and judicial will be implemented during the second and third law and current legal issues affecting school parts of the internship experience. administrators and teachers. Prerequisite(s): Prerequisite courses vary depending on the start date of the cohort. At 612. Technology for the School Leader I (3). least 9 hours EDLD Specialty Courses are A study of the utilization of computers in the required prior to the beginning of EDLD 621. management of information at the local school Notes: A grade of A, B, C or F will be recorded level. With the use of hands-on activities and for this Internship. Offered in fall, spring and demonstrations, the course will primarily focus summer. on generating and using information.

115 Courses of Study

622. Internship II (3:0:3). Elementary Education (ELEM) The internship is designed as one part of a three-part experience to allow the student to put theory into practice. During this course, the 631. Science in the Elementary School (3). candidates work under the supervision of Examination of theory, philosophy and objectives school administrators and participate in in science in the primary grades. Prerequisite(s): problem-solving seminars. The students will ELEM 431 or permission of instructor. identify areas they wish to strengthen. A plan will be developed to enhance their skills in the 636. Problems in the Teaching of identified areas which will be implemented Mathematics (3). during the second and third parts of the A study of the problems in teaching mathematics internship experience. in the elementary school. Attention will be given Prerequisite(s): Prerequisite courses vary to emergency programs and procedures in depending on the start date of the cohort. At elementary mathematics. least 9 hours EDLD Specialty Courses are Prerequisite(s): ELEM 436 or permission of required prior to the beginning of EDLD 621. instructor. Successful completion of EDLD 621. Notes: A grade of A, B, C or F will be recorded 641. Social Studies in the Elementary School for this Internship. Offered in fall. (3). Students should be familiar with the current 623. Internship III (3). trends in social studies education and should The internship is designed as one part of a develop their research and writing skills. three-part experience to allow the student to put Prerequisite(s): ELEM 341 or permission of theory into practice. During this course, the instructor. candidates work under the supervision of school administrators and participate in problem-solving seminars. The students will English (ENGL) identify areas they wish to strengthen. A plan will be developed to enhance their skills in the identified areas which will be implemented 501. Modern British Poetry (3). during the second and third parts of the Study of the chief British poets from Yeats, internship experience. Pound and Eliot to the present. Prerequisite(s): Prerequisite courses vary Prerequisite(s): One of the following: ENGL 202 depending on the start date of the cohort. At and 203 or graduate status. least 9 hours EDLD Specialty Courses are Notes: Offered every odd year in fall. required prior to the beginning of EDLD 621 (Internship One). Successful completion of 502. Studies in Non-Western Literature (3). EDLD 621 and EDLD 622. Notes: A grade of This course will focus on the major writers of the A, B, C or F will be recorded for this Internship. Non-Western World (Chinese, Japanese, Indian, Arabic, Islamic and African). 650-659. Problems in Educational Notes: Offered every odd year in fall. Administration (1) (2) (3). 503. Major Victorian Writers (3). Designed to provide selected problem courses Study of 19th-century British literature (poetry, in educational administration to students non-fiction prose and fiction) with emphasis on studying for administrative positions in public main currents of thought. schools. Prerequisite(s): One of the following: ENGL 202, Prerequisite(s): A minimum of two years of 203 or graduate status. teaching experience. Notes: Offered every odd year in spring. Notes: May be retaken for additional credit.

116

Courses of Study

504. Modern American Poetry (3). 514. Elizabethan Literature (3). A survey of American poetry of the 20th century A reading of poetry, prose narratives, drama and with emphasis on major poets such as Pound, critical theory of the English Renaissance. Frost, Stevens, Williams, Bishop, Brooks, Rich Shakespeare’s poetry is included, but not his and Levertov. plays. Prerequisite(s): ENGL 210 and 211 or graduate Prerequisite(s): One of the following: ENGL 201, status. 203 or graduate status. Notes: Offered every even year in spring. Notes: Offered every even year in spring.

507. History and Development of Modern 515. 20th-Century Southern Literature (3). English (3). Study of major fiction, poetry, drama and prose Introduction to language acquisition and the writers from the Nashville Fugitives to James phonology, morphology, and syntax of Old, Dickey. Middle, and Modern English, with an emphasis Prerequisite(s): One of the following: ENGL 210, on the major causes and patterns of language 211 or graduate status. change. Notes: Offered every even year in fall. Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of one course in a foreign language. 520. 17th-Century English Literature (exclusive of Milton) (3). 510. Topics in Writing and Rhetoric (3). Study of Cavalier and Metaphysical poets, An examination of topics, issues and important single figures (Donne, Marvell) and methodologies. Course content will vary. outstanding prose stylists. Prerequisite(s): CRTW 201 with a grade of C or Prerequisite(s): One of the following: ENGL 201, better and a previous ENGL course or graduate 203 or graduate status. status or permission of chair. Notes: Offered every odd year in fall. Notes: Offered periodically. May be retaken for additional credit with 521. Restoration and 18th-Century English permission of chair, Department of English. Literature (3). A study of selected major works (excluding the 511. Chaucer (3). novel) with some attention to dramatic comedy, Reading in Middle English of the Canterbury satire, periodical essay, poetry and biography. Tales and Troilus and Criseyde. Prerequisites: ENGL 201, 203, or graduate Prerequisite(s): One of the following: ENGL status. 201, 203 or graduate status. Notes: Offered every odd year in spring. Notes: Offered every even year in spring. 525. Studies in Irish Literature (3). 512. Middle English Literature (excluding Study of Yeats, Joyce and other Irish writers Chaucer) (3). from the viewpoint of history, folklore and Survey of Middle English literature, exclusive of mythology. Chaucer, with emphasis on major genres and Prerequisite(s): One of the following: ENGL 201, authors. Texts are taught predominantly in 202, 203 or graduate status. Middle English. Notes: Offered every even year in fall. Prerequisite(s): One of the following: ENGL 201, 203 or graduate status. 527. English Romantic Poetry and Prose (3). Notes: Offered odd year in spring. Study of the major works of Blake, Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley and Keats. 513. Milton (3). Prerequisite(s): One of the following: ENGL 202, Milton’s poetry and representative prose, his life 203 or graduate status. and the background of the 17th century. Notes: Offered every even year in fall. Prerequisite(s): One of the following: ENGL 201, 203 or graduate status. Notes: Offered every even year in fall.

117 Courses of Study

529. 20th-Century American Fiction and 618. Seminar in Comparative Literature (3). Drama (3). This course will focus upon the major writers of Examination of representative fiction and drama the Western World, literary genres, literary with emphasis on writers such as Hemingway, themes, literary movements, influences or Faulkner, Updike, O’Neill, Bellow, Warren, epochs. Heller, Ellison and Irving. Notes: May be retaken for additional credit with Prerequisite(s): One of the following: ENGL permission of chair, Department of English. 210, 211 or graduate status. Notes: Offered every odd year in spring. 620. Readings in English (3). Texts will be chosen by students in consultation 600. Materials and Methods of Research in with instructors; research will be directed by English (3). instructor. A course to acquaint graduate students with Prerequisite(s): Permission of chair, Department advanced research materials, methods and of English. techniques to familiarize them with other major Notes: May be retaken for additional credit. critical approaches to literary study. Notes: Offered in fall. 622. Seminar in British Literature I: Before 1784 (3). 602. Critical Theory (3). This course will focus on a particular topic, genre Study of critical theory and practice from Plato or figure(s) in British Literature prior to 1784. and Aristotle through Derrida; students apply Notes: May be retaken for additional credit. theories to analyses of selected literary work. Notes: Offered in spring. 623. Seminar in British Literature II: 1784 and After (3). 605. The American Renaissance (3). This course will focus on a particular topic, genre Study of the major works of Emerson, Thoreau, or figure(s) in British Literature 1784 and after. Whitman, Hawthorne and Melville. Notes: May be retaken for additional credit.

611. Late 19th-Century American Literature: 624. Seminar in American Literature Before Realism and Naturalism (3). 1900 (3). Studies realistic and naturalistic theory and This seminar will focus on a genre, topic or practice with emphasis on London, Twain, author(s) in American Literature before 1900. Norris, James, Crane and Howells. Notes: May be retaken for additional credit.

612. 20th-Century British Fiction and Drama 625. 20th-Century American Literature (3). (3). A seminar in special approaches to 20th- century Study of selected works of Shaw, Forster, American Literature; approaches might include O’Casey, Joyce, Lawrence and Beckett and authors, genre and topics. criticism of those works. Notes: May be retaken for additional credit.

615. Seminar in Language and Rhetoric (3). 630. The New Grammars (3). A seminar either in topics of language and Designed for teachers to study the rhetoric, periods or genres. Topics will vary generative-transformational grammar approach with concentration ordinarily not duplicating to English syntax. material studied in other courses. Notes: May be retaken for additional credit with 640. Shakespeare: The Plays (3). permission of chair, Department of English. Critical study of 10 or 12 plays representing the various genres (comedies, tragedies, histories and romances), illustrating the stages in Shakespeare’s development.

118

Courses of Study

650. The African American Novel (3). 592. Field Experience In Teaching English A chronological study beginning with the 19th- (1:0:8). century African American novel, moving through Students will spend 8 hours in the classroom Harlem Renaissance writers such as Toomer and under the supervision of an English Education Hurston and concluding with contemporary ones Professor and will work with a mentor teacher, in such as Naylor and Morrison. preparation for the final internship experience. Prerequisite(s): Admission to Teacher Education 655. Topics in the Art of Teaching English Program at Graduate Level. (1-3). Notes: A grade of S or U is recorded. Current approaches to teaching language and literature. Only 3 semester hours may be applied toward an MAT or MA degree in English. Environmental Science/Studies Notes: May be retaken for additional credit. (ENVS)

695. Thesis (3). Individual directed research and writing. Includes 510. Special Topics in the Environment (3). study of techniques and sources for scholarly A detailed examination of specific subjects in writing. environmental issues, as chosen by the Prerequisite(s): ENGL 600 or equivalent. instructor. Prerequisite(s): Permission of instructor. 696. Thesis (3). Notes: Maybe retaken for additional credit. Individual directed research and writing. Offered as needed. Prerequisite(s): ENGL 600 or equivalent.

697, 698. Academic Internship in English (1), (1). Family and Consumer Science Under supervision of English faculty, students will (FACS) observe and participate in activities related to the profession or discipline. 500. Contemporary Issues: The Professional Prerequisite(s): Permission of chair, Department and Family Living (3). of English. Focus on synthesizing knowledge related to the dynamics and improvements of family life. Notes: Offered in fall and spring.

English Education (ENGE) 501. Residential Technology (3). This course examines the many technological changes that have affected the family residence. 519. Adolescent Literature (3). Practical information is provided about planning, Study of literature appropriate for students building and maintaining a home. Prerequisite(s): preparing to teach at the secondary level with Restricted to Family and Consumer Science emphasis on literature written for adolescents. majors. Notes: Labe Fee: $25. Offered in Notes: Offered in spring. spring.

591. Principles of Teaching English in Middle and Secondary Schools (3). Finance (FINC) This course addresses specific instructional needs and techniques related to the teaching of English and is designed for students in the MAT 512. Financial Investments Management (3). program. A practical investment course that focuses on Prerequisite(s): Admission to Teacher Education portfolio management through the use of an Program. investment simulation. Prerequisite(s): Grade of C or better in FINC 312 or in FINC 655.

119 Courses of Study

513. Banking and Financial Service that are asset-based. The course employs Management (3). models for purposes of valuing companies, for The application of financial management making individual and corporate investment techniques is employed to the economic and decisions and for directing management. regulatory environment of banks and financial Prerequisite(s): ACCT 306 or ACCT 654 and service companies. FINC 655. Prerequisite(s): Grade of C or better in FINC 312 or FINC 655. French (FREN) 514. International Financial Management (3). The course examines factors that affect a From time to time, an additional course company’s financial management decisions in a dealing with a special topic in French may be global environment. Managerial finance in the offered if sufficient student interest is multinational firm receives special attention. indicated and a faculty member is available to Prerequisite(s): Grade of C or better in teach the course. Consult the department FINC 311. chair about such a course.

515. Insurance and Risk Management (3). Prerequisite for all 500-level French This course will explore the principles of courses: completion of 18 semester hours of insurance. It will include an analysis of risk and French or equivalent or permission of the strategies to eliminate, minimize or transfer risk. chair, Department of Modern Languages. Students will become familiar with the key components of life, accident and health insurance 510. Topics in Language and Literature (3). policies as well as property and casualty. Course content will vary, depending on student Prerequisite(s): FINC 311 or FINC 655. interest and faculty expertise. Notes: May be retaken for additional credit with 516. Employee Benefits and Retirement permission of chair, Department of Modern Planning (3). Languages. Students will learn the various group insurance and retirement programs offered by employers. 513. Drama of the 17th Century: Corneille, Students will also become familiar with employee Racine and Moliere (3). stock option plans and retirement needs analysis. Notes: Offered variable times. Strategies to meet one’s retirement goals and objectives will be covered. 517. 18th-Century Literature (3). Prerequisite(s): FINC 311 or FINC 655. Study of the major literary works of the French Enlightenment, with some attention to historical, 655. Financial Policy Management (3). political and social, musical and artistic parallels. A case, lecture and computer application course Prerequisite(s): FREN 401 and 402. examining financial management, decision- Notes: Offered variable times. making such as financial ratios, budgets, time value of money, security valuation and capital 523. Modern Novel (3). budgeting. A survey of major themes and developments in Prerequisite(s): Grade of C or better in the modern French novel. FINC 311. Prerequisite(s): FREN 401 and 402. Notes: Offered variable times. 665. Financial Statement Analysis (3). The course focuses on using financial statements 550. Medieval French Literature (3). in valuation. Students will learn the development A study of the literary traditions of medieval of valuation models including those France through an examination of works representing the major genres, writers and themes of the period. Notes: Offered variable times.

120 Courses of Study

560. Writers of the French Renaissance (3). 501. Geographical Information Systems An introduction to the major writers of the 16th- (3:2:2). century whose texts forged new parameters in The purpose of this course is to further develop French literary expression. skills and knowledge in concepts and techniques Notes: Offered variable times. of GIS by studying its application to a variety of geographic and environmental problems (e.g., 575. French Literature in Translation (3). resource management, biophysical systems, Readings and discussions of major works of business, public facilities, health and disease). French literature in English translation. A For each application, the topics studied include knowledge of French is not required. Course the sources and properties of the data contained content can vary depending on the instructor. in the GIS, the functions and analysis used in the Prerequisite(s): Open to advanced undergraduate application, as well as the types and uses of and graduate students. graphic, tabular an data products of the Notes: Undergraduate French majors cannot use application. FREN 575 towards the BA. Prerequisite(s): Permission of instructor. Notes: Offered variable times. Notes: Offered periodically.

590. Contemporary France (3). 525. Traveling Graduate Seminar in A survey of cultural, historical and intellectual Geography (3). development from the end of World War II to the Problem-orientated short course, which visits present. selected locations in North America, Mexico or Notes: Offered variable times. the West Indies. Offered concurrently with GEOG 325. 593. Advanced Oral and Written Prerequisite(s): 6 hours of geography or Communication (3). permission of instructor. A course designed primarily for students who are Notes: Offered occasionally. able to understand, speak and write French but who wish to improve and strengthen these skills while moving toward more natural expression of German (GERM) modern French.

695. Thesis (3). 506. German Critical Thought and Thinkers (3). 696. Thesis (3). Will introduce the student to the richness of critical thought found in the intellectual heritage of German speaking countries. Geography (GEOG) Notes: Offered variable times.

510. Special Topics in German Language (3). 500. Global Environment and Sustainable Advanced seminar offers the faculty and Development (3). This course discusses the students an opportunity to intensively investigate question of sustainability, a new economic agenda a single author, movement or genre in Austrian, of development that seeks a balance with issues German and Swiss literature. of environmental protection and social equity so Notes: Offered variable times. May be retaken that the short-term needs of our generation do not for additional credit with permission of chair, compromise those of the future. Department of Modern Languages. Prerequisite(s): GEOG 101. Notes: Offered every even year in fall.

121 Courses of Study

Health (HLTH) 520. Interrelation of German Music and Literature ( 3). 500. Contemporary Health Problems (3:3-3). Examines the important interrelation between This course is designed to examine word and music in Germany and Austria in the contemporary health concerns from a global 18th-, 19th- and 20th-centuries. perspective and how those issues filter down to Notes: Offered variable times. the individual. Prerequisite(s): Junior status. 575. German Literature in Translation (3). Notes: Offered every other fall. Readings and discussions of major works of German literature in English translation. A 501. Substance Abuse Education (3:3-3). knowledge of German is not required. Course This course is designed to discuss the effects of content can vary depending on the instructor. the use and abuse of alcohol, tobacco and other Prerequisite(s): Open to advanced undergraduate drugs on both the individual and society. and graduate students. Prerequisite(s): Junior status. Notes: Offered variable times. Notes: Offered in spring.

580. Techniques of Translation and 503. School Health and Health Education (3). Interpretation (3). A methods course for secondary health Will introduce the advanced German students to instruction. techniques and stylistics of translation and Prerequisite(s): HLTH 300 or permission of interpretation, essential skills necessary both for instructor. scholarship and for employment options with Notes: Not offered this academic year. international agencies. Notes: Offered variable times. 506. Human Sexuality (3). A study of the problems, questions and issues of human sexuality as they relate to personal health Gerontology (GRNT) and well-being.

504. Sociology of Aging (3). 507. Women’s Health Issues (3:2-2). Analysis of the major social forces that affect A study of the questions, issues and problems of aging and the ways modern society responds in women’s health as they relate to personal and planning for its elderly. community health and well-being. Notes: Cross listed as SOCL 504. Offered in Notes: Cross-listed with WMST 507. spring. 600. Health Promotion (3). This course is designed to provide an Graduate Studies Continuing understanding of health factors affecting (GSTC) morbidity and mortality, behavior change and applicable strategies for intervention. 600. Continuing Graduate Studies (0). Prerequisite(s): Graduate status. This course is intended for graduate students who Notes: Offered in spring. Cross-listed with are continuing work on a graduate thesis, or WMST 507. special research topic, or preparing for comprehensive exams and who are not enrolled 608. Methods of Teaching Human Sexuality in any other coursework. Required of all (3). candidates not otherwise enrolled in the semester Methods of teaching human sexuality are of graduation. emphasized to strengthen course participants' Prerequisite(s): Permission of department/ teaching techniques and classroom procedures. division chair. Notes: Cross listed as VCED 608. Offered on Notes: Lab Fee: $35. demand.

122 Courses of Study

634. Health Curriculum Development and 505. History of South Carolina (3). Methods (3). A survey of the development of South Carolina, This course provides an overview of strategies emphasizing political, economic and cultural and methods for teaching health in various developments. settings. Methods and strategies for specific Notes: Offered variable times. settings will be explored. 507. Cultural and Intellectual History of the 640. Health Education Research and Program United States (3). Evaluation (3). A study of American thought and culture from the This course is designed to allow students to colonial era until the present day. develop assessment plans, apply evaluation Notes: May be retaken for credit. techniques to part of these assessment plans, to interpret results of various program evaluations, 509. African-American History (3). and to infer implications from these assessments A survey of the experiences and contributions of to future programming. blacks from the African origins to the present. Notes: Offered variable times. 681. Health and Physical Education Needs Assessment, Program Planning and 515. The United States as a World Power Implementation (3). since 1898 (3). This course will investigate techniques for A survey focusing on the principles of American conducting needs assessments in various setting foreign policy and their historical evolution. and how to implement program changes based on Notes: Offered variable times. these assessments. In addition, students will explore implementation strategies for programs 518. A History of the Old South (3). based on needs and interest, social and cultural A history of the Old South from its founding to environments and growth and development the eve of the Civil War. factors. Notes: Offered variable times.

695. Field Work Experience in Health 521. The New South (3). Education (1:0:1). A study of Southern institutional development This course will provide applied experience in a from Reconstruction to the present. school or community based setting. Each student Notes: Offered variable times. will spend a minimum of 30 hours in a supervised field work setting. 524. The Emergence of Modern America, 1877-1933 (3). A study of industrialization, populism, urbanism, History (HIST) Social Darwinism, imperialism, Progressivism, World War I and its aftermath. Notes: Offered variable times. 501. This History of Social Movements in America (3). 525. The United States since 1939 (3). The History of Social Movements in America A study of political, social, economic and deals with the struggles of American citizens from diplomatic developments since 1939 with the 18th to the 21st centuries. This course particular attention to the recent past. examines the actions, the rhetoric, and the impact Notes: Offered variable times. of social movements in American history over time and explores the connections between local grassroots efforts and national political action. Prerequisite(s): HIST 211 and HIST 212. Notes: Offered in spring.

123 Courses of Study

527. The American Revolution (3). 552. South Asia since 1600 (3). Explores the origins, substance and outcome of A survey of modern South Asia (India, Pakistan, the American Revolution from the French and Bangladesh, etc.) since 1600. Indian War through the Federalist Era. Particular Notes: Offered variable times. attention will be devoted to examining the different expectations that different segments of colonial 553. China since 1600 (3). society brought to the Revolution and the extent A survey of the history of modern China since to which these hopes were realized by the circa 1600 (since the Qing Dynasty). creation of a New Nation. Notes: Offered variable times. Notes: Offered variable times. 561. The History of the Caribbean (3). 530. World Environmental History (3). The study of socioeconomic and political trends A comparative examination of world of the major islands in the Caribbean Sea from environmental history. the colonial period to the present. Notes: Offered in fall and spring. Notes: Cross-listed with AAMS 561. Offered variable times. 540. Ancient Greece and Rome (3). A survey of the history of Greece and Rome from 601. Academic Internship to History (3). the first Bronze Age civilization on Crete to the Prerequisite(s): Open to majors only. Permission barbarian migrations of the 5th-century A.D. of chair, Department of History. Notes: Offered variable times. Notes: A grade of S or U is recorded. Offered variable times. 542. Medieval European History (3). A study of European politics, society and culture 602. Graduate Research in History (3). from the fall of the Roman Empire to the 15th- This course provides an opportunity to engage in century. intensive, individual historical research under the Notes: Offered variable times. guidance of a member of the graduate history faculty. 547. History of Modern Russia (3). Prerequisite(s). Graduate status and permission A survey of Russian history, focusing on events of the History Graduate Program Director. from the development of revolutionary movements Notes: Offered on demand. May be taken for in the 19th-century until the present. additional credit. Permission of Graduate Notes: Offered variable times. Director required.

548. History of Modern Germany (3). 610. Great Issues in American History (3). History of Germany since the 1850s, including the Advanced, in-depth consideration of special rise of Bismarck, the unification of Germany, the topics in American history. First World War, Hitler, the Third Reich, the Notes: May be retaken for additional credit Holocaust, division between East and West in the under different topics. Cold War, and reunified Germany’s present-day dominant role in Europe. 611. America at War In the 20th-Century (3). From the 1898 Spanish-American War to 1991's 550. Special Topics in History (3). Desert Storm, the scope of this graduate course Advanced in-depth consideration of specific topics allows us to discuss in a seminar environment of particular concern within history. nearly 100 years of our nation’s history. Notes: May be retaken for additional credit under Notes: Offered in fall. different topics. Offered variable times. 614. Colonial and Revolutionary America (3). 551. The Middle East since Islam (3). A survey of U.S. History from cultural contact A survey of the history of the modern Middle East between Indians and Europeans through the era since the rise of Islam. of the American Revolution. Notes: Offered variable times.

124 Courses of Study

615. American Civil War and Reconstruction 655 A. Traveling Seminar in History (1). (3). An introduction, overview and in-depth study of a A History of the coming of the American Civil War, particular country or region which will accompany The War itself and the ensuing Reconstruction a study tour of the same region. period. Prerequisite(s): Permission of instructor.

616. Aspects of American Social History (3). 655 B. Traveling Seminar in History (2). Emphasis on women, the family and other topics An introduction, overview and in-depth study of a in 19th-century social history. particular country or region which will accompany a study tour of the same region. 618. Comparative Slavery in the Americas (3). Prerequisite(s): Permission of instructor. A study of the role and status of slave and free blacks in the 19th-century societies of Canada, 655 C. Traveling Seminar in History (3). Latin and Spanish America, the Caribbean and An introduction, overview and in-depth study of a the United States. particular country or region which will accompany a study tour of the same region. 620. History of American Women (3). Prerequisite(s): Permission of instructor. A graduate reading colloquium which focuses upon the history of women in the United States 695. Thesis (3). from the colonial period to the present. Prerequisite(s): Open to majors only. Permission of chair, Department of History. 625. 20th-Century U.S. Foreign Policy (3). A graduate seminar which focuses on 20th- 696. Thesis (3). century foreign policy in the United States. Prerequisite(s): Open to majors only. Permission of chair, Department of History. 640. Great Issues in Modern European History (3). Advanced, in-depth consideration of special topics Human Nutrition (NUTR) in modern European history. Note: May be retaken for additional credit under different topics. 520. Sports Nutrition (3). Assessment of specific nutritional needs of 641. The Expansion of Europe (3). intercollegiate and recreational athletes. European expansion from the Renaissance Prerequisite(s): NUTR 427 and permission of through the late 19th-century. chair, Department of Human Nutrition. Notes: Offered in spring. 643. The Era of the French Revolution (3). 521. Nutrition and Metabolism (3). A study of the origins and history of the French Physiological and biochemical bases of nutrient Revolution and its impact on Europe. It spans the utilization and energy metabolism. period from the Age of Reason to the downfall of Prerequisite(s): BIOL 308, NUTR 421, and Napoleon. CHEM 521 and 522. Notes: Lab Fee: $15. CHEM 521 may be taken 650. Great Issues in Asian History (3). as a corequisite. Offered in fall. An introduction to current scholarship and historiographic trends on comparative issues in 522. Community Nutrition (3). modern Asian history. The focus of the course Nutritional studies of groups and community will shift to reflect changes in scholarship. resources and programs providing nutritional Note: May be retaken for additional credit under services. different topics. Prerequisite(s): NUTR 427 or permission of instructor. Notes: Offered in fall.

125 Courses of Study

523. Food Science Principles (3). 534. Seminar in Human Nutrition (3). Chemical and physical factors affecting food Contemporary issues, trends, and research in composition and quality. human nutrition are discussed and evaluated Prerequisite(s): NUTR 231 and 232; CHEM 301 critically. Special emphasis on assessment, and 303 or equivalent; or permission of instructor. evaluation and documentation of nutrition status. Corequisite: NUTR 524. Prerequisite(s): NUTR 427. Notes: Offered in spring. Notes: Offered in fall. Intensive writing course.

524. Sensory and Objective Evaluation of 551-569. Special Topics: Food and/or Foods (1:0:3). Nutrition (1, 2, or 3). Sensory and objective evaluation of food products Individual student projects executed in the prepared in the laboratory. laboratory, library and/or in the community. Corequisite(s): NUTR 523. Prerequisite(s): Permission of chair, Department Notes: Lab Fee: $50. Offered in spring. of Human Nutrition. Notes: Offered in fall and spring. 527. Medical Nutrition Therapy (3). Nutritional requirements and care of acutely ill 600. Seminar in Food and Nutrition (3). patients. Issues, trends and research related to current Prerequisite(s): NUTR 427; CHEM 310 and 311. concerns within selected areas of food and Notes: Lab fee: $15. Offered in fall. nutrition. Prerequisite(s): NUTR 607 and NUTR 421 or 528. Experiences in Nutrition Therapy (2:0:24) equivalent. CADE accredited internship nutrition therapy field Notes: Offered every fall in odd years. May be placement in hospital settings. retaken for additional credit. Prerequisite(s): NUTR 427 or equivalent and permission of instructor. 604. Advanced Medical Nutrition Therapy (3). Notes: Lab Fee: $100. A grade of S or U is Review of current literature and evidenced- recorded. Offered in spring and summer. based protocols in medical nutrition therapy for selected disease states. 529. Experiences in Community Nutrition (2:0: Prerequisite(s): NUTR 427 or equivalent. 24) Notes: Offered every spring in odd years. CADE accredited internship field placement in public health or community settings. 605. Nutrition Assessment (3). Prerequisite(s): NUTR 427 or equivalent and The course is designed to provide an overview of permission of instructor. methods that are available for measuring the Notes: Lab Fee: $100. A grade of S or U is adequacy of dietary intakes, nutrient reserves recorded. Offered in spring and summer. and health and function in relation to nutrition for both individuals and populations. 530. Experiences in Food Systems Prerequisite(s): NUTR 427 and NUTR 607. Management (2:0:24) Notes: Lab fee: $50. Offered even years in CADE accredited internship field placement in spring. food systems management. Prerequisite(s): NUTR 471, NUTR 480 and 607. Research Methods (3). permission of instructor. Understanding and applying research; Notes: Lab Fee: $100. A grade of S or U is developing basic skills in writing proposals and recorded. Offered in spring and summer. conducting research. Notes: Offered in fall.

126 Courses of Study

610. Nutrition in the Third World (3). 627. Recent Developments in Food Science Special nutrition problems and needs of Third and Nutrition (3). World nations, world food supply, social and Review of current literature in food science and cultural context and specific nutritional nutrition. deficiencies in the Third World are considered. Prerequisite(s): NUTR 427 and 607 or Prerequisite(s): NUTR 421. Notes: Offered in equivalent. spring. Notes: Offered every fall in even years and in summer. May be taken for additional credit. 620. Maternal and Child Nutrition (3). The unique nutritional needs of infants and 650. Special Topics: Food and/or Nutrition children, pregnant and lactating women, and the (3). means of achieving improved nutrition for these Applied research project. Required for the groups. Master of Science degree without a thesis. Prerequisite(s): NUTR 427 or equivalent. Prerequisite(s): NUTR 607 and completion of 6-9 Notes: Offered every summer in even years. semester hours of credit in the major area of study. 621. Nutrition and Aging (3). Physiological and nutritional requirements of 695. Thesis (3). individuals 60 years of age and older. Development of an individual investigation. Prerequisite(s): NUTR 427. Prerequisite(s): NUTR 607. Notes: Offered in spring in even years. Notes: A grade of S or U is recorded. Credit for NUTR 695 is not awarded until NUTR 696 is 623. Intermediary Metabolism (3). completed. Regulation of carbohydrate, protein and fat metabolism in the human body. 696. Thesis (3). Prerequisite(s): NUTR 521 or equivalent and Completion of an individual investigation. CHEM 310/311 or equivalent. Prerequisite(s): NUTR 607 and 695. Notes: Lab Fee: $10. Notes: A grade of S or U is recorded.

624. Vitamin Metabolism (3). The absorption, metabolism and function of Integrated Marketing vitamins in humans. Communication (IMCO) Prerequisite(s): CHEM 310/311 or equivalent; NUTR 521 or equivalent. Notes: Lab Fee: $10. Offered odd years in fall. 553. Special Topics in IMC (3). Prerequisite(s): Junior status, 2.0 GPA and 625. Abnormal Metabolism (3). permission of chair, Department of Nutritional implications of metabolic disorders. Communications. Prerequisite(s): NUTR 427 and 521 or Notes: Offered occasionally. May be retaken for equivalents. additional credit. Notes: Offered odd years in spring.

626. Mineral Metabolism (3). The metabolism, absorption and function of minerals in humans. Prerequisite(s): CHEM 310/311 or equivalent, NUTR 521 or equivalent. Notes: Lab Fee: $10. Offered fall of even years.

127 Courses of Study

International Area Studies Management (MGMT) (INAS)

520. International Service Learning (3:1:2). 523. Collective Bargaining and Labor Interdisciplinary work experience overseen by a Relations (3). professional at an approved location outside of Recognition, negotiation and administration of the United States under the academic direction of labor agreements in the public and private a Winthrop University professor. Students are sector. Also covered is the bargaining process in required to work in an approved volunteer activity general and human resource management in a while pursuing individual or group academic union-free environment. research pertinent to the service area. Prerequisite(s): MGMT 321. Notes: Course may be repeated for credit. Notes: Offered in fall and spring. Offered in fall, summer and spring. 524. Employment Law (3). 625. Seminar in International Area Studies (3). Private and public sector employment law with An interdisciplinary, interregional study of a emphasis on labor relations, employment contemporary global problem. discrimination and current trends in the public policy of regulation of the employment relationship. Liberal Arts (LART) Prerequisite(s): MGMT 321 Notes: Offered in fall, spring and summer.

601. The Search for Order: The Empirical Eye 526. Compensation and Benefits Analysis (3). (3). Planning, designing and controlling benefit and The first of three core colloquia examines how we compensation systems integrating current search for order through sensory experience knowledge on the relationship between work, including, for example, the scientific approach. reward and productivity. Philosophical, technical Notes: Open only to MLA students. and legal issues will be addressed. Prerequisite(s): MGMT 321. 602. The Search for Order: The Rational Eye Notes: Offered in fall and summer. (3). Investigates how we search for order through 529. International Management (3). reason, logic and other mental processes Cultural, legal and ethical context of international exemplified in such disciplines as philosophy and management. International strategic, mathematics. operational, human resources and information Notes: Open only to MLA students. systems. Organization and control systems. Cross-cultural issues in communication, 603. The Search for Order: The Intuitive Eye leadership, motivation, negotiation and (3). teamwork. Explores how we search for order through Prerequisite(s): MGMT 321. aesthetic, emotional and contemplative means embodied in the arts, literature and myths. 622. Advanced Human Resource Notes: Open only to MLA students. Management and Labor Relations (3). A comprehensive study of the issues, decision 604. Capstone Colloquium (3). variables and public policy considerations for the Master of Liberal Arts students design, with the management of an organization’s human help of an advisor, and complete a scholarly resources with special attention on public and project focused by a theme or idea arising out of private sector differences, international variation the student’s individual course of study. and unions. Prerequisite(s): LART 601, 602 and 603. Prerequisite(s): MGMT 327 and 422 or Notes: To be taken as the student’s last course in equivalents; or permission of instructor. the MLA program. Notes: Offered on demand.

128 Courses of Study

625. Entrepreneurship and New Venture 661. Information Systems (3). Management (3). Study of the organizational usage of information A study of the problems and opportunities systems and technology. Emphasis is on the associated with the initiation and management of impact of information systems on organizations new business organizations or projects. The regarding competitive advantage, structure, course focuses on the unique properties decision-making and individual productivity. associated with planning, organizing, directing Notes: Offered in fall, spring and summer. and controlling an innovative venture. Prerequisite(s): FINC 311, MGMT 321 and MKTG 662. Operations Management (3). 331. Design and management of customer-focused Notes: Offered on demand. operations in services and manufacturing. Managing quality, technology and resources in 650. Theory and Behavior of Business the organization and supply chain. Integrating Organization (3). operations management with other business Evolutionary development of organizational theory functions. and the examination of its relationship to Prerequisite(s): QMTH 651 economic, social, political and technological changes in society. 671. Advanced Business Communications Prerequisite(s): MGMT 321. (3). Notes: Offered in fall, spring and summer. Business communications with emphasis on advanced business communications, research 652. Quality Management and Control (3). techniques, interview processes, oral business The fundamentals of quality management and presentations and concise writing. control in manufacturing and service producing Notes: Offered in fall, spring and summer. processes; the principal tools used in quality management and how these tools can be put into 675. Leadership Dynamics (3). practice. The dynamics of leadership explored through theory, organizational learning and group 657. Strategic and International Issues in dynamics, in-depth case study, diagnostic tools Management (3). and self-development. Seminar in strategic management designed to Prerequisite(s): MGMT 321. integrate business functions and examine issues that develop in the relationship between organizations and their changing environment, Marketing (MKTG) both global and domestic. Prerequisite(s): FINC 655. Notes: Offered in fall, spring and summer. 581. Marketing for Global Competitiveness (3). 659. Principles of Public Relations (3). Prepares managers for the challenges of Purposes and practices of public relations, its role competing in the global marketplace. in management and society and its potential as a Prerequisite(s): MKTG 380. career. Notes: Offered in spring. 582. Sales Management (3). Sales force management including selection, 660. Business Environment/Public Policy (3). training, compensation, motivation and Government regulation, nature of business evaluation of the sales organization. responses and interaction between business and Prerequisite(s): MKTG 380. its environment. Notes: Offered on demand.

129 Courses of Study

653. Marketing Management (3). A graduate marketing strategy course that 520. Foundations of Geometry (3). integrates buyer behavior, marketing research, Topics in Euclidean and non-Euclidean demand analysis and sales forecasting, and the geometry, including incidence geometry, elements of the marketing mix, economics, congruence, similarity, area theorems, circles accounting, finance, and the strategic marketing and spheres. decision-making process under a variety of Prerequisite(s): MATH 300. environmental conditions. Notes: Offered in fall. Prerequisite(s): MKTG 380, FINC 311, QMTH 205. 522. Elements of Set Theory and Introduction to Topology (3). Fundamentals of set theory and point-set Mass Communication (MCOM) topology, including functions, Cartesian products, topological spaces, open and closed sets, metric 510. Magazine Editing and Production (3). spaces, connected and compact spaces. Theory and techniques of magazine editing and Prerequisite(s): MATH 300 and MATH 301. production; editorial objectives and formulas, Notes: Offered in fall. issue planning, article selection, layout, illustration, typography, printing and circulation. 535. Numerical Analysis (3). Magazine project required. Analysis of algorithms, including polynomial Prerequisite(s): Junior status and 2.0 GPA. approximation of real functions, numerical Notes: Offered variable times. differentiation and integration and manipulation of matrices. 551-553. Special Topics in Mass Prerequisite(s): MATH 300 and 301 or Communication (1) (2) (3). permission of chair, Department of Mathematics. Prerequisite(s): Permission of instructor. Notes: Offered on demand. Notes: Offered occasionally. May be retaken for additional credit. May count only as elective 541. Probability and Statistics I (3). hours for MCOM majors and minors. Probability theory from an axiomatic viewpoint, including combinatorics, discrete and continuous 615. Issues in Literature of Mass random variables and multivariate distributions. Communication (3). Prerequisite(s): MATH 302. Seminar in basic issues and problems in Notes: Offered in fall. journalism and mass communication as presented in significant books and journals. 542. Probability and Statistics II (3). Notes: Offered odd years in spring. Statistical inference from a mathematical viewpoint, including the central limit theorem, point and interval estimation and regression. Mathematics (MATH) Prerequisite(s): MATH 541. Notes: Offered alternate years in spring. 503. Vector Calculus (3). Vectors, tensors, differential forms, covariant 543. Introduction to Stochastic Processes (3). differentiation, curvature and elementary A survey of stochastic processes and their differential geometry. applications to probabilistic modeling. Topics will Prerequisite(s): MATH 301. include discrete and continuous time Markov Notes: Offered on request. processes, Poisson process and time-series analysis. 509. Real Analysis I (3). Prerequisite(s): MATH 300 and 541. Topics in the study of functions of a real variable, Notes: Offered spring of alternate years. including limits, continuity, differentiability, sequences, series. Prerequisite(s): MATH 522. Notes: Offered in spring. 130 Courses of Study

545. Statistical Theory and Methods II (3). 610. Real Analysis II (3). Analysis of linear models, including both Continuation of MATH 509, including the regression and ANOVA models. Contingency following topics: Riemann-Stieltjes integration, tables are also studied. uniform convergence, Ip and Lp spaces, the Prerequisite(s): MATH 541. Stone-Weirstrass theorem and the implicit Notes: Offered alternate years in spring. function theorem. Prerequisite(s): MATH 509. 546. Applied Statistics for the Sciences (3). Notes: Offered on demand. Survey of statistical methodology applied to problems from the sciences with emphasis on 615. Measure Theory I (3). the area of Health and Human Nutrition. Course includes studies in limit supremum, limit Statistical tests will be reviewed and applied to infimum, Borel sets, outer measure, Lebesgue current issues. measure, Littlewood’s principles, Riemann and Prerequisites): MATH 141 or permission of Lebesgue integration, monotone functions and instructor. the differentiation of an integral. Notes: Offered in fall and summer. Prerequisite(s): MATH 610 or permission of chair, Department of Mathematics. 547. Introduction to Categorical Models (3). Notes: Offered on request. An introduction to the analysis of categorical data. Topics will include methods for comparison of 617. Measure Theory II (3). binomial proportions, r x c contingency tables and Course includes integration theory and logistic and log linear modeling. differentiation of integrals on abstract measure Prerequisite(s): MATH 542. spaces, general convergence theorems, signed Notes: Offered spring of alternate years. measures and the radon-nikodym theorem. Prerequisite(s): MATH 615 or permission of 550. Special Topics in Mathematics (3). chair, Department of Mathematics. In-depth study of a mathematical topic. Notes: Offered on request. Prerequisite(s): Permission of instructor. Notes: May be retaken for additional credit once 649. Nonparametric Statistics (3). for each topic. A survey of current nonparametric techniques. Topics will include the sign test, runs test, 551. Algebraic Structures (3). Wilcoxon rank-sum test and the Kruskal Wallace Theory of rings and fields, with special attention to test. PID’s, UFD’s, Euclidean domains and modules. Prerequisite(s): MATH 542. Prerequisite(s): MATH 351 or equivalent. Notes: Offered on request. Notes: Offered alternate years in fall. 650. Selected Topics in Mathematics (3). 553. Theory of Numbers (3). An in-depth examination of a particular topic in Divisibility, primes, congruences, special graduate mathematics. Selections may be from functions, continued fractions and rational the areas of algebra, probability and statistics, approximations. analysis or geometry. Prerequisite(s): MATH 351 or equivalent. Prerequisite(s): MATH 302, 351 and 541 or Notes: Notes: Offered spring of alternate years. equivalent; and permission of instructor. Notes: May be retaken for additional credit. 575. Optimization Techniques II (3). A continuation of MATH 375. Areas of study 655. Advanced Linear Algebra (3). include mathematical modeling, integer Theory of linear transformations and their programming, combinatorial optimization and applications. network algorithms. Prerequisite(s): MATH 300, 351 or equivalent. Prerequisite(s): MATH 375. Notes: Offered on request. Notes: Offered variable times.

131 Courses of Study

656. Topics in Module Theory (3). 592. Field Experience in Teaching Introduction to modules and operations on sub Mathematics (1:0:8). modules including quotient modules, direct sums, Students will spend 8 hours per week in a public free modules and basic homological algebra. school under the supervision of a mathematics Prerequisite(s): MATH 551 or permission of chair, education professor and will work with a mentor- Department of Mathematics. teacher in preparation for the final internship Notes: Offered on request. experience. Prerequisite(s): MAED 548. Graduate status and 681. Microcomputers and Scientific admission to Teacher Education Program. Calculators (3). Corequisite(s): MAED 591. Programming and use of microcomputers and Notes: A grade of S or U is recorded. Offered in graphing calculators (Casio, HP and TI) with fall. special attention to algebraic manipulation, calculus, matrix and vector operations and 603. Calculus for Secondary Teachers (3). statistical computation. Thorough review of the basic concepts of Notes: Offered in summer and on request. calculus, with motivating examples and typical problems. Prerequisite(s): At least 6 semester hours of Mathematics Education (MAED) undergraduate calculus.

694. Special Topics for Middle School or 548. Secondary Math Curriculum and Junior High School Mathematics Teachers Pedagogy Issues (3:3:1). (3). A study of the secondary mathematics curriculum Selected topics and teaching methodology from (7-12). This course addresses specific the foundations of mathematics as applied to the instructional needs and techniques related to the elementary grades 5-8 curriculum standards. teaching of secondary mathematics concepts. Notes: May be retaken for additional credit as Prerequisite(s): Admission to Teacher Education topics vary. Course topics are selected from, but Program. not limited to, the following areas: probability and Notes: Intensive writing course. Offered in statistics, algebra and geometry. Area will be spring. designated on the transcript.

591. Principles of Teaching Mathematics (3). 695. Special Topics in Content and Pedagogy This course addresses specific instructional for Mathematics Teachers (3). needs and techniques related to the teaching of A study of special topics and teaching mathematics and is designed for students in the methodology from the foundations of MAT program. mathematics as applied to the secondary school Prerequisite(s): MAED 548, Graduate status and 9-12 curriculum standards. Admission to the Teacher Education Program. Notes: Offered on demand. May be retaken for Corequisite(s): MAED 592. additional credit. Course topics are selected Notes: Offered in fall. from, but not limited to, the following areas: probability and statistics, algebra and technology and Tech Prep I and II. Area will be designated on the transcript.

132 Courses of Study

Modern Languages Education The following course numbers are used for (MLAN) the instruments indicated. All applied music is assigned through the chair, Department of Music. MUSA 605, 610, and 614 may be 503. Applied Linguistics (3). retaken for additional credit. MUSA 611, 612, Study of the systems underlying language 613 and 614 are to be taken in sequential acquisition and how to apply them in effective order. teaching and learning. Notes: Offered on demand. Instrument Designators for Applied Music Courses: 530. A, B or C. Language and Cultural Studies Abroad (3-6). A. Piano Under the direction of a Winthrop University B. Organ professor, students pursue intensive studies of C. Harpsichord language at a foreign university. Excursions are D. Voice organized to places of cultural interest. E. Violin Prerequisite(s): Completion of FREN/ F. Viola SPAN/GERM 101-102 or equivalent. G. Cello Notes: A=French; B=Spanish and C=German. J. String Bass Offered in summer and on demand. K. Guitar M. Flute 591. Principles in Teaching Modern N. Oboe Languages (3). Q. Clarinet To give students a 4 hour per week classroom R. Bassoon experience on different methodology by a Modern S. Saxophone Language education professor. T. Trumpet Notes: Offered in spring and in fall on demand. U. Trombone V. Horn 592. Field Experience in Teaching Modern W. Euphonium Languages (1:0-8). Y. Tuba Students will spend 8 hours per week in a public Z. Percussion school under the supervision of a modern languages education professor and will work with 511. Score Reading (2-1). a mentor teacher in preparation for the final Detailed study and analysis of musical scores to internship experience. facilitate reducing scores to piano Prerequisite(s): Graduate status. Admission to accompaniment. Teacher Education Program. Prerequisites: MUSA 282, MUST 212 and 507 or Corequisite(s): MLAN 591. permission of instructor. Notes: A grade of S or U is recorded. Notes: May be retaken for additional credit.

621C. Choral Conducting (1-4: 0.5-1:0). Music Applied (MUSA) Advanced techniques in score analysis, manual technique, style and interpretation for the choral Applied Music Courses (1, 2, 3 or 4 hours conductor. credit). Prerequisite: Successful completion Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of applied of graduate entrance audition. entrance audition.

Lab Fees for Applied Music courses are assessed as follows: one hour lesson $200 one half-hour lesson $100

133 Courses of Study

621N. Instrumental Conducting (1-4: 0.5-1:0). Music Ensembles. Music Ensembles are Advanced techniques in score analysis, manual open to all Winthrop University graduate technique, style and interpretation for the students, regardless of degree. Auditions, instrumental conductor. where required, are scheduled during each Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of applied registration period. Ensembles may be entrance audition. retaken for additional credit.

622C. Choral Conducting (1-4: 0.5-1:0). 641-649. Special Topics in Music (1). A continuation of the advanced techniques Various chamber ensembles created for a variety covered in MUSA 621C. of available instrumentalists, vocalists or Prerequisite(s): MUSA 621C. keyboardists in a given semester. Prerequisite(s): Permission of instructor. 622N. Instrumental Conducting (1-4: 0.5-1:0). A continuation of the advanced techniques 651. Winthrop Glee Club (1:3). covered in MUSA 621N. A large, mixed ensemble which also functions as Prerequisite(s): MUSA 621N. Men’s Glee Club and Women’s Glee Club. Prerequisite(s): Permission of instructor. 623C. Choral Conducting (1-4: 0.5-1:0). A continuation of the advanced techniques 652. Winthrop Chorale (1:4). covered in MUSA 622C. A 45-voice choir that tours throughout the Prerequisite(s): MUSA 622C. Southeast. Two major concerts each year. Prerequisite(s): Audition required. 623N. Instrumental Conducting (1-4: 0.5-1:0). A continuation of the advanced techniques 653. Jazz Voices (1:3). covered in MUSA 622N. Vocal jazz ensemble of 16 singers and Prerequisite(s): MUSA 622N. instrumentalists performing historic jazz and contemporary arrangements. 624C. Choral Conducting (1-4: 0.5-1:0). Prerequisite(s): Audition required. A continuation of the advanced techniques covered in MUSA 623C. 654. Chamber Singers (1:2). Prerequisite(s): MUSA 623C. A small vocal ensemble performing music drawn Notes: May be retaken for additional credit. from five centuries, including Renaissance madrigals, Baroque cantatas, Classical church 624N. Instrumental Conducting (1-4: 0.5-1:0). music, 19th-century part songs and A continuation of the advanced techniques contemporary music. covered in MUSA 623N. Prerequisite(s): Audition required. Prerequisite(s): MUSA 623N.Notes: May be retaken for additional credit. 656. Chamber Wind Ensemble (1:3:0). A select wind ensemble performing the standard 631. Composition (4-1). repertory for wind and percussion band including Applied instruction in music composition. repertory from the 20th century. Prerequisite(s): Permission of instructor. Prerequisite(s): Audition required. Notes: Offered in fall and spring. 632. Composition (4-1). Applied instruction in music composition; a 657. Symphonic Band (1:4). continuation of MUSA 631. A large wind and percussion ensemble that Prerequisite(s): MUSA 631 or permission of performs at least two formal concerts per year. instructor. Prerequisite(s): Permission of instructor and Notes: May be retaken for additional credit. audition required.

134 Courses of Study

658. Winthrop/Carolinas Wind Orchestra (1:3). 666. Chamber Ensemble: Vocal (1:2). A select ensemble of wind and percussion Small vocal ensembles formed during any given instruments performing primarily new and semester. demanding works for the medium. Prerequisite(s): Audition required. Prerequisite(s): Audition required. Notes: Offered in fall and spring. May be 667. Chamber Ensemble (1:0-1). re-taken for additional credit. Various chamber ensembles formed from strings, winds, guitar, percussion and keyboards 659. Jazz Ensemble (1:3). during any given semester. Performs arrangements for large jazz bands. Prerequisite(s): Permission of chair, Department Prerequisite(s): Audition required. of Music. Notes: May be retaken for additional credit. 660. String Ensemble (1:2). An ensemble formed from available string players 668. Guitar Ensemble (1:2). during any given semester. Practice outside the Various small guitar ensembles formed from designated coaching sessions is required. available guitarists during any given semester. Prerequisite(s): Audition required. Practice outside the designated coaching sessions is required. 661. Winthrop Chamber Orchestra (1:3). Prerequisite(s): Audition required. Performs chamber works for strings and other instruments. 669. Collegium Musicum (1:2). Prerequisite(s): Audition required. A chamber ensemble formed from available Notes: Offered in fall and spring. May be re- players during any given semester performing a taken from additional credit. variety of early music on original instruments. Practice outside the designated coaching 662. Jazz Combos (1). sessions is required. Small group jazz setting of acoustic and Prerequisite(s): Audition required. synthesized instruments concentrating on the study and performance of improvisation in 670. Opera Production (1). contemporary jazz and popular musical styles. Participation and experience in an opera Prerequisite(s): Audition required. production. The work performed will vary with the semester. 663. Percussion Ensemble (1:3). Prerequisite(s): MUST 321 and audition or A full percussion ensemble performing all styles of permission of instructor. percussion literature from the standard repertoire Notes: May be retaken for additional credit. and from other cultures. Prerequisite(s): Audition required. Music (MUST) 664. Flute Choir (1:2). A full flute choir formed from available players 501. Piano Literature (3). during any given semester. Practice outside the A study of literature for the piano from its designated coaching sessions is required. beginning through contemporary practices. Prerequisite(s): Audition required. Prerequisite(s): MUST 306 or permission of instructor. 665. Brass Ensemble (1:2). Notes: Offered as needed. A full brass ensemble formed from available players during any given semester. Practice 503. Organ Literature (3). outside the designated coaching sessions is A survey of representative organ works from the required. 16th through the 20th centuries. Prerequisite(s): Audition required. Prerequisite(s): MUST 306 or permission of instructor. Notes: Offered as needed.

135 Courses of Study

505. Opera Literature (3). 513. Counterpoint (3). Historical development of opera with detailed Study of contrapuntal techniques from the study of selected operas. Renaissance to the present, emphasizing J.S. Prerequisite(s): MUST 306 or permission of Bach. Writing projects include 16th-century and instructor. 18th-century inventions, canons and fugues. Notes: Offered as needed. Prerequisite(s): MUST 212 or permission of instructor. 506. Choral Literature (3). Notes: Offered as needed. A survey of choral literature from 1450 through the 20th century, with detailed analysis of 514. History of Jazz (3). representative masterworks. An examination of jazz styles, including Prerequisite(s): MUST 306 or permission of extensive study of several major figures. instructor. Students learn to distinguish the various styles through analysis of rhythmic, melodic, harmonic 508. Standard Choral Repertory (3). and instrumentational differences. A survey of the standard choral repertory for high Prerequisite(s): MUSA 306 or permission of school singers. The class will analyze, sing and instructor. play excerpts from about 200 sacred and secular Notes: Offered as needed. pieces in varying levels of difficulty (grade II through V). 515. Chamber Music Literature (3). Prerequisite(s): MUSA 282, MUST 212 and 507, A survey of selected chamber music from the or permission of instructor. beginning through the present day. Includes a Notes: Offered as needed. study of formal elements and aural recognition of representative works. 509. Art Song Literature (3). Prerequisite(s): MUSA 306 or permission of A survey of European and American art song with instructor. emphasis on 19th and 20th century German and Notes: Offered as needed. French literature. Prerequisite(s): MUST 306 or permission of 516. Symphonic Literature (3). instructor. An historical and chronological survey of Notes: Offered as needed. symphonic literature from the pre-classic to the present, including a study of formal elements 511. Orchestration and Arranging (3). and aural recognition of representative works. Techniques and principles of scoring for strings, Prerequisite(s): MUSA 306 or permission of woodwinds, brass, percussion and chorus; instructor. arranging and adapting music for instrumental Notes: Offered as needed. and/or choral groups. Prerequisite(s): MUST 212 and any two of MUSA 517. Percussion Literature (3). 291, 293, 295 or 297. A survey of percussion literature from its Notes: Offered as needed. earliest antecedents in military and orchestral music through the major genres of the 20th 512. Analytical Techniques (3). century, including chamber music, percussion A capstone course that assimilates aspects of and marimba ensembles and solo genres for music theory, harmony, analysis and aural skills timpani, multiple percussion and keyboard needed for advanced courses in literature, history, percussion. performance and music education. Prerequisite(s): MUST 306 and MUST 212 or Prerequisite(s): MUST 212 and MUST 214 or permission of instructor. graduate standing. Notes: Offered as needed. Notes: Offered in fall and spring.

136 Courses of Study

518. Wind Literature (3). 532. Computer Music Technology II (3). A survey of the basic repertory for concert band A continuation of the skills acquired in MUST and wind ensemble from the Renaissance to the 531 with more advanced practical applications. present. Prerequisite(s): MUST 531 or permission of Prerequisite(s): MUST 212 and 507, or instructor. permission of instructor. Notes: Offered as needed. Notes: Offered as needed. 535. Diction: English/Italian/Latin (1:2:0). 519. Vocal Pedagogy (3). Principles and practices of English, Italian and An introduction to the basic methodologies used Latin diction for singers. in establishing good vocal technique; an overview Prerequisite(s): MUSA 112D or permission of of the historical perspectives as well as current instructor. vocal science. The course includes actual Notes: Offered in fall. supervised practical experience. Prerequisite(s): MUSA 112D or permission of 536. Diction: French/German (1:2:0). instructor. Principles and practices of French and German Notes: Offered as needed. diction for singers. Prerequisite(s): MUSA 112D or permission of 520. Piano Pedagogy (3). instructor. Designed for prospective piano teachers. A Notes: Offered in spring. survey of materials, educational principles and methods of teaching piano for individual and 551-559. Special Topics in Music (1) (2) (3). group lessons. Topics may include literature courses for piano, Notes: Offered as needed. organ, art song, choral, percussion, wind, women and music or other topics. 521. Composition for Music Education (2:2-1). Prerequisite(s): Permission of chair, A course focusing on compositional processes Department of Music. from the 16th-century to the present. Extensive Notes: Offered as needed. May be retaken for work in the Musical Instrument Digital Interface additional credit. (MIDI)/computer music lab included. Prerequisite(s): MUST 212 or permission of 561. Medieval/Renaissance Music (3). instructor. An advanced study of the music of the Western Notes: Offered in fall and spring. European tradition from 600-1600. Includes history, genre studies, literature, analysis of 523. Accompanying (1:1:0.5). scores and extensive listening. Study of skills, sight reading and style required of Prerequisite(s): MUST 306 or permission of accompanists. At least one song cycle or one instructor. instrumental sonata will be required. Notes: Offered as needed. Prerequisite(s): Permission of instructor. Notes: Offered as needed. 562. Baroque Period Music (3). An advanced study of the music of the Western 531. Computer Music Technology I (3). European tradition from 1600-1750. Includes An introductory course to microcomputers and history, genre studies, literature, analysis of Musical Instrument Digital Interface (MIDI) scores and extensive listening. hardware for the purpose of musical creativity. Prerequisite(s): MUST 306 or permission of Prerequisite(s): MUST 212 or permission of instructor. instructor. Notes: Offered as needed. Notes: Offered as needed.

137 Courses of Study

563. Classic Period Music (3). based programs of instructional planning, An advanced study of the music of the Western methodology, classroom management, and European tradition from 1750-1820. Includes evaluation of teaching and learning. history, genre studies, literature, analysis of Prerequisite(s): MUST 590. scores and extensive listening. Corequisite(s) MUST 591 and EDUC 390. Prerequisite(s): MUST 306 or permission of instructor. 602. Advanced Instrumental Techniques (3). Notes: Offered as needed. Programming, rehearsing and teaching the school orchestra, marching band, concert band 564. Romantic Period Music (3). and jazz ensemble. A continuation of topics in An advanced study of the music of the Western MUST 591 and additional advanced topics. European tradition from 1820-1900. Includes Prerequisite(s): MUST 591 or equivalent. history, genre studies, literature, analysis of scores and extensive listening. 604. Advanced Choral Techniques (3). Prerequisite(s): MUST 306 or permission of Methods and materials for teaching high school instructor. choral music. Rehearsal techniques, tone, Notes: Offered as needed. diction, programming, organization and management. Analysis of representative 565. 20th Century Music Literature (3). repertory. A study of styles, trends, systems and literature Prerequisite(s): MUST 591 or equivalent. from 1900 to the present, including neo-tonal, atonal, serial, electronic, and experimental forms. 607. Form and Style in Music (3). Notes: Offered as needed. An analytical study of the formal and stylistic practices and techniques of representative 590. Principles of Teaching Music: composers of the 18th-20th centuries. Elementary (3). Notes: Offered in spring. A methods course that addresses specific instructional needs and techniques for teaching 612. Foundations of Music Education (3). general music in the elementary school. A survey of historical, philosophical, sociological Prerequisite(s): Admission to Teacher Education and psychological issues that affect music Program. MUST 212 and 317. education. Notes: Offered in fall. 614. Research in Music (3). 591. Principles of Teaching Music: Secondary A survey of music research designs and (3). techniques. A methods course that addresses specific Prerequisite(s): MUST 612 required for MME instructional needs and techniques for teaching students. general music in the secondary school. Notes: Offered in spring. Prerequisite(s): Admission to Teacher Education Program; MUST 590. 616. The Music Curriculum K-12 (3). Notes: Offered in spring. Examination of principles and problems of curriculum design and implementation in music 592. Field Experience in Teaching Music education K-12. (1: 0-8). Prerequisite(s): MUST 612. Laboratory experience equivalent to 28 half-days Notes: Offered in fall. designed to lead music students through an exploration and examination of various research-

138 Courses of Study

621. Opera Workshop I (2:3). knowledge required of athletic trainers, coaches Laboratory for the development of skills in acting and other allied health professionals. Upon and singing of opera and musical theatre completion of the course the student will obtain through the study of scenes from standard Red Cross professional Rescuer CPR operatic repertory and short operas, with certification. performances possible. Prerequisite(s): PHED 361. Notes: May be retaken for additional credit. Notes: Fee for Red Cross certificate. Offered in spring. 622. Opera Workshop II (2:3). Continuation of MUST 621, continued 510. Financial Management of Fitness and development of skills in acting and singing of Interscholastic Athletic Programs (3). opera and musical theatre. The purpose of the course is to introduce Notes: May be retaken for additional credit. students to a number of financial and staffing topics that are relevant to the sport industry. 630-639. Special Topics in Music (1) (2) (3). Major concepts to be studied will include basic Prerequisite(s): Permission of chair, Department financial concepts, budgeting, revenue streams, of Music. current financial issues in sports, staffing, Notes: May be retaken for additional credit. assessment of staff, staffing policy and procedures and a number of other relevant 641. Orff-Schulwerk Level I (3). topics. A two-week summer course for music teachers to Prerequisite(s): PHED or SPMA major and develop basic competencies in the principles and junior, senior or graduate status. pedagogy of Orff-Schulwerk. Prerequisite(s): Permission of instructor. 512. Seminar on Contemporary Leaders and Organizations in Health, Physical Education 642. Orff-Schulwerk Level II (3). and Recreation (2). A two-week summer course for music teachers to Study of current issues and contemporary develop advanced competencies in the principles leaders through preliminary study and and pedagogy of Orff-Schulwerk. attendance at the Southern District or National Prerequisite(s): Orff level I certification or AAHPERD Convention. Notes: May be permission of instructor. retaken for additional credit.

525. Risk Management in Physical Activity Philosophy (PHIL) and Sport (3). This course is designed to introduce the student to the legal principles applicable to a variety of 550. Special Topics in Philosophy (3). sport settings. The topic of tort liability will be An in-depth consideration of a specific topic of explored in depth with special emphasis on concern in philosophy. The course may be effective management of risk. offered under various topics. Prerequisite(s): Junior status or above as an Prerequisite(s): Permission of instructor. SPMA or PHED major. Notes: May be retaken for additional credit. Offered in fall, spring and summer. 548. Psychology of Sport and Physical Activity (3). An analysis of the psychological factors Physical Education (PHED) involved in sport and physical activity with emphasis on performance enhancement. Prerequisite(s): PSYC 101. 506. Advanced Emergency Care (2:1:2). Lecture, demonstration and guided laboratory experiences designed to expose the student to the advanced emergency care techniques and

139 Courses of Study

563. Therapeutic Modalities for Athletic 565L. Therapeutic Exercise and Training (3:2). Rehabilitation for Athletic Training Lab (1). An introduction to purposes, effects and Guided laboratory experience designed to applications of therapeutic modalities for use in provide competency in the development of treating athletic injuries. Lecture, demonstration reconditioning programs. and discussion formats will be included. Prerequisite(s): PHED 338. 571. Theory and Assessment of Coaching Notes: Offered in spring. (3). This course will be an introduction to the philosophy, principles and techniques of 563L. Therapeutic Modalities for Athletic effective coaching with emphasis on the Training Lab (1). psychological and sociological processes of Guided laboratory experience in the application of preparing athletes for competition. In additions, therapeutic modalities. various evaluation instruments and procedures Corequisite(s): PHED 563. will be analyzed as they relate to coaching Notes: Offered in spring. effectiveness. Notes: Offered in spring odd years. 564. Assessment of Athletic Injuries and Illnesses: Head, Trunk, and Spine (3:2:1). 611. Physical Education Curriculum (3). Lecture/demonstration experiences designed to An analysis of the elements of current curriculum theory with particular application to expose students to techniques and knowledge physical education, health, dance, recreation required of athletic trainers. Topics covered and related fields. include head, trunk and spine injury evaluation, Prerequisite(s): PHED 449 or equivalent. training room operations and procedures and initial management of injuries. 615. Computer Applications in Athletics and Prerequisite(s): BIOL 306. Physical Education (3). Designed to provide an awareness of, and 564L. Assessment of Athletic Injuries and experience in, the uses of computers and Illnesses: Head, Trunk and Spine Lab (1). software in physical education and athletics. Guided laboratory and clinical experience in Specific applications of computers will be athletic training. Observation and practice of skills demonstrated and the implications of those applications will be discussed. Electronic gained in lecture, including the evaluation of communications, spreadsheets, databases, head, trunk and spine injuries. Actual practice in graphics, desktop publishing, web page dealing with athletic injuries, including attending construction, digital movie and computerized athletic events under staff supervision. presentations are among the topics that will be Corequisite(s): PHED 564. covered. Notes: Offered in fall. Notes: Offered in spring and summer.

565. Therapeutic Exercise and Rehabilitation 650 thru 659. Physical Education Special for Athletic Training (3:2). Topics (3). An introduction to intermediate and advanced This series of courses will provide curriculum options for MS physical education students to techniques in therapeutic exercise and study discrete topics, issues and trends within rehabilitation programs for athletic injuries. the discipline and related fields. Lecture, discussion and demonstration formats Prerequisite(s): Permission of instructor. will be included. Notes: May be retaken for additional credit. Prerequisite(s): PHED 338,PHED 339 and PHED 564. 662. Adapted Physical Education (3). Notes: Offered in spring. Designed to aid the student in developing guidelines for curriculum implementation to plan methods and to program physical education activities for individuals with physical disabilities. Prerequisite(s): PHED 350 or equivalent.

140 Courses of Study

670. Advanced Strategies in Teaching 685. Strength and Conditioning Programs Elementary Physical Education (3). for Athletes (3). Strategies in methodology for elementary physical This course is designed to investigate current education including curriculum development as techniques and theories of strength training and directed by National and State standards or conditioning for various sports and activities guidelines. from physiological and biomechanical Notes: Offered every two years. perspectives. Prerequisite(s): Permission of instructor. 671. Special Problems in Teaching Secondary Physical Education (3). 686. Sport Event and Facility Management Designed to assist the experienced physical (3). educator in finding alternative ways to handle This course is designed for students to develop disciplinary and curricula problems. Emphasis on the necessary competencies to plan, design, individual humanistic approach. construct and manage sport-related facilities. Notes: Offered every two years. Further, students will develop the competencies to design, plan and manage sporting events. 681. Ethical Issues and Research in Physical Notes: Offered in spring. Education and Sport (3). An in-depth examination of ethical issues in 691. Research Project (3). physical education and sport as reported in the An independent action research project and current professional literature. Included will be an paper. Topic approved by project advisor. Oral analysis of the current research in the discipline presentation required. and an examination of the role of research in the Prerequisite(s): Permission of instructor. ethical decision making. An outcome of the Notes: A grade of S or U is recorded. course will be the development of a personal philosophy on social responsibility, a code of 692. Field Experience in Teaching Physical ethics, and a review of literature on a self-selected Education (1: 0-2). topic. This course uses laboratory experiences Prerequisite(s): A course in principles and equivalent to 28.5 days in a physical education philosophy of physical education or permission of setting. Students will put into practice instructor. instructional planning, classroom techniques Notes: Offered in fall of even years. and principles of pedagogy and assessment of learning. 682. Scientific Basis of Sport and Physical Prerequisite(s): Admission to MAT program. Activity (3). Corequisite(s): PHED 670 or 671. Designed to investigate and apply principles of exercise physiology, biomechanics and motor 694. Practicum in Athletic Administration learning through experimentation and lecture. (3:0:3). Prerequisite(s): Motor learning, exercise This practicum provides students with the physiology, biomechanics. opportunity for a supervised practical Notes: Offered every two years in spring. experience in interscholastic athletic administration. 684. Athletic Administration (3). Prerequisite(s): Completion of 24 hours of Practical method and techniques needed by graduate credits in the Athletic Administration interscholastic athletic administrators are covered option. by this course. Included topics are academic Notes: Offered in fall, spring and summer. standards and eligibility, developing and implementing a philosophy, responsibilities, roles 695. Thesis (3). and functions of an athletic director, and Development of an individual investigation or leadership theory and practices related to applied research project. Oral defense management of middle and secondary sports required. programs. Prerequisite(s): 9 hours of graduate Notes: Offered in fall. work to include NUTR 607 or EDUC 640. Notes: A grade of S or U is recorded. Credit not recorded until PHED 696 is completed.

141 Courses of Study

696. Thesis (3). in the world in terms of its place in present day Completion of an individual investigation. Oral politics. Students will learn how China deals defense required. with its own policies as a Communist country Prerequisite(s): PHED 695. and how it deals with the rest of the world. Notes: A grade of S or U is recorded. Prerequisite(s): PLSC 205 or PLSC 207 or graduate status or permission of instructor.

Physics (PHYS) 506. International Political Economy (3). A study of the foundations and operation of the

international political economy. Examines the

impact and influences of the key institutions, 615. Physics Tech I (3). theories and trends guiding the interaction of The course provides teachers with the politics and economics globally. instructional and laboratory skills needed to teach Prerequisite (s): PLSC 205 or PLSC 207 or physics for the technologies I. It covers the units graduate status or permission of the instructor. on: force, work, rate, resistance, energy and power. 508. National Security (3). Prerequisite(s): South Carolina Class III Teaching An exploration of a number of approaches to Certificate. national security, including traditional military analysis to newer issues such as environmental and resource security. Prerequisite(s): PLSC 205 or PLSC 207, or Political Science (PLSC) graduate status or permission of instructor. Notes: Offered alternate fall semesters.

501. Academic Research in Political Science 510. Topics in Political Inquiry (3). (1). Topics to be chosen by the instructor. Students conduct original research in a Political Notes: May be retaken for additional credit. Science field. Offered variable times. Prerequisite(s): Permission of instructor and chair required. 512. Politics and Education (3). Public schools as agents of political 502. Academic Research in Political Science socialization and their interaction with (2). governments and political forces at the local, Students conduct original research in a Political state and national level. Science field. Prerequisite(s): Grade of C or better in PLSC Prerequisite(s): Permission of instructor and chair 201, or graduate status or permission of required. instructor. Notes: Offered variable times. 503. Academic Research in Political Science (3). 514. Survey Research and Data Management Students conduct original research in a Political (3). Science field. This course offers a comprehensive, hands-on Prerequisite(s): Permission of instructor and chair examination of survey research including required. questionnaire construction, programming a Computer Aided Telephone Interviewing (CATI) 504. American Foreign Policy (3). system, sampling frames, survey methodology, Study of policy formulation and the caller training and supervision, data collection decision-making process. and data analysis. Prerequisite(s): PLSC 205 or PLSC 207, or Prerequisite(s): Permission of the instructor. graduate status or permission of instructor. Notes: Offered in fall and spring.

505. Government and Politics of Modern China (3). This course will provide students a chance to focus on one of the most powerful Asian countries

142 Courses of Study

518. Politics of the American South (3). 640. Contemporary Political Issues (3). Focuses on the unique politics of the South. It Topics to be chosen by the instructor. places southern politics in its theoretical and Notes: May be retaken for additional credit with historical context and examines the central role of permission of chair, Department of Political race in southern politics as well as regional Science. importance to national politics. Prerequisite(s): PLSC 201 with a grade of C or better, or graduate status or permission of the Psychology (PSYC) instructor.

Notes: Cross-listed with AAMS 518. Offered fall or spring on biennial basis. 506. Psychological Measurements (3).

Study of the construction, evaluation and 524. Health, Media and Public Policy (3). application of individual and group tests and the This course examines the intersection between analysis and interpretation of their results. media and public policy with a particular focus on Prerequisite(s): Graduate student status only. the field of health policy. Notes: Offered in fall. Prerequisite(s): Undergraduate GPA of 3.3 or graduate status. 508. Principles of Learning: Cognition (3).

The human viewed as a system that processes 532. Government and Politics of Asia (3). information. Topics include sensory processes, Examination of contemporary political issues, memory, language and thinking. political forces and governmental institutions in Prerequisite(s): Graduate student status only Asia. Notes: Offered in fall, spring and summer. Prerequisite(s): PLSC 205 or PLSC 207, or graduate status or permission of instructor. 510. Behavior Analysis and Behavior Notes: Offered variable times. Change (3).

Study of application of behavior management 551. African-American Political Thought (3). techniques in educational, clinical and domestic This course explores the historical struggle of settings. African-Americans to assess their identity in Prerequisite(s): Graduate student status only. relationship to their legal and social oppression. In Notes: Offered in fall and spring. reflecting on the work of Audre Lorde, W.E.B.

DuBois, Frederick Douglass, Langston Hughes, 512. The Exceptional Child (3). James Baldwin, Ralph Ellison, Sojourner Truth, Study of individuals with special problems in Toni Morrison, Edward Said, Martin Luther King, cognitive, emotional or motor ability. Malcolm X, Cornell West, Henry Louis Gates, Prerequisite(s): Graduate student status only . Alice Walker, Bell Hooks, Mark Twain and others. Notes: Offered in fall. We will angle in on the question of black identity from a variety of perspectives. Particular attention 515. Health Psychology and Behavioral will be paid to the relationship between these Medicine (3). articulations of “blackness” and the historical and political settings in which they arise. Informed Study of the biological, social and psychological class discussions will be emphasized. Students factors that combine to influence human health will be expected to write a term paper and present and health practices. Models and methods of it to the class. identification, prevention and treatment Prerequisite(s): GNED 102 or AAMS 300, or applicable to behavioral medicine will be permission of instructor or graduate status. reviewed. Notes: Cross-listed with AAMS 551. Intensive Prerequisite(s): Graduate student status only . Writing course. Notes: Offered in fall.

553. Feminist Theory (3). 520. Special Topics in Psychology (1-3). This course is designed to acquaint students with In-depth study of a particular topic in the variety of ideas, methods and issues raised psychology. within contemporary feminist literature. Prerequisite(s): Graduate student status only. Prerequisite(s): GNED 102, graduate status or Notes: May be retaken for additional credit permission of instructor. under different topics. Offered on demand.

143 Courses of Study

601. Psychopathology of Childhood and 609. Psychological Assessment for Adolescence (3). Intervention II (3). Advanced study of preventive methods, Competency-based instruction in individual etiologies, identification and interventions related psychological assessment and use of results for to psychopathology. problem-solving and intervention planning. Prerequisite(s): PSYC 306 and PSYC 503 or 512. Prerequisite(s): PSYC 608 and permission of instructor (open to majors only). 602. Introduction to Counseling (3). Notes: Lab Fee: $20. Study of the major theories of personality development and the techniques of counseling 611. Advanced Therapeutic Psychology: derived from them. Techniques for Mental Health Services in the Prerequisite(s): PSYC 101. Schools (3). Advanced study and practice of therapeutic 603. Therapeutic Psychology: Techniques of psychology with an emphasis on mental health Counseling and Psychotherapy (3). services in schools. Therapeutic and empirical aspects of Prerequisite(s): PSYC 603 and/or permission of psychotherapy and behavior change. instructor (open to majors only). Prerequisite(s): PSYC 602 or permission of instructor. 612. Psychological Assessment for Note: Open to majors only. Intervention III (3). Competency-based instruction in individual 604. Advanced Studies in Human Development psychological and developmental assessment (3). with an emphasis on infants and special Intensive study of human development with populations of children and youth. emphasis on recent research. Prerequisite(s): PSYC 608 and 609 and Prerequisite(s): PSYC 101 and a course in human permission of instructor (open to majors growth and development. only).Notes: Lab Fee: $20.

606. Applied Behavior Analysis and 613. Advanced Statistics and Data Analysis Intervention (3). (3). Study and application of behavior analysis and Statistical analyses of psychological data with intervention techniques. emphasis on applied settings. Prerequisite(s): PSYC 101 and permission of Prerequisite(s): PSYC 304. instructor. Notes: Lab Fee: $20.

607. Curriculum-Based Assessment and 614. Research Methodology and Academic Interventions (3). Applications (3). Study and practice of curriculum-based Survey of research methodology and design as assessment and interventions for academic skills applied to research and evaluation in and problems. psychology and education. Prerequisite(s): PSYC 613. 608. Psychological Assessment for Intervention I (3). 615. Seminar in Professional School Competency-based instruction in individual Psychology (3). psychological assessment and use of results for Review of the development and current status problem-solving and intervention planning. of school psychology as a professional Prerequisite(s): PSYC 506 or equivalent and specialty. permission of instructor (open to majors only). Prerequisite(s): PSYC 101 and permission of Notes: Lab Fee: $20. instructor. Note: Open to majors only.

144 Courses of Study

617. Understanding and Counseling the 652. School Psychology Internship II (3). Adolescent (3). Supervised experience providing school A course to familiarize the helper with the psychological services emphasizing psychological/culture forces which shape the assessment and psychoeducational program behavior of the adolescent, and counseling planning. techniques to help the adolescent. Prerequisite(s): PSYC 608, 609, 615 and permission of instructor. 618. Consultation and Indirect Services (3). Notes: A grade of S or U is recorded. Open to The study of indirect service roles and majors only. responsibilities in school psychology, including consultation, supervision, in-service training, 653. School Psychology Internship III (3). organizational development and prevention. Supervised experience providing school Prerequisite(s): PSYC 615 and permission of psychological services emphasizing techniques instructor. of intervention and consultation. Notes: Open to majors only. Prerequisite(s): PSYC 652 and permission of instructor. 620. School Psychology Traineeship I (3). Notes: A grade of S or U is recorded. Open to Applied, closely supervised experience in the majors only. schools. Students will perform many functions of school psychologists, including assessment, 654. School Psychology Internship IV (3). behavior analysis and intervention, counseling, Supervised experience providing indirect consultation and academic interventions. psychological services in educational settings Prerequisite(s): PSYC 615, 606 or 510, 607 and emphasizing administrative roles and research. permission of instructor (open to majors only). Prerequisite(s): PSYC 653 and permission of instructor. 621. School Psychology Traineeship II (3). Notes: A grade of S or U is recorded. Open to Applied field experience in the schools under majors only. close supervision of the instructor. Students will perform many functions of school psychologist at 670-678. Continuing Professional an advanced level including assessment, Development in School Psychology (1). behavior management, academic interventions, Current topics in school psychology for consultation and counseling. practicing school psychologists. Prerequisite(s): PSYC 620 and permission of Prerequisite(s): Licensure or certification in instructor. School Psychology or allied profession. Notes: Open to majors only. Notes: A grade of S or U is recorded. May be retaken for additional credit. 625. Advanced Seminar in School Psychology (3). 679. Continuing Professional Development Review of coursework and discussion of current in School Psychology (2). issues and trends. Includes a comprehensive Prerequisite(s): Licensure or certification in examination of all program training experiences. School Psychology or allied profession. Prerequisite(s): PSYC 101, 615 and permission of Notes: A grade of S or U is recorded. May be instructor. retaken for additional credit. Note: Open to majors only. 690. Special Topics in Psychology (3). 651. School Psychology Internship I (3). Advanced study of a topic of relevance to Supervised introduction to the provision of school psychology or allied disciplines. May be offered psychological services emphasizing an under various topics/titles. orientation to the educational system. Prerequisite(s): PSYC 101 or equivalent or Prerequisite(s): PSYC 608, 615, and permission permission of instructor. of instructor. Notes: May be retaken for additional credit Notes: A grade of S or U is recorded. Open to under different topics. majors only.

145 Courses of Study

Quantitative Methods (QMTH) 562. Teaching Basic Reading Skills in Middle and Secondary School (3). Persons teaching or preparing to teach in 651. Statistical Methods for Decision-Making middle or secondary school examine basic reading skills in relation to the needs and (3). characteristics of their pupils. Statistical methods, regression and time series Prerequisite(s): EDUC 381 or equivalent and analysis in the decision-making process. Admission to Teacher Education Program. Prerequisite(s): CSCI 101 and ECON 205. Notes: A student may not receive credit for

READ 562 and READ 461 or READ 561. 658. Quantitative Methods in Business (3).

Use of quantitative models in the decision-making 571. Diagnostic and Prescriptive Teaching of process. Prerequisite(s): QMTH 651. Reading (3). Students develop strategies for applying the principles learned in the basic reading course Reading (READ) by providing instruction adjusted to the individual needs of one pupil. Prerequisite(s): Grade of C or better in READ 510. Literature for Children (3). 461, READ 561 or READ 562 and Admission to An introduction to books, magazines and non- Teacher Education Program. print adaptations (e.g., audio recordings, Notes: Offered in fall, spring and summer. filmstrips, books on disk, and video recordings) of Work with pupils required. literature appropriate for children’s growth in literacy. 611. Issues in Teaching Literature for Prerequisite(s): READ 321, 322 or equivalent; for Children and Young Adults (3). ELEM and ECED majors. A study of issues and trends in literature for Corequisite: READ 461. children, young adults and appropriate adults Note(s): Offered in fall, spring and summer. and its current practices in teaching literacy and other curricular practices. 541. Reading in the Secondary School (3). Prerequisite(s): READ 510 or equivalent A study of the background information and skills introductory course in children’s literature. needed by secondary teachers for guiding pupils’ growth in and through reading; identification of 621. Infusing Mediacy into the Teaching the and planning for instruction needed. Integrated English/Language Arts (3) Prerequisite(s): Admission to Teacher Education The course will review and expand the Program. knowledge of teaching practices in the basic English language arts of listening, speaking, 550 thru 559. Problems in Teaching Reading reading, writing and mediacy, particularly (1, 2, 3). through the integration of technology to promote To assist school personnel in the identification, literacy. analysis and planning of strategies to overcome specific problems in the teaching of reading. 623. Written Expression in Elementary, Notes: Offered on demand. Middle and Secondary Schools (3). Graduate candidates will review research-based 561. Teaching Basic Reading Skills (3). best practices in writing instruction, examine Introductory course in teaching reading. issue writing instruction and creat an Prerequisite(s): EDUC 381 or equivalent and interdisciplinary writing unit. Admission to Teacher Education Program. Notes: Students may not receive credit for READ 645. Teaching Content Area Reading (3). 561 and READ 461 or READ 562. Teachers (elementary to adult) identify literacy competencies needed in content areas, assess pupil development of these competencies and adjust content instruction according to student

strengths and needs in culturally diverse

classrooms.

Notes: Offered in spring and summer.

146 Courses of Study

651. Teaching Reading and Writing to 672. Diagnosis and Correction of Reading Learners with Limited English Proficiency (3). Disabilities (3). This course provides an in-depth examination of This course is designed to acquaint language as system (phonological-orthographic, experienced reading teachers with diagnostic morphological, semantic and grammatical cuing and instructional procedures typical of clinical systems) with linguistic application to the teaching reading situations. minority dialect and second language learners Prerequisite(s): READ 661, 671, EDUC 681, a who have limited abilities in process/applying graduate course in educational measurement spoken and written English. The course provides and a minimum of one year of teaching candidates with an understanding of the needs experience. and mono- and multi-lingual as well as multi- Notes: Work with pupils required. dialectual learners. Prerequisite(s): READ 611, READ 621, READ 675. Advanced Practicum in the Teaching of 645, READ 661. Reading (3). Selection and implementation of procedures for 656. Principles and Strategies for Assessing evaluation and instruction adapted by teachers and Teaching P-12 English Language Learners to individual and group needs for the literacy (3). development of learners. This course provides candidates with clinical or Prerequisite(s): READ 621, READ 645, READ practica experience in performance assessment, 661, READ 671 and EDUC 640. planning and delivery of appropriate instruction to Notes: Work with students required. cognitively, linguistically and/or culturally divers learners. 681. Organization and Supervision of Prerequisite(s): READ 611, READ 621, READ Reading Programs (3). 645, READ 651 and READ 661. An examination of the total reading program and strategies for changes. 661. Theory and Research for Instructional Prerequisite(s): READ 661, 671, ELEM or Applications to Teaching Reading (3). SCED 611, and a minimum of one year of Teachers develop and evaluate exemplary teaching experience. reading strategies which encourage pupils to be Notes: Offered in summer. lifelong readers and learners. Prerequisite(s):READ 621, READ 645 must be 691. Practicum in the Teaching of Reading taken either as a prerequisite or a co-requisite to (3). READ 661. Selection and implementation of procedures for Notes: Offered in summer. evaluation and instruction that enable the teacher working in a group situation to provide 662. Using Computer Software in the Reading reading instruction adapted to the individual Program (3). needs of the pupils. Prerequisite(s): READ 661, Emphasis on types of software available, criteria 671 or 571and a minimum of one year teaching for selecting software and effective development experience. and use of software in the reading program. Notes: Work with pupils required. Offered in Designed for teachers in grades K-12. spring. Prerequisite(s): READ 661.

671. Practicum in Diagnosis and Correction of Religion (RELG) Reading Difficulties in the Classroom (3). This course is for teachers who participate in 550. Special Topics in Religion (3). and/or provide direction for literacy programs An in-depth consideration of a specific topic of designed to develop literacy strengths or concern in religion. The course may be offered overcome literacy needs of classroom learners. under various topics. Prerequisite(s): READ 621, READ 645 and READ Prerequisite(s): Permission of instructor. 661 and EDUC 640. Notes: May be retaken for additional credit. Notes: Work with pupils required. Offered in fall. Offered in fall, spring and summer.

147 Courses of Study

Science (SCIE) 671. Secondary School Teaching Methodology (3). 520. Special Topics in Science (3). A study of research-based methodologies for Readings and discussion of scientific topics which effective secondary school teaching. cross disciplinary boundaries. Primarily for juniors Empirically certified methods of pedagogical and seniors. content selection, planning, delivery and Prerequisite(s): A 3.0 GPA and/or permission of evaluation are emphasized. chair, Department of Biology. Prerequisite(s): SCED 610, VCED 603 or PHED Notes: Offered on demand. 611.

591. Principles of Teaching Science (3). Study and application of skills of planning, Social Studies Education instruction, management and assessment of the (SCST) Sciences. Includes a review of ethical and legal responsibilities of science teachers.

Prerequisite(s): Admission to MAT-BIO Program. 591. Principles of Teaching Social Studies Corequisite(s): SCIE 592. (3). Notes: Offered in fall. Students plan, teach and critique integrated instructional units focusing on the content area 592. Field Experience in Teaching Science of Social Studies. (1: 0:8).

Students will spend 8 hours per week in a public 592. Field Experience in Teaching Social school under the supervision of a science Studies (1: 0-8 ). education professor and will work with a mentor teacher in preparation for the final internship Students will spend 8 hours per week in a public experience. school under the supervision of a social studies Prerequisite(s): Admission to Teacher Education education professor and will work with a mentor Program at graduate level. teacher in preparation for the final internship Corequisite(s): SCIE 591. experience. Notes: A grade of S or U is recorded. Prerequisite(s): Graduate status. Admission to Teacher Education Program. Corequisite(s): SCST 591. Secondary Education (SCED) Notes: Offered in fall. A grade of S or U is recorded.

573. Career Education (3). Provides background knowledge an skills in Social Work (SCWK) designing and implementing career and technology education programs including shadowing, service learning, mentoring, 521. Older Adults: Policies & Services (3). internships, co-ops and apprenticeships. Career planning, job search and presentation skills are This course provides a review of the developed. development if social welfare policy and Notes: Offered in fall. services affecting older adults in the United States in order to provide a context for practice. Some of the current programs will be described 611. Advanced Secondary School Curriculum along with populations being served. and Instruction (3). Prerequisite(s): Undergraduate, SCWK 395 An accelerated study of secondary school (May be taken concurrently), or permission of curricular concepts and techniques of instruction. instructor; if graduate, social work graduate Major emphasis is placed on empirically-based students only. knowledge of didactic material design, theories of Notes: Offered in spring and summer. cognition and systems of instructional management.

Prerequisite(s): Full admission to the MEd secondary education degree program or permission of instructor.

148 Courses of Study

522. Health/Mental Health: Policies & Services welfare practices within the NASW Code of (3). Ethics will be used to identify child welfare This course provides a review of the development practices that are likely to produce practice of health care and mental heath policy in the outcomes that are socially just and effective. United States in order to provide a context for Prerequisite(s): Undergraduate, SCWK 395 practice. Some of the current programs will be (May be taken concurrently), or permission of described along with populations being served. instructor; if graduate, social work graduate Prerequisite(s): Undergraduate, SCWK 395 (May students only. be taken concurrently), or permission of instructor; Notes: Offered in fall. if graduate, social work graduate students only. Notes: Offered in spring and summer. 541. Substance Abuse Interventions (3). This course will focus on issues of addiction 523. Families & Children: Policy and Services from an ecological perspective. Students will (3). study the various theories of addiction and the This course provides an overview of the history of implications of those theories for both individual child welfare policies and services in the United and family impact as well as for social work States, a critical assessment of how values intervention. Strong emphasis will be placed on influence the development of policies and the the interaction of cultural, environmental, provision of services to children, and provides a interpersonal and intra-personal factors on the framework for evaluating child welfare policies causes and social work intervention of addiction and practices within the NASW Code of Ethics for individuals and within a family context. framework. Prerequisite(s): Junior or higher status. Prerequisite(s): Undergraduate, SCWK 395 (May be taken concurrently), or permission of instructor; 550. Special Topics in Social Work (3). if graduate, social work graduate students only. Special topics of timely interest will be given on a one-time basis. 531. Older Adults: Practice & Trends (3). Notes: If interest is great enough, the topic may This course provides a review of the development be retaken for additional credit. Offered fall, of older adult practice and trends in the United spring and summer. States in order to provide a context for practice. Some of the current programs will be described 601. Human Behavior in the Social along with populations being served. Environment (3). Prerequisite(s): Undergraduate, SCWK 395 (May Using an ecological framework, the course uses be taken concurrently), or permission of instructor; a strengths perspective to understand human if graduate, social work graduate students only. behavior within the context of social work values Notes: Offered in fall. and ethics. Differences among racial and ethnic minorities, cultural diversity, age, sexual 532. Health/Mental Health: Practice & Trends orientation, disabilities and gender are (3). examined. The course builds on the liberal arts This course will focus on issues of health and perspective and provides the foundation for mental health from an ecological perspective with advanced MSW practice courses. a focus on addiction. It will encompass organizing Prerequisite(s): Social Work Majors only. factors: childhood development and resulting Notes: Offered in fall. adaptive behavior and pathology in adulthood. The main purpose of this course is to help 602. Social Welfare Policy (3). students develop an understanding of the This course uses a strengths perspective within dynamics of addiction and the impact that is has an ecological framework to examine the on health and mental of the individual and their attitudes, policies and practices within US family members. society that result in current social policy. Notes: Offered in fall. Prerequisite(s): Social Work majors only. Notes: Offered in fall. 533. Families & Children: Practice & Trends (3). This course builds on the foundation content of the program and provides an overview of current social work practice research and practice trends in child welfare. A framework for evaluating child

149 Courses of Study

603. Social Work Research (3). beginning, middle and ending phases of The course combines quantitative and qualitative intervention, practice evaluation, advocacy and research methods and research designs for case management. evaluation of practice in various system levels Prerequisite(s): Social Work majors only, from an ecological perspective. Understanding SCWK 601, SCWK 602, SCWK 603, SCWK ethical issues, implication of research with 604 and SCWK 605. vulnerable populations and social and economic Notes: Offered in fall and spring. justice is central. Data analysis is an intrinsic part of the course. 611. Generalist Social Work Practice III (3). Prerequisite(s): Social Work majors only. The course requires study and application of Notes: Offered in fall and summer. major models of social work practice with emphasis on the linkage between theoretical 604. Generalist Social Work Practice I (3). models of social work practice, assessment, This course provides a basic understanding of the intervention and outcome in work with history, purpose, scope and focus of the social organizations and communities. Students work profession. From a generalist perspective, develop skills in beginning, middle and ending the course introduces the values, and processes phases of intervention, practice evaluation and of social work practice with individuals, families advocacy. and groups emphasizing practice principles that Prerequisite(s): Social Work majors only, promote social justice and the well-being of SCWK 601, SCWK 602, SCWK 603, SCWK individuals and that change environmental 604, SCWK 605. conditions that adversely affect people. Notes: Offered in fall and spring. Prerequisite(s): Social Work majors only. Notes: Offered in fall and spring. 612. Field Instruction I (3). The field experience provides an opportunity for 605. Interpersonal Helping Skills (3). students to apply sills, knowledge and values of A communication skills and strategies lab that generalist social work practice in a social emphasizes development and practice of effective service interpersonal helping skills in Social Work setting with diverse clients. Students work a practice. minimum of 240 hours under MSW social work Prerequisite(s): Social Work majors only. supervision in a social service agency. Notes: Offered in fall and spring. Prerequisite(s): Social Work majors only, SCWK 601, SCWK 602, SCWK 604, SCWK 606. Social Work Foundation Review (3). 605. This course provides incoming advanced standing Notes: Offered in spring and summer. students a review of the social work foundation content related to human behavior 614. Advanced Social Welfare Policy (3). In the social environment, social welfare policy, Building on the basis provided in SCWK 602 social work research, generalist social work Social Welfare Policy, this course examines the practice and interpersonal helping skills. dynamics of policy development and Prerequisite(s): Social Work Majors only, BSW implementation. The course examines in detail undergraduate degree. the administrative, legislative and judicial Notes: May be repeated for additional credit. factors in policy making as well as the role of the social worker and impacts on major social 610. Generalist Social Work Practice II (3). work concerns. Both policy analysis and social The course requires study and application of work policy are covered. major models of social work practice with Prerequisite(s): Social Work majors only, emphasis on the linkage between theoretical SCWK 601, SCWK 602, SCWK 603, SCWK models of social work practice, assessment, 604, SCWK 605. intervention and outcome in work with individuals, Notes: Offered in spring. families and groups. Students develop skills in

150 Courses of Study

621. Advanced Social Theory (3). 632. Field Instruction III (6). The course is designed to provide students with This is the third of a three course/three an understanding of a full range of theories semester Field Instruction sequence that including historic, contemporary, diversity and provides students with a practicum experience evidence based theories that are applicable at an under the supervision of an MSW social worker advanced level of social work practice. in an agency where the student can apply Prerequisite(s): Social Work majors only, SCWK advanced intervention skills and knowledge in 610, SCWK 611, SCWK 612, SCWK 614. one of the following tracks: social work practice Notes: Offered in fall. with older adults, social work practice with families and children or social practice with 622. Field Instruction II (6). clients in health/mental health settings. This is the second of a three course/three Students work a minimum of 360 hours under semester Field Instruction sequence that provides professional supervision in a social setting. students with a practicum experience Prerequisite(s): Social Work majors only, under the supervision of an MSW social worker in SCWK 622. an agency where the student can apply Notes: Offered in fall, spring and summer. advanced intervention skills and knowledge. Students work a minimum of 360 hours under 633. Advanced Social Work Research professional social work supervision in a social (3:3:3). service agency. Provides an advanced understanding of social Prerequisite(s): Social Work majors only. work research by integrating knowledge gained Notes: Offered in fall, spring and summer. in practice courses with experience in field placements. Using quantitative and qualitative 623. Advanced Social Work Intervention (3). approaches, the course advances critical This is an advanced intervention course that thinking skills to determine selection, emphasizes the critical examination within the development and employment of knowledge context of the NASW Code of Ethics of best regarding best practice approaches. practice strategies that promote resilience and Prerequisite(s): Social Work Majors only, sense of coherence for client systems in practice SCWK 621, SCWK 622. SCWK 623. settings. This examination involves the Notes: Offered in spring. development and implementation of culturally appropriate interventions that are based on best 641. Advanced Practice with Older Adults practice research findings and the critical (3). evaluation of one’s own social work practice in This is an advanced practice course that practice settings. emphasizes the critical examination of best Prerequisite(s): Social Work majors only, SCWK practice strategies that promote client resilience 610, SCWK 611, SCWK 612 and SCWK 614. and sense of coherence for older adult clients Notes: Offered in fall and summer. within the context of the NASW Code of Ethics. This examination involves the development and 631. Advanced Discrimination and Inequality implementation of culturally appropriate (3). interventions that are based on best practice The study of the impact of discrimination and research findings and the critical evaluation of inequality on every aspect of human life, including one’s own social work practice with older adults. but not limited to person-hood, family life, social Prerequisite(s): SCWK 621, SCWK 622, SCWK and economic status, physical and mental well- 623. Social work majors only. being and intergroup relationships. The course Notes: Offered in spring and summer. review social work practice responses to issues of discrimination and inequality. Prerequisite(s): Social Work majors only, SCWK 621, SCWK 622, SCWK 623. Notes: Offered in spring.

151 Courses of Study

642. Advanced Practice in Health/Mental 506. Sociology of Competitive Sport (3). Health (3). Emphasis on the functions of sport for This is an advanced practice course that individuals and on sport as a social institution. emphasizes the critical examination within the Notes: Offered variable times. context of the NASW Code of Ethics of best practice strategies that promote client resilience 515. Social Change (3). and sense of coherence for clients in the Classical and modern approaches to social health/mental health settings. This examination change and consideration of long- and involves the development and implementation of short-term social trends. culturally appropriate interventions that are Prerequisite(s): SOCL 101 or 201 or based on best practice research findings and the permission of instructor. critical evaluation of one’s own social work Notes: Offered variable times practice in health/mental health settings. Prerequisite(s): SCWK 621, SCWK 622, SCWK 516. Social Research II: Methods (4:3:3). 623. Social work majors only. Study of social research methods, with an Notes: Offered in spring and summer. emphasis on survey research and analyses of quantitative data and experience carrying out a 643. Advanced Practice with Families and research project. Children (3). Prerequisite(s): SOCL 316 with a grade of C or This is an advanced intervention course that better or permission of instructor. emphasizes the critical examination within the Notes: Offered fall and spring. context of the NASW Code of Ethics of best practice strategies that promote resilience and 518. Social Organization (3). sense of coherence for work with families and Study of the small group and its influence on children. This examination involves the the individual, the large organization and development and implementation of culturally society-at-large. appropriate interventions that are based on best Prerequisite(s): SOCL 101 or 201 or permission practice research findings and the critical of instructor. evaluation of one’s own social work practice with Notes: Offered variable times families and children. Prerequisite(s): SCWK 621, SCWK 622, SCWK 520. Sociology of Health and Illness (3). 623, Social Work majors only. Social etiology and ecology of disease, Notes: Offered in spring and summer. sociological factors affecting treatment and rehabilitation and the organization of medical care. Sociology (SOCL) Notes: Offered variable times

522. Sociology of Education (3). 502. Social Theory (3). Examination of American educational Survey of the masters of sociological thought with institutions with emphasis upon sociological and emphasis upon contributions to contemporary social psychological links to other social theory. institutions and the wider society. Prerequisite(s): Sociology Majors/Minors or Notes: Offered variable times. permission of instructor. Notes: Offered in fall and spring. Open only to 525. Sociology of Law (3). Sociology Majors/Minors. Sociology of Law will focus on selected legal rules, principles, and institutions treated from a 504. The Sociology of Aging (3). sociological perspective. This course will Analysis of the major social forces which affect examine the major theoretical perspectives on aging and the ways modern society responds in law and society, legal reasoning, morality and planning for its elderly. law as well as substantive issues relating to the Notes: Cross listed as GRNT 504. Offered in legal process. spring. Prerequisite(s): SOC 101,or 201 and SOC 325. Notes: Offered every even year in spring.

152 Courses of Study

550 thru 559. Special Topics in Sociology (3). 510. Topics in Language and Literature (3). Notes: Offered variable times. The thrust of the course will vary, depending on student interest and faculty expertise. 601. Sociological Study of Contemporary Notes: May be retaken for additional credit with Society (3). permission of chair, Department of Modern Study of current trends in society focusing on Languages. topics of direct interest and value to other Notes: Offered at variable times. academic programs. 521. Modern Drama (3). A panoramic survey of the drama since Romanticism to the Contemporary scene. Spanish (SPAN) Prerequisite(s):18 hours of SPAN or equivalent or permission of instructor.

Notes: Offered variable times.

From time to time, an additional course 560. Advanced Conversation (3). dealing with a special topic in Spanish may be This course is designed to increase the offered if sufficient student interest is students' competencies in two language indicated and a faculty member is available to skills: comprehension and speaking. teach the course. Consult the chair of the Prerequisite(s): SPAN 313 or permission of department. instructor. Notes: Offered variable times. Prerequisite for all 500-level Spanish courses: completion of 18 semester hours of Spanish 575. Spanish Literature in Translation (3). or equivalent or permission of the chair, Readings and discussions of major works of Department of Modern Languages. Spanish literature in English translation. A knowledge of Spanish is not required. Course 504. Cervantes (3). content can vary depending on the instructor. This course will be a study of the life of Miguel de Prerequisite(s): Open to advanced Cervantes and his masterpiece, Don Quijote de la undergraduate and graduate students. Mancha. Undergraduate Spanish majors cannot use Prerequisite(s): SPAN 401 and 402. SPAN 575 toward the BA degree. Notes: Offered variable times. Notes: Offered variable times.

506. Spanish-American Literature to 593. Advanced Oral and Written Modernism (3). Communication (3). Readings of great literary figures of Spanish For students having the ability to understand, America from the Discovery (1492) until 1900. speak, and write Spanish and who wish to Representative authors include Ercilla, Sor Juana, improve these skills while moving toward more Garcilaso, Olmedo, Bello, Sarmiento, natural expression in modern Spanish. Hernandez, Palma, Marti, Dario and Rodo. Notes: Offered variable times. Prerequisite(s): 6 semester hours of intermediate Spanish; SPAN 301 strongly recommended. 595. The Short Story (3). Notes: Offered variable times. Readings of the Spanish-American writers of the short narrative beginning with the early 507. Modern Spanish-American Literature (3). 19th-century's Esteban Echeverria and ending Coverage of modern and contemporary Spanish with today's short story masters. American literature from modernism in 1888 to Prerequisite(s): 18 hours of SPAN or 1945. permission of chair. Prerequisite(s): 18 hours of SPAN or equivalent or Notes: Offered variable times. permission of instructor. Notes: Offered variable times.

153 Courses of Study

601. Great Figures of Spanish Literature (3). 611. Advanced Culture and Civilization: Course content will change each time the course Emphasis on Spanish-America (3). is taught, with great authors in different periods Culture and civilization of Spanish-America from emphasized. pre-Columbian times to the present focusing on Prerequisite(s): 18 semester hours of the area's history, literature, art, music, society Spanish or equivalent or permission of instructor. and politics. Notes: Offered variable times. 651. Advanced Phonetics (3). 602. Great Figures of Spanish-American Study of Spanish phonetics with intensive work Literature (3). on the sounds of the Spanish language and An overview of Spanish-American literature and some of its major dialects as found in Spain, an intensive reading of selected great figures of Spanish-America and the United States. that literature from the Colonial period until contemporary times. 693. Advanced Grammar and Composition Prerequisite(s): 18 semester hours of Spanish or (3). permission of chair, Department of Modern For students already able to understand, speak Languages. and write Spanish who wish to improve these skills while moving toward more natural 604. History of the Spanish Language (3). expression of modern Spanish. A continuation The course traces the development of the of SPAN 593. language stressing its Latin roots, and noting the Prerequisite(s): SPAN 593 or permission of various stages that have led to the emergence of instructor. modern Spanish. Notes: Offered as needed.

605. Seminar in Spanish (3). 695. Thesis (3). This course is designed to allow a graduate instructor to select his/her own readings according 696. Thesis (3). to the needs and interests of the graduate students who will be taking the course. Prerequisite(s): 18 semester hours of Spanish or equivalent or permission of instructor. Special Education (SPED)

607. Non-dramatic Works of the Golden Age 555. Career and Vocational Education for the (3). Exceptional Learner (3). This course includes major works of prose and th Designed to provide teachers with background poetry from the 16th- and 17 -centuries. knowledge and skills in designing and

implementing a comprehensive career and 608. Golden Age Drama (3). vocational education program. A detailed study of individual plays by Prerequisite(s): Admission to Teacher representative dramatists of 17th-century Spain. Education Program. Prerequisite(s): Admission to MA Spanish or MAT program. 561. Characteristics of Children with

Learning Disabilities (3). 610. Advanced Culture and Civilization (3). An overview of the learning, behavioral and A review of Spain's cultural history with in-depth neurological characteristics of children with study of various aspects of those elements that specific learning disabilities, including make Spain unique in the western world. terminology and educational implications. Prerequisite(s): 18 semester hours of Spanish or Prerequisite(s): SPED 281, Admission to equivalent or permission of instructor. Teacher Education Program or graduate status. Notes: May be retaken for additional credit. Notes: Special Education majors must

complete this course with a grade of C or better.

Course cannot be taken S/U.

154 Courses of Study

562. Educational Procedures for Learning teaching, curriculum planning, modification and Disabilities (3). adaptations of teaching materials and use of An in-depth study of remedial techniques, technology. methods and materials for remediation of Prerequisite(s): SPED 561, SPED 582 and learning disabilities including non-verbal SPED 583 with a grade of C or better in each. disorders and disorders of auditory language, Admission to Teacher Education or graduate arithmetic, reading and spelling. status. Prerequisite(s): SPED 561 or permission of Notes: SPED majors must earn a grade of C or instructor. Admission to Teacher Education higher and course cannot be taken on a S/U Program. basis. Offered in spring.

575. Educational Procedures for Students with 586. Advanced Academic and Behavioral Mental Disabilities and Severe Disabilities (3). Methods for Learning Disabilities and The course is designed for in-depth study of Emotional Disabilities (3). students with severe disabilities and appropriate This course provides teacher candidates curriculum goals, methods, materials and seeking certification in Learning Disabilities research. and/or Emotional Disabilities with evidence- Prerequisite(s): SPED 582 with a grade of C or based strategies to improve behavioral and better or graduate status. academic performance on P-1 students with Notes: Special Education majors must attain a disabilities. Topics will include strategies for grade of C or higher in this course. Course working effectively with disruptive and cannot be taken on an S/U basis. aggressive students, for effective collaboration with general education in inclusive settings, 582. Mental Retardation (3). transition planning and non-violent crisis An in-depth study of the characteristics of intervention. individuals with mental retardation including but Prerequisite(s): SPED 585 with a grade of C or not limited to intelligence variables, learning higher or graduate status. factors and family issues. Notes: SPED majors must earn a grade of C or Prerequisite(s): SPED 281, Admission to Teacher higher and course cannot be taken on a S/U Education Program or graduate status. basis. Offered in spring. Notes: Special Education majors must complete this course with a grade of C or better. Course 610. Teaching Exceptional Learners in cannot be taken S/U. Intensive Writing course. Inclusive Setting (3). Offered in spring. This course is designed to introduce MAT students to characteristics of children and youth 583. Children with Behavioral and Emotional with disabilities. In addition, students will Problems (3). investigate appropriate methods for modification Course considers child development, personality of the institutional environment and curricula, structure and dynamics emphasizing an including technology and other innovations. understanding of adjustment Prerequisite(s): EDUC 601. patterns and coping strategies for children with behavioral and emotional problems in the 613. Issues and Trends in Special Education classroom and community. (3). Prerequisite(s): SPED 281, Admission to Teacher A study of contemporary research in family- Education Program or graduate status. centered services, medicine, law, psychology, Notes: Special Education majors must complete technology and education as it relates to this course with a grade of C or better. Course providing for people with disabilities. Student cannot be taken S/U. Intensive Writing course. will develop an individualized research agenda. Offered in spring. Prerequisite(s): Enrollment in MEd in special education. 585. Introductory Academic and Behavioral Methods in ED, LD, MD and SD (3). 618. Lifelong Integration (3). Prepares special education majors to provide The course will focus on the study of leadership in maximizing learning experiences of integration/transition across the life span, students with disabilities through effective collaboration and team building and delivery of family-centered services.

155 Courses of Study

625. Teaching Preschool Children with 676. Advanced Studies in Learning Disabilities: Curriculum Development and Disabilities (3). Implementation (3). This course is designed for the student to obtain The course is a survey of curriculum development an in-depth knowledge of current information and implementation techniques for preschool regarding learning disabilities. Information will children with disabilities. be obtained through text, lecture, discussion, Notes: A grade of S or U is recorded. Offered in readings of current and historical journal summer. literature, research and presentations. Of importance is that students learn from one 626. Teaching Students with Mild Disabilities another, collaborate and share knowledge in the General Classroom (3). obtained through research, and refined formal The course content will help teachers understand presentations and technology skills. their role in meeting the instructional needs of Prerequisite(s): SPED 561 or permission of students with exceptional learning needs in instructor. inclusive settings. Notes: Offered in summer. 677. Educational Procedures for Children with Behavioral and Emotional Problems (3). 628. Applied Behavior Analysis (3). This course is designed to develop This course is designed to review roots of applied competencies in diagnosis and therapeutic behavior analysis (ABA), responsible use, education of children with behavioral and technologies of behavior change programs, emotional problems. application of learning principles, maintenance of Prerequisite(s): SPED 583 or SPED 681. behavior changes and teaching students to 681. Educational Implications for the manage their own behavior. Exceptional Individual (3). Notes: Offered in summer. Designed to introduce the student to the major areas of exceptionality. The characteristics, 661. Young Children with Disabilities (3). educational programs, community services and Provides information regarding identification, agencies, state and federal regulations and characteristics, needs and trends in educational services are considered for each area of programming for young children with disabilities. exceptionality.

663. Advanced Study of Methods for Teaching 691. Practicum in Teaching the Exceptional Exceptional Students (3). Child I (3). The study and application of applied behavior Designed to develop and improve teacher analysis, cognitive strategy training, computer competencies in diagnostic prescriptive assisted and managed instruction and other teaching in the area of the student’s validated methods. specialization. Student selects area of Prerequisite(s): Permission of instructor. emphasis-- (i.e. EH, LD, EMD, TMD). Conducted in public schools or 665. Teaching Young Children with Disabilities other appropriate sites under the direct (3). supervision of the college instructor. Provides early childhood educators with Prerequisite(s): Permission of instructor. techniques and procedures for teaching young Notes: May be retaken for additional credit. A children with disabilities. maximum of 3 semester hours may be applied toward MEd special education. 671. Advanced Educational Assessment in Special Education (3:2). 692. Practicum in Teaching the Exceptional Family-centered service assessment, Child II (3). portfolio/authentic assessment and outcomes Practicum will be conducted full-time for 10 based assessment/program evaluation comprise weeks in the area in which the student is content of course. Emphasis placed on program seeking teacher certification. planning and evaluation. Prerequisite(s): Permission of instructor. Notes: A grade of S or U is recorded.

156 Courses of Study

694. Advanced Studies in Special Education conventions and theatre’s relationship to society (3). in each period. The course is designed to continue development Notes: Offered in fall. of the literature review begun in SPED 613 and to increase knowledge of research practices in 611. Theatre History and Literature II (3). Special Education. Students will create a portfolio A comprehensive survey of the development of which will develop necessary skills for application world theatre and drama from 1800 to the for National Board for Professional Teaching present, including theatre architecture, Standards (NBPTS) certification. theatrical conventions and theatre’s relationship Prerequisite(s): SPED 613. to society in each period. Notes: Offered in spring only. A grade of S or U is Notes: Offered in spring. recorded. 691. Principles of Teaching Theatre (3). 695. Thesis (3). A survey of various research-based The student will conduct an individual instructional planning, methodology, classroom investigation or applied research project. An oral management, curricula and evaluations of defense is required. teaching and learning in theatre, with direct Prerequisite(s): SPED 613, EDUC 640 and application to the classroom. approval of advisor. Corequisite(s): THRT 692. Notes: A grade of S or U is recorded. 692. Field Experience in Teaching Theatre (1). The course uses laboratory experiences Theatre Applied Technique equivalent to 14 full days to lead theatre (THRA) education students through an exploration and examination of various research based programs of instructional planning, 570. Advanced Practicum (3). methodology, classroom management and Supervised direction or design of a full-length evaluation of teaching and learning to theatre production. complement content covered in THRT 691. Prerequisite(s): Permission of chair, Department Corequisite(s): THRT 691. of Theatre and Dance. Notes: Offered in fall. Notes: Offered in fall, spring and summer.

Visual Communication (VCOM)

Theatre Theory (THRT) 578. Professional Portfolio and Practices (3:0:6). 571-573. Independent Study (1,2 or 3). The development of a professional design An individually designed study or creative project portfolio. Course also covers preparation of a specific to the aptitudes and interests of the resume, professional standards and practices, student. legal issues and other items relevant to a Prerequisite(s): Permission of chair, Department practicing design professional. of Theatre and Dance. Prerequisite(s): VCOM 486 Notes: Offered in fall and spring.

590-599. Special Topics in Theatre (1, 2, or 3). Extension of individual opportunities in theatre beyond existing departmental curriculum limits. Prerequisite(s): Permission of chair, Department of Theatre and Dance.

610. Theatre History and Literature I (3). A comprehensive survey of the development of world theatre and drama from their origins to 1800, including theatre architecture, theatrical

157 Courses of Study

Visual and Performing Arts 672. Field Experience in Teaching Vocational Education (1:0-8). (VPAS) This course uses laboratory experience equivalent to 14 days in a vocational education setting. Students will put into practice 690. Special Topics in Arts Education (3). instructional planning, classroom techniques Extends individual opportunities in arts education and principles of pedagogy and assessment of methodology beyond existing departmental learning. curriculum units. Course intended to address Prerequisite(s): Admission to MAT program. contemporary issues in art, music, dance and Corequisite(s): SCED 671. theatre. Notes: A grade of S or U is recorded.

691. Special Topics in Arts Education (3). Extends individual opportunities in arts education methodology beyond existing departmental Women’s Studies (WMST) curriculum units. Course intended to address contemporary issues in art, music, dance and 504. Psychology of Women (3). theatre. Intensive study of research and issues in psychology that pertain specifically to women. 692. Special Topics in Arts Education (3). Prerequisite(s): PSYC 101. Extends individual opportunities in arts education Notes: Offered in fall and spring. Cross-listed methodology beyond existing departmental as PSYC 504. curriculum units. Course intended to address contemporary issues in art, music, dance and 507. Women’s Health Issues (3). theatre. A study of the problems, questions and issues of women’s health as they relate to personal and community health and well-being. Vocational Education (VCED) Prerequisite(s): Junior status. Notes: Cross-listed as with HLTH 507. Offered 551-569. Special Topics: Vocational in fall of odd years. Education (1) (2) (3). Application of research to current problems in 553. Feminist Theory (3). teaching. This course is designed to acquaint students Notes: Not offered this academic year. May be with the variety of ideas, methods and issues retaken for additional credit. raised within contemporary feminist literature. Prerequisite(s): WRIT 102 or CRTW 201 or 602. Supervision and Leadership in Vocational graduate status. Education (3). Notes: Offered on demand. Cross-listed as Supervision and leadership theory and practical PLSC 553. application to professional roles in school and community settings. Writing (WRIT) 650. Special Topics: Research Project in Vocational Education (3). Applied research project. Required for the Master 500. The Theory and Practice of Tutoring of Science degree without a thesis. Writers (3:3:1). Prerequisite(s): NUTR 607 or VCED 607 and Advanced study of the theory and practice of completion of 6-9 semester hours of credit in the tutoring writers with particular attention to the major area of study or permission of instructor. composing process, theories of learning in a Notes: A grade of S or U is recorded. conference setting and rapid analysis of student writing with the goal of engaging student writers in posing solutions to their writing problems. Prerequisite(s): CRTW 201 or permission of instructor or graduate status. Notes: Offered in fall.

158 Courses of Study

501. Writing for Electronic Publication (3). 610. Seminar in Composition, Theory and A discussion of and hands-on workshop in writing Pedagogy (3). for electronic publication, including the rhetorical, This course involves intensive analysis of contextual and ethical issues involved in creating contemporary composition theories, including such publications; the criteria for evaluating such their historical roots and classroom applications, publications; and the skills needed to create such and will help prepare students to teach publications. composition. Prerequisite(s): CRTW 201 (co-requisite or pre- requisite) or WRIT intensive course or graduate 615. Seminar in Writing (3). standing. An advanced workshop in writing. Topics and types of writing may vary. 507. Short Story Writing (3). Notes: May be retaken for additional credit with An examination of contemporary short fiction and permission of chair, Department of English. completion of 10,000 words comprising two or four original works. 616. Summer Writing Institute I (3). Prerequisite(s): WRIT 307 or graduate status. An institute devoted to the exploration of Notes: Offered in spring. practical and imaginative approaches to teaching the writing process. 516. Poetry Writing II (3). Notes: May not be retaken. An advanced workshop course similar to WRIT 316 in format. More critical analysis of 617. Summer Writing Institute II (3). established poets. Additional work on traditional An institute devoted to the exploration of forms. practical and imaginative approaches to Prerequisite(s): WRIT 316 or graduate status or teaching the writing process. permission of instructor. Notes: May not be retaken. Notes: Offered in fall and spring.

530. Script Writing (3). A workshop course in media script writing with an emphasis on theatre. Prerequisite(s): CRTW 201 or permission of chair, Department of English. Notes: Offered odd years in spring.

566. Writing for Science and Technology (3). Intensive analysis of and preparation to write for publication in the scientific and technical literature. Intended for advanced students planning careers in science and technology. Prerequisite(s): WRIT 102 or CRTW 201; and either ENGL 380 or successful completion of a 200-level or higher course in BIOL, CHEM, CSCI, ENVS, GEOG, GEOL, GRNT, NUTR, MATH, PHYS, PSYC, SCIE or WELL or permission of the instructor or graduate status.Notes: Intensive Writing and Intensive Oral Communication course. Offered in spring.

159 Officials

Officials, Administrative Staff and Faculty

Board of Trustees Officers of the University

Members Ex-Officio: Anthony J. DiGiorgio Mark Sanford President Governor Frank P. Ardaiolo Kathy Bigham Vice President for Student Life Governor’s Designee Kathryn Holten Inez Tenenbaum Vice President for University Advancement

State Superintendent of Education J. P. McKee

Vice President for Finance and Business Sanita Savage State Superintendent’s Designee Thomas F. Moore Vice President for Academic Affairs Elected by the Legislature to Serve until 2008: Donna Tinsley Columbia Academic Officers Karl Folkens Florence Debra C. Boyd Dean, College of Arts and Sciences Elected by the Legislature to Serve until 2010: Leland Cox Patricia L. Graham Greenville Dean, College of Education

Janet Smalley Mark Y. Herring Walhalla Dean, Library Services

Elected by the Legislature to Serve until 2011: Brien Lewis Sue Smith-Rex Dean, University College Winnsboro Elizabeth Patenaude Appointed by the Governor: Dean, College of Visual and Performing Arts Larry D. Durham Lancaster Roger D. Weikle Dean, College of Business Administration Elected by the Alumni Association: Jane Laroche Frances Davenport

Invited Representatives: Tim Daugherty faculty, Rock Hill

Dustin Evatt student

160 Officials

Jonatha W. Vare Academic Staff Director, Center for Pedagogy

Daniel Weinstein Betty S. Conner Executive Director, Institutional Effectiveness Director, Macfeat Laboratory School Vacant Mark Dewalt Associate Dean Director of Graduate Studies College of Visual and Performing Arts College of Education

Caroline Everington Associate Dean, College of Education Administrative Staff

Peggy Hager Director of Graduate Studies Mim Armour College of Business Administration Director, Institutional Research

Dianne Hockett Deborah G. Barber Director, Small Business Development Center Director, Admissions

Cindy Johnson-Taylor DeeAnna Brooks Director of Student Academic Services Assistant to the President, University Events College of Education Patrice Bruneau Karen C. Jones Director, Academic Computing and User Assistant Vice President for Academic Affairs Support Services

Kathy Lyon Cynthia A. Cassens Director, Honors Program Director, Residence Life

Laurance R. Mitlin Timothy A. Drueke Associate Dean, Library Services Registrar

David L. Rankin Larry W. Ferguson Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs Director, Administrative Systems and Programming Donald M. Rogers Director of Graduate Studies Deborah Garrick College of Visual and Performing Arts Executive Director, Alumni Relations

Jennifer Solomon Manning D. Gibson Assistant Dean Assistant Vice President for Facility Design and University College Development

Martha C. Spears James Hammond Associate Dean Associate Vice President for Information College of Business Administration Technology

Sarah F. Stallings Walter A. Hardin Associate Dean and Director of Graduate Associate Vice President for Studies, College of Arts and Sciences Facilities Management

Margaret Tebo- Messina Thomas N. Hickman Director, Teaching and Learning Center Athletic Director

161 Officials

Thomas C. Injaychock Cheryl A. Southworth Director, Career Development and Associate Vice President for Human Resources Service Learning Center and Affirmative Action

Vacant Margaret Tebo- Messina Director, Graduate Studies Director, Teaching and Learning Center

Teresa R. Justice G. Robert Walker Director, Sponsored Programs and Research Director, Printing Services

Amanda F. Maghsoud Daniel Weinstein Associate Vice President for Executive Director, Institutional Effectiveness Finance and Business Betty C. Whalen Bethany Marlowe Director, Financial Aid Dean of Students Ellen Wilder-Byrd Rebecca C. Masters Director, University Relations Assistant to the President for Public Affairs Margaret Williamson R. Sylvester Owens Dean, Enrollment Management Director, Alumni Programs Vacant S. Hunter Quimby Director, International Center Director, Internal Audit Frank J. Zebedis M. Jane Rankin Director, Public Safety Director, Health and Counseling Services

Robert L. Reid, Jr. Director Procurement and Risk Management

Glenn Savage Controller

162 Faculty

Graduate Faculty

GARY L. ALDERMAN IRENE B. BOLAND Associate Professor of Psychology Professor of Geology PhD, University of South Carolina PhD, University of South Carolina

CAROL S. ANFIN MARSHA S. BOLLINGER Professor of Early Childhood Education Professor of Geology PhD, University of South Carolina PhD, University of South Carolina

A. J. ANGULO CHARLES J. BOWERS Assistant Professor of Social Foundations Professor of Physical Education Center for Pedagogy EdD, University of Mississippi EdD, Harvard University DEBRA C. BOYD MICHAEL ARADAS Associate Professor of English and Dean, Assistant Professor of History College of Arts and Sciences PhD, Purdue University PhD, University of South Carolina

LEIGH ARMISTEAD TIMOTHY S. BOYLAN Assistant Professor of Psychology Assistant Professor of Political Science EdD, Indiana University of Pennsylvania PhD, Northern Arizona University

ANNE E. BEARD DAVID A. BRADBARD Associate Professor of Speech Professor of Business Administration- EdD, University of Georgia Management and Marketing EdD, University of Georgia ADOLPHUS G. BELK, JR Assistant Professor of Political Science ROBERT H. BREAKFIELD PhD, University of Maryland Professor of Accounting LLM, Boston University KEITH J. BENSON Associate Professor of Management and Marketing GARY T. BROOKS PhD, Pennsylvania State University Professor of Mathematics and Chair, Department of Mathematics R. CARLTON BESSINGER PhD, University of North Carolina at Associate Professor of Human Nutrition Chapel Hill PhD, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill SIOBHAN CRAFT BROWNSON Assistant Professor of English RAVINDER K. BHARDWAJ PhD, University of South Carolina Associate Professor of Finance PhD, University of South Carolina ALICE BURMEISTER Associate Professor of Art and Design JOHN C . BIRD and Professor of English Interim chair, Department of Art and PhD, University of Rochester Design PhD, Indiana University BARBARA R. BLACKBURN Assistant Professor of Middle Level Education CARLOS E. CABALLERO PhD, University of North Carolina at Greensboro Assistant Professor of Mathematics PhD, Oklahoma State University

163 Faculty

CLIFTON CALLOWAY R. STEPHEN DANNELLY Associate Professor of Chemistry, Associate Professor of Computer Science and Physics and Geology Chair, Department of Computer Science PhD, Wake Forest University PhD, Auburn University

QIDONG JORDAN CAO TIMOTHY K. DAUGHERTY Associate Professor of Quantitative Associate Professor of Psychology Methods PhD, University of Miami PhD, Clemson University LITASHA R. DENNIS SHAUN CASSIDY Assistant Professor of English Associate Professor of Art and Design PhD, University of North Carolina at Greensboro MVA, University of Alberta LYNN DENOIA STEVEDA CHEPKO Professor of Computer Sciences Professor and Chair PhD, Brown University Department of Health and Physical Education EdD, Temple University GERRY DERKSEN Assistant Professor of Art and Design MAX L. CHILDERS MDes, University of Alberta, Canada Associate Professor of English PhD, University of South Carolina MARK W. DEWALT Professor of Educational Research and Director of JANICE CHISM Graduate Studies, College of Education Professor of Biology and Anthropology PhD, University of Virginia PhD, University of California at Berkeley LEWIS H. DICKERT, JR. J. WILLIAM CLICK Associate Professor of Music Professor of Mass Communication and Chair PhD, University of Memphis Department of Mass Communication PhD, Ohio State University DWIGHT G. DIMACULANGAN Professor of Biology CLARENCE COLEMAN, JR. PhD, University of South Carolina Professor of Accounting PhD, University of South Carolina JENNIFER DISNEY Associate Professor of Political Science JAMES D. CONNELL PhD, City University of New York Professor of Art and Design MFA, University of Illinois L. ANDREW DOYLE Associate Professor of History LEE ANN COPE PhD, Emory University Assistant Professor of Biology PhD, University of Tennessee, Knoxville CHADWICK P. DRESBACH Associate Professor of Art and Design MICHAEL CORNICK MFA, Kent State University Associate Professor of Accounting PhD, University of North Carolina LAURA J. DUFRESNE Professor of Art and Design RORY CORNISH PhD, University of Washington Professor of History and Chair, Department of History LYNNE DUNN PhD, University College London Associate Professor of History PhD, Kent State University BETH COSTNER Associate Professor of Mathematics DOUGLAS L. ECKBERG PhD, Ohio State University Professor of Sociology and Chair Department of Sociology PhD, University of Texas at Austin

164 Faculty

BARBARA P. ESQUIVAL-HEINEMANN LORRAINE C. GORRELL Associate Professor of Spanish Professor of Music PhD, State University of New York at Buffalo MM, Yale University

CAROLINE EVERINGTON PATRICIA L. GRAHAM Professor of Special Education and Professor of Education and Dean Associate Dean, College of Education College of Education PhD, University of New Mexico EdD, Syracuse University

REBECCA B. EVERS T. CHRISTIAN GRATTON Associate Professor of Special Education Assistant Professor of Chemistry EdD, Northern Illinois University PhD, University of South Carolina

CHRISTINE J. FERGUSON RONALD K. GREEN Associate Professor of Early Childhood Education Professor of Social Work and Chair PhD, University of South Carolina Department of Social Work JD, University of Tennessee AURORA FIEUGO-VARN Associate Professor of Spanish SUSAN K. GREEN PhD, University of South Carolina Professor of Educational Psychology PhD, University of South Carolina MATTHEW K. FIKE PhD, Loyola University of Chicago Assistant Professor of English PhD, University of Michigan at Ann Arbor WILLIAM W. GRIGSBY Associate Professor of Accounting CHERYL FORTNER-WOOD DBA, University of Oklahoma Associate Professor of Psychology PhD, Purdue University SHELLEY D. HAMILL Associate Professor of Health Education KENT E. FOSTER PhD, Walden University Associate Professor Computer Science PhD, Southern Illinois University MARK HAMILTON Associate Professor of Art and Design STEVEN FRANKFORTER BFA, University of North Carolina at Associate Professor of Management Charlotte PhD, University of Washington EDWARD S. HAYNES DAVID L. FREEMAN Associate Professor of History Professor of Art and Design PhD, Duke University MFA, University of Iowa MELODY HORTON DONALD FLANELL FRIEDMAN Associate Professor of Health and Professor of German Physical Education PhD, New York University EdD, University of Virginia

BARBARA K. FULLER SCOTT H. HUFFMON Associate Professor of Marketing Associate Professor of Political Science PhD, University of Tennessee at Knoxville PhD, University of Mississippi

LAURA GLASSCOCK W. MARTIN HUGHES Assistant Professor of Biology Professor of Music PhD, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill DMA, University of Maryland

RONNIE C. GOOLSBY RICHARD C. INGRAM Professor of Mathematics Associate Professor of Education PhD, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill PhD, University of South Carolina

165 Faculty

CECILE L. LEUNG JAMES W. JOHNSTON Associate Professor of French Professor of Biology and Chair PhD, University of Chicago Department of Biology PhD, University of Tennessee MICHAEL E. LIPSCOMB Associate Professor of Political Science GLORIA GODFREY JONES PhD, Pennsylvania State University Margaret Bryant Professor of English, Chair Department of English SUSAN B. LYMAN PhD, University of North Carolina at Greensboro Associate Professor of Social Work PhD, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State MARSHALL G. JONES University Associate Professor of Educational Technology EdD, University of Georgia KATHY A. LYON Associate Professor of Psychology and Director, PETER J. JUDGE Honors Program Associate Professor of Philosophy & PhD, George Washington University Religious Studies PhD, Catholic University of Louvain PONN MAHESWARANATHA Associate Professor of Chemistry KAREN M. KEDROWSKI PhD, Purdue University Professor and Chair Department of Political Science WILLIAM F. MALAMBRI, JR. PhD, University of Oklahoma Professor of Music and Director of Bands DMA, University of South Carolina KATHERINE S. KINSEY Associate Professor of Music and AMEDA A. MANETTA Director of Choral Activities Associate Professor of Social Work DMA, University of South Carolina PhD, Virginia Commonwealth University

JOSEPHINE KOSTER MATTHEW C. MANWARREN Associate Professor of English Associate Professor of Music PhD, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill DMA, Cincinnati College-Conservatory of Music

LENNART H. KULLBERG CAROL A. MARCHEL Professor of Chemistry Associate Professor of Educational Psychology PhD, University of Michigan PhD, University of Tennessee

BETTY LOU LAND SUSAN J. MARKS Professor of Reading Associate Professor of Biology PhD, University of South Carolina PhD, Duke University

MIKE LAVINE ANTIGO D. MARTIN-DELANEY Assistant Professor of Art and Design Associate Professor of Psychology MFA, Arizona State University PhD, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University HEAKYUNG LEE Associate Professor of Mathematics PAUL C. MARTYKA PhD, University of Wisconsin at Milwaukee Associate Professor of Art and Design MFA, University of Michigan J. EDWARD LEE Associate Professor of History JAMES McKIM PhD, University of South Carolina Professor of Computer Science PhD, University of Iowa DAVID E. LETOURNEAU Associate Professor of Finance ALICE McLAINE DBA, Louisiana Tech University Assistant Professor of Athletic Training PhD, Iowa State University

166 Faculty

CAROL P. McNULTY M. GREGORY OAKES Assistant Professor of Curriculum and Instruction Assistant Professor of Philosophy & PhD, University of Georgia Religious Studies PhD, University of Washington DAVID W. MEELER Associatet Professor of Philosophy and Religion OPOLOT OKIA PhD, University of California at Santa Barbara Assistant Professor of History PhD, West Virginia University PAULA L. MITCHELL Professor of Biology ANNE OLSEN PhD, University of Texas Assistant Professor of Computer Science PhD, University of North Carolina at HEIDAR A. MODARESI Charlotte Professor of Psychology PhD, University of California at Riverside PATRICK M. OWENS Professor of Chemistry and Chair MARGE MOODY Department of Chemistry Associate Professor of Art and Design PhD, University of North Carolina at Diploma, Duncan of Johnstone College of Chapel Hill Art LOUIS J. PANTUOSCO, JR. PHIL J. MOODY Professor of Economics Professor of Art and Design PhD, Northeastern University MFA, University of Michigan CHASTA L. PARKER THOMAS F. MOORE Associate Professor of Chemistry Associate Professor of Chemistry and PhD, University of South Carolina Vice President for Academic Affairs PhD, University of South Carolina RONALD PARKS Assistant Professor of Music RICHARD L. MORRIS PhD, State University of New York at Professor of Business Buffalo Administration-Computer Science and Quantitative Methods IAN D. PEARSON PhD, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and Professor of Music State University PhD, University of Kentucky

DEANA F. MORROW SUE PECK Associate Professor of Social Work Associate Professor of Education and Chair PhD, North Carolina State University Department of Curriculum and Instruction EdD, North Carolina State University PEDRO M. MUÑOZ Associate Professor of Spanish CARA PETERS PhD, University of Cincinnati Assistant Professor of Management and Marketing WILLIAM F. NAUFFTUS PhD, University of Nebraska Professor of English PhD, University of Virginia PETER C. PHILLIPS Associate Professor of Biology TERRY L. NORTON PhD, Southern Illinois University at Carbondale Professor of Reading Education PhD, University of South Carolina THOMAS W. POLASKI Professor of Mathematics PhD, Duke University

167 Faculty

DAVID PRETTY WILLIAM ROGERS Assistant Professor of History Professor of Biology PhD, Brown University PhD, University of California at Berkeley

JOSEPH S. PRUS LOUIS J. ROSSO Professor of Psychology, Chair Professor of Speech and Chair Department of Psychology Department of Speech PhD, University of Kentucky PhD, Ohio State University

FRANK PULLANO JOHNNY SANDERS, JR. Associate Professor of Mathematics Professor of Counseling and Development PhD, University of Virginia and Unit Head, Counseling and Development PhD, University of Georgia MARGUERITE QUINTELLI-NEARY Associate Professor of English ANNA SARTIN PhD, University of Delaware Associate Professor of Theatre and Dance MFA, Florida State University DAVID L. RANKIN Professor of English, Director JOHN M. SCHMIDT MLA Program and Assistant Professor of Biology Interim Associate Vice President PhD, Indiana University for Graduate Studies PhD, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute ELKE SCHNEIDER Assistant Professor of Curriculum and Instruction M. JANE RANKIN PhD, Katholische Universtat, Eichstatt, Germany Assistant Professor of Psychology and Director Health and Counseling Services MESGUN N. SEBHATU PhD, University of Georgia Professor of Physics PhD, Clemson University WILHELMENIA I. REMBERT Professor of Social Work WILLIAM L. SEYFRIED PhD, University of North Carolina at Greensboro Professor of Economics PhD, Purdue University KELLY RICHARDSON Associate Professor of English and CAROLYN C. SHIELDS Director of Composition Associate Professor of Educational Psychology PhD, University of North Carolina at Greensboro Center for Pedagogy PhD, University of South Carolina EMMA J. RIDDLE Associate Professor of Management JEAN SILAGYI-REBOVICH PhD, University of South Carolina Associate Professor of Human Nutrition EdD, University of South Carolina D. KEITH ROBBINS Professor of Management and Chair JASON H. SILVERMAN Department of Management and Marketing Professor of History PhD, University of South Carolina PhD, University of Kentucky

JOHN E. ROBBINS SEYMOUR SIMMONS, III Associate Professor of Marketing Associate Professor of Art and Design PhD, University of Alabama EdD, Harvard University

DONALD M. ROGERS JEFFREY S. SINN Associate Professor of Music, Chair Associate Professor of Psychology Department of Music and Graduate Director PhD, Old Dominion University College of Visual and Performing Arts PhD, University of South Carolina

168 Faculty

JANE B. SMITH PhD, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and Professor of English and Director State University Writing Center PhD, Case Western Reserve University JANE B. THOMAS Professor of Marketing JULIAN SMITH, III PhD, University of North Carolina at Associate Professor of Biology Greensboro PhD, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill BRUCE A. THOMPSON MARILYN SMITH Professor of Music Professor of Management and PhD, Indiana University Director General Education PhD, Virginia Polytechnic Institute PHIL A. THOMPSON and State University Professor of Music DMA, University of North Texas STEPHEN SMITH Professor of Political Science C. JACK TUCKER PhD, Stanford University Professor of Sociology PhD, University of Georgia MARTHA C. SPEARS Professor of Management and DANNY W. TURNER Associate Dean College of Business Administration Professor of Mathematics PhD, University of South Carolina PhD, Clemson University

SUE SPENCER JONATHA W. VARE Assistant Professor of Special Education Professor of Educational Psychology PhD, Georgia State University And Director, Center for Pedagogy PhD, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill SARAH F. STALLINGS Professor of Human Nutrition, Associate Dean and DAVID H. VAWTER Director of Graduate Studies Assistant Professor of Curriculum and Instruction College of Arts and Sciences PhD, University of Virginia PhD, University of North Carolina at Greensboro HAN X. VO THOMAS J. STANLEY Associate Professor of Economics Associate Professor of Art and Design PhD, University of Tennessee and Director, Winthrop University Galleries ANDREW VORDER BRUEGGE MFA, University of South Carolina Associate Professor of Theatre Chair, Department of Theater and Dance J. DAVID STOKES PhD, University of Missouri Associate Professor of Art and Design MFA, Pratt Institute JERRY WALDEN Professor of Art and Design GARY L. STONE MFA, University of Georgia Professor of Economics PhD, University of North Carolina at DONNA M. WEBSTER-NELSON Chapel Hill Associate Professor of Psychology PhD, University of Maryland MARGARET TEBO-MESSINA Professor of English ROGER D. WEIKLE DA, State University of New York at Professor of Management and Dean Albany College of Business Administration PhD, University of South Carolina WILLIAM I. THACKER Associate Professor of Computer Science

169 Faculty

KRISTI WESTOVER Assistant Professor of Biology PhD, Washington State University

ANNIE-LAURIE WHEAT Professor of Theatre and Dance MFA, University of Georgia

B. MICHAEL WILLIAMS Professor of Music PhD, Michigan State University

VIRGINIA S. WILLIAMS Associate Professor of History PhD, Florida State University

MELFORD A. WILSON, JR. Professor of Political Science PhD, The American University

SANDRA L. WILSON Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education EdD, University of Virginia

BRAD WITZEL Assistant Professor of Special Education PhD, University of Florida

PATRICIA GIBLIN WOLMAN Professor of Human Nutrition and Chair Department of Human Nutrition EdD, Columbia University

GLENN L. WOOD Associate Professor of Finance PhD, University of Pennsylvania

170 Faculty Awards

Faculty Awards

Distinguished Professor 2001 Gary Stone 2002 William Rogers The highest honor the Winthrop community can 2003 Betty Lou Land bestow upon a faculty member is the title 2004 Michael Williams Distinguished Professor of the Year. The selection 2005 Melford Wilson indicates exceptional skill in teaching, significant 2006 Angela Letourneau research or creative effort, high standing among 2007 Jane Smith professional colleagues and general service to the university. This honor is accompanied by an award Outstanding Junior Professor from the Winthrop Alumni Association. This award recognizes excellence among 1961 Harold B. Gilbreth assistant professors. Selection indicates a 1962 Hampton M. Jarrell reputation for inspired teaching, research or 1963 Nolan P. Jacobson creative excellence and dedication to the welfare of 1964 Alice Louisa Love students. This honor is accompanied by an award 1965 Mary Elizabeth Massey from the Council of Deans. 1966 Dorothy Gardner Jones 1967 John Shepard Eells Jr. 1981 Keith L. Bildstein 1968 Rondeau G. Laffitte Jr. 1982 Kent E. Foster 1969 Robert P. Lane 1983 William F. Naufftus 1970 William G. Murdy 1984 Benjamin M. Hawkins 1971 Helen A. Loftis 1985 Jason H. Silverman 1972 Mary T Littlejohn 1986 Susan J. Smith 1973 John A. Freeman 1987 Larry L. Hatcher 1974 Lawrence D. Joiner 1988 Sherrie L. W. Rhine 1975 Roy T. Will 1989 Elnora Stuart 1976 Patricia R. McClendon 1990 Phil Moody 1977 Ross A. Webb 1991 Margaret Johnson 1978 Earnest R. Archer 1992 Martin A. Knoll 1979 Edmund D. Lewandowski 1993 Lynn Willoughby 1981 Michael L. Kennedy 1994 Julian Smith III 1983 James A. Casada 1995 Jonathan I. Marx and Jeannie Woods 1984 Anthony Lerro 1996 Susan J. Marks 1985 Dorothy M. Medlin 1997 Thomas W. Polaski 1986 James F. Crook 1998 Janice B. Chism 1987 Robert S. Kline 1999 Karen Kedrowski 1988 Rosemary E. Althouse 2000 Alice Burmeister 1989 Joseph Prus 2001 Sandra Wilson 1990 Keith Bildstein 2002 Keith J. Benson 1991 Jason H. Silverman 2003 Kelly Hewett 1992 Gerald Perselay 2004 Scott Huffmon 1993 Elda Franklin 2005 Ron Parks 1994 Earl J. Wilcox 2006 Barbara Blackburn 1996 Jack W. Weaver 2007 Jennifer Disney 1997 Gordon N. Ross 1998 Alfred Ward 1999 Darrell Parker 2000 Donald Friedman

171

Faculty Awards

James Pinckney Kinard and Faculty/Student Life Award Lee Wicker Kinard Award for Presented by the Division of Student Life at the Excellence in Teaching Fall Commencement. In recognition of a faculty member that has significantly contributed to the The James Pinckney Kinard and Lee Wicker quality of Student Life and the Winthrop University Kinard Award for Excellence in Teaching, community of learners. established in honor of former president James Pinckney Kinard and his wife, Lee Wicker Kinard, 1990 Edward P. Guettler in 1984 by their family, is based on dedication to 1991 James W. Johnston teaching reputation on campus for teaching and 1992 Roger R. Baumgarte reputation among students. This honor is 1993 W. Martin Hope accompanied by a cash award. 1994 Sonja Francis 1995 Joyce Veale 1984 Roger R. Baumgarte 1996 Joseph Prus 1985 Houston A. Craighead Jr. 1997 Gary Stone 1986 Edward P. Guettler 1998 Jennifer Solomon 1987 Jerry Lee Helton 1999 Gloria Jones 1988 Susan L. Roberts 2000 Alice Burmeister 1989 William Murdy 2001 Jeff Sinn 1990 David Rankin 2002 Antigo Martin-Delaney 1991 Betty Lou Land 2004 Shelley Hamill 1992 Gary L. Stone 2005 Kathy Lyon 1993 Rondeau G. Laffitte 2006 Kelly James 1994 Phil Thompson 2007 Danne Kasparek 1995 William Naufftus 1996 Phil J. Moody 1997 Ralph Gustafson 1998 Charles Alvis 1999 Marsha Bollinger 2000 Bob Breakfield 2001 Jonathan Marx 2002 Gloria Jones 2003 Michael L. Kennedy 2004 Janice Chism 2005 John Bird 2006 Shawn Cassidy

172

Index INDEX

Art Education A Courses, 96 Degree Program, 80 Academic Advisement, 29 Art History Courses, 97 Calendar, 4 Computing, 10 Arts Administration Discipline, 36 Courses, 91 Fees, 23 Degree Program, 83 Ineligibility, 34 Officers, 160 Arts and Sciences, College of, 41 Probation, 34 Assistantships, 26 Regulations, 29 Associateships, 27 Staff, 161 Attendance Policies, 32 Transcript, 33 Audit Policy, 30 Automobile Registration, 24 Accounting Courses, 90 Awarding of Degrees (see Accreditation, University, 8 Commencement Exercises) Add-Drop (see Changes in Enrollment) Administrative Staff, 161

Admission Application for, (see Application B Packet) Deadlines, 17 Biology Degree Seeking Applicants, 18 Courses, 98 International Applicants, 20 Degree Program, 42 Non-degree Seeking International Applicants, 19 Board and Room Fees, 23 Non-Degree Seeking Applicants, 20 Board of Trustees, 160 Notification of, 21 Books, 24 Policy, 17 Buckley Amendment (see Privacy of Transient Applicants, 19 Educational Records)

Advisement, Academic, 29 Business Administration Anthropology Courses, 91 College of, 56 Apartment Rental Fees, 23 Courses, 101 Appeal Procedure, General, 35 Degree Programs, 56 Mission Statement, 56 Application Deadlines, 17 Fee, 17, 23 Form (see Application Packet) C Graduation, 40 Calendar, Winthrop University, 4 Application Materials, Campus, 9 Disposition of, 18 Map, (see Application Packet) Art and Design Degree Program, 79 Ministries, 13 Art Courses, 93 Police, 13

173

Index

Car Registration, 24 D Career Services, 13 Center for Pedagogy, 65 Dacus, Ida Jane, Library, 10 Dance Courses, 110

Certificate Programs Degree Gerontology 55, 122 Awarding of, 40 Human Nutrition, 46 Programs, (see Application Packet) Software Project Management, 60 Requirements, 37

Change of Degree Program, 37 Design (see Art and Design) Changes in Enrollment, 31 Dinkins Student Center, 14 Chemistry Courses, 103 Directors of Graduate Studies, 29 Choice of Catalog, 38 Directory of Graduate Services, Class Attendance Policies, 32 (see Application Packet) Classification of Courses, 88 Disabilities, Students with, 15 Classification of Students, 29 Dismissal (see Academic Ineligibility) Distance Learning, 10 College of Drop-Add (see Changes in Enrollment) Arts and Sciences, 41 Business, 56 Education, 62 Visual and Performing Arts, 79 E Commencement Costs, 24 Early Childhood Education Exercises, 40 Courses, 111 Participation Policy, 40 Economics Courses, 111

Comprehensive Examinations, 39 Education, Curriculum and Instruction Computer Sciences Courses 107 Courses, 112 Computing, Academic, 10 Degree Program, 69 Conduct Code, Student, 35 Correspondence, Directions for, (see Education, (General Professional) Application Packet) Accreditation, 35 Costs, Academic, 23 College of, 62 Courses, 113 Counseling and Development Degree Programs, 65 Courses, 108 Mission, 62 Degree Program, 69 Educational Leadership Counseling Services, 13 Courses, 115 Degree Program, 68 Course Changes, 31 Elementary Education Designators, 189 Courses, 115 Level Requirements, 37 Employment, Student, 28 Load, 30 Withdrawal, 31 English Courses, Classification of, 88 Courses, 116 Courses of Study, 88 Degree Program, 44

Curriculum and Instruction Courses, 112 Degree Program, 69

174

Index Incentive Scholars Program, 27 English Education Studies 600 course, 39, 122 Courses, 119 Graduation (see Commencement Exercises) Application for, 40 Enrollment Changes, 31 Cap and Gown Fee (see Commencement Environmental Science/Studies Costs) Courses, 119 Griffin, Mary Roland Scholarship, 27 Examinations, Final, 32 Executive MBA, 59 Expenses and Fees, 23

H

Harassment, Sexual, 36 F Hazardous Weather Conditions, 32

Faculty, 163 Health Faculty Awards, 171 Courses, 122 Fee Refunds, 25 Services, 14 Fees and Expenses, 23 Fee Payment Schedule, 24 Health Services Management Course, 123 Final Examinations, 32 Final Grade-Point Average, 39 History Fine Arts Degree Program, 79 Courses, 121 Finance Courses, 119 Degree Program, 45 Financial Assistance, 26 French Courses, 120 History of the University, 8 Housing, 15 Housing and Meal Refunds, 25 Housing Fees, 25

G Human Nutrition Courses, 125 Geography Courses, 121 Certificate Program, 48 General Academic Fee Refunds, 25 Degree Program, 46 German Courses, 121 Gerontology Certification, 55 Courses, 122 I Grade Appeals, 35 Grade-Point Average, 34 Ida Jane Dacus Library, 10 Grade-Point Average Required for Identification Cards, Student, 30 Graduation, 39 Immunization Requirements, 18 Incentive Scholars Program, 27 Grade Reports, 32 Incomplete Grades, 33 Grading System, 33 Individually Directed Courses, 37 Graduate Ineligibility, Academic, 34 Assistantships, 26 Institutional Focus, 8 Associateships, 27 Integrated Marketing Communication Audit Policy, 30 Courses, 127 Faculty, 163 Intercollegiate Sports, 16 Scholarships, 27 International Area Studies Course, 128 Credit for Winthrop University International Center, 11 Seniors, 22

175

Index

K N

Kindergarten, Winthrop, 11 Need-based Financial Assistance, 28 Non-Degree Admissions, 19 Numbering of Courses, 37, 88 Nutrition (see Human Nutrition)

L

Laboratory Fees, 24

Liberal Arts O Courses, 128 Degree Program, 41 Officers of the University, 160 Out-of-State Tuition Policy, 23 Library, Ida Jane Dacus, 10 Overload, Course, 30

M P Macfeat Early Childhood Laboratory School, 11 Pass-Fail (see S/U Option) Management Courses, 128 Past Due Indebtedness, 25 Marketing Courses, 129 Pedagogy, 65 Mass Communication Courses, 130 Performing Arts, 33 Master of Arts in Teaching, 65 Permanent Academic Record, 33 Master of Business Administration, 56 Petitions, 34 Philosophy Courses, 139 Mathematics Courses, 130 Physical Education Courses, 139 Mathematics Education Courses, 132 Degree Program, 77 Meal Plan Costs, 23 Physics Courses, 142 Middle Level Education Placement Center (see Career Services) Degree Program, 74 Political Science Courses, 142 Privacy of Educational Records, 33 Ministries, Campus, 13 Probation, Academic, 34 Mission Statement, 8 Profile, University, 2 Modern Languages Education Processing of Refunds, 25 Course, 132 Program of Studies, 37 Monthly Payment Plan, 24 Psychology Courses, 143 Motor Vehicle Registration Fee, 24 Multicultural Student Life, 14

Music Applied Courses, 133 Q Conducting, 85 Courses, 135 Quality Points, 34 Degree Programs, 84 Quantitative Methods Courses, 146 Education, 86 Performance, 86

176

Index

R

Reading Social Work Courses, 146 Program, 52 Degree Program, 75 Courses, 148 Sociology Courses, 151 Readmissions, 21 Records, Permanent Academic, 33 Records, Privacy of Educational, 33 Software Development Recourse for Academically Ineligible Degree Program, 60 Students, 34 Software Project Management Recreation Facilities, 16 Certificate Program, 61 Recreational Sports, 16 Refund Request, 25 South Carolina Association of Family and Refunds, Fee, 25 Consumer Sciences Loan Fund, 28 Registration, 30 Change Period, 31 Spanish Fee, 23 Courses, 152 Religion Courses, 147 Degree Program, 54 Repeating Courses, 32 Residence Hall Fees, 23 Special Education Residence Life, 15 Courses, 154 Responsibility, Student, 29 Degree Programs, 76 Returned Check Policy, 25 Richard W. Riley College of Education, 62 Sports and Recreation, 16 Room and Board, 23 Student Room Deposit, 23 Conduct Code, 35 Health Services, 14 Identification Cards, 30 Responsibility, 2, 29 Services, 13 S Wellness Program, 16 Summer Sessions Course Load, 31 S/U Grade, 33 Scholarships, 27 Beh, Yu and Pai Chih Memorial Endowed Scholarship, 27 Annette Wells-Shelley Scholarship, 27 T Winthrop Graduate Scholarship, 27 Graduate Incentive Scholars Teacher Certification Requirements, 35, 65 Program, 27 Textbook and Materials Costs, 24 Mary Roland Griffin Scholarship, 27 Theatre Courses, 156 Frank Bryan Tutwiler Scholarship, 27 Thesis, 39 School Psychology Degree Programs, 48 Thesis Binding Fee, 24 Science Courses, 147 Time Limit, Catalog, 38 Second Master's Degree, 40 Transient Admissions, 19 Secondary Education Courses, 148 Transcripts, 33 Senior Citizens, 22 Transfer Credit Policy, 38 Services for Student with Trustees, Board of, 160 Disabilities, 15 Tuition (see Fees and Expenses) Sexual Harassment, 36 Tuition Policy for Out-of-State Graduate Social Studies Education Courses, 148 Students, 23

177

Index

V

Veterans' Benefits, 28 Victim Advocacy, 16

Visual and Performing Arts College of, 79 Courses, 157 Facilities, 11

Visual Communication Courses, 157 Vocational Education, courses, 157

W

Weather Conditions, Hazardous, 32 Wellness Program, 16 Well-Shelley, Annette Scholarship, 27 Winthrop Graduate Scholarships, 27 Winthrop Kindergarten, 11 Winthrop Musical Organizations, 15 Withdrawal from Winthrop, 31 Withdrawal from Courses, 31 Women’s Studies Courses, 158 Writing Center, 12 Writing Courses, 158

178